Life Sciences
Master Guide 2006/2007
Contents
1 School of Life Sciences 15
1.1 Introduction 15
1.1.1 What to find in this study guide 15
1.2 Degree programmes and study areas 15
1.2.1 Bachelor programmes 15
1.2.2 Master programmes 15
1.3 Admission to the Master's programme and courses 16
1.3.1 Admission to the Master's programme 16
1.3.2 Entry requirements for courses 17
1.3.3 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 17
1.4 Planning, study load and timetables 17
1.4.1 Planning of courses and interim examination re-sits 17
1.4.2 Study load 18
1.4.3 Time tables 18
1.4.4 Changes in time tables 19
1.4.5 Vacations and interim examination re-sits 19
1.5 Registration for courses, interim examinations and re-sits 19
1.5.1 Practical rules for registration 19
1.6 Rules and regulations with respect to programme, courses, interim examinations
and re-sits 21
1.6.1 Academic and Examination Regulation 21
1.6.2 Registration and canceling 21
1.6.3 Oral-examinations 22
1.6.4 Maximum number of re-sits for interim examinations 22
1.6.5 Adjustments for disabled students 22
1.6.6 Preconditions in interim examinations and re-sits 22
1.6.7 Partial interim examinations 22
1.6.8 Fraud 23
1.6.9 Results of interim examinations 23
1.6.10 Exemption from interim examinations 24
1.6.11 Regulations for internships and literature studies 24
1.6.12 Safety regulations 25
1.7 Rules and regulations with respect to final examinations 25
1.7.1 Requirements for final examination and graduation 25
1.7.2 Application for final MSc examination and issuing of certificates 25
1.8 Student facilities 27
1.8.1 Study secretariat Life Sciences 27
1.8.2 Lecture theatres and classrooms 27
1.8.3 Computing facilities 27
1.8.4 TIS 28
1.8.5 Blackboard 28
1.8.6 Study books and readers 28
1.8.7 Libraries 29
1.8.8 Student organisations 29
1.8.9 Exchange and international affairs 30
1.8.10 Means and media for communication and information 30
1.9 Study progress, advice and guidance 31
1.9.1 Study progress 31
Contents 5
1.9.2 Master and programme co-ordinators 32
1.9.3 Student counsellor 32
1.9.4 Programme proposal (master plan) 33
1.10 Education Institute, programme committees and examination boards 33
1.10.1 Education Institute 33
1.10.2 Educational programme committees 34
1.10.3 Examination board 35
1.10.4 Appeal 37
2 Biology (MSc) 39
2.1 Master's programme in Biology 39
2.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load 39
2.1.2 Aim 39
2.2 Admission 39
2.2.1 Admission requirements 39
2.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 40
2.3 Final attainment levels 40
2.3.1 Final attainment levels 40
2.4 Study advice and guidance 41
2.4.1 Co-ordinators 41
2.4.2 Student counsellor 42
2.5 General programme 42
2.5.1 General programme 42
2.6 Ecology 43
2.6.1 General aspects 43
2.6.2 Programme 43
2.7 Plant Science 44
2.7.1 General aspects 44
2.7.2 Programme 44
2.8 Cell Biology 45
2.8.1 General aspects 45
2.8.2 Programme 45
2.9 Brain and Behavior 46
2.9.1 General aspects 46
2.9.2 Programme 46
2.10 Societal specialisation 47
2.10.1 General aspects 47
2.10.2 Programme 47
2.11 Education specialisation 48
2.11.1 General aspects 48
2.11.2 Programme 48
2.12 Communication specialisation 49
2.12.1 General aspects 49
2.12.2 Programme 49
2.13 Elective options 50
2.13.1 Elective options 50
2.14 Registration for courses and interim examinations 50
2.14.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations 50
2.15 Programme proposal and approval 51
2.15.1 Programme proposal (master plan) 51
2.15.2 Programme approval and final examination 51
2.16 Examination board 52
2.16.1 Examination board 52
2.17 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 52
2.17.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 52
2.17.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project and thesis 53
2.17.3 Thesis guidelines 53
2.18 Further study and career prospects 53
2.18.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market 53
2.18.2 Postgraduate degree programmes 54
3 Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 55
3.1 General 55
3.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load 55
3.1.2 Aim 55
3.2 Admission 56
3.2.1 Admission requirements 56
3.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 56
3.3 Final attainment levels 56
3.3.1 Final attainment levels 56
3.4 Study advice and guidance 57
3.4.1 Co-ordinators 57
3.4.2 Student counsellor 58
3.5 General programme 58
3.5.1 General programme 59
3.6 Infectious Diseases 59
3.6.1 General aspects 59
3.6.2 Special requirement 59
3.6.3 Programme 60
3.7 Cardiovascular Diseases 60
3.7.1 General aspects 60
3.7.2 Programme 61
3.8 Immunology 61
3.8.1 General aspects 61
3.8.2 Special requirement 62
3.8.3 Programme 62
3.9 Cell Biology 62
3.9.1 General aspects 62
3.9.2 Programme 62
3.10 Brain and Behavior 63
3.10.1 General aspects 63
3.10.2 Programme 64
3.11 Societal specialisation 64
3.11.1 General aspects 64
3.11.2 Programme 64
3.12 Education specialisation 65
3.12.1 General aspects 65
3.12.2 Programme 66
3.13 Communication specialisation 66
3.13.1 General aspects 66
Contents 7
3.13.2 Programme 66
3.14 International Public Health 67
3.14.1 General aspects 67
3.14.2 Admission 67
3.14.3 Specific goals 67
3.14.4 Programme 68
3.15 Public Health Research 69
3.15.1 General aspects 69
3.15.2 Admission 69
3.15.3 Final attainment levels 69
3.15.4 Programme 70
3.16 Elective options 71
3.16.1 Elective options 71
3.16.2 Minor Medical History 71
3.17 Registration for courses and interim examinations 73
3.17.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations 73
3.18 Programme proposal and approval 73
3.18.1 Programme proposal (master plan) 73
3.18.2 Programme approval and final examination 74
3.19 Examination board 74
3.19.1 Examination board 74
3.20 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 75
3.20.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 75
3.20.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project 75
3.20.3 Thesis guidelines 75
3.21 Further study and career prospects 76
3.21.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market 76
3.21.2 Postgraduate degree programmes 76
4 Health Sciences (MSc) 79
4.1 General 79
4.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load 79
4.1.2 Aim 79
4.2 Admission 79
4.2.1 Admission requirements 79
4.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 80
4.3 Final attainment levels 80
4.3.1 Final attainment levels 80
4.4 Study advice and guidance 81
4.4.1 Co-ordinators 81
4.4.2 Student counsellor 82
4.5 General programme 82
4.5.1 General programme 82
4.6 Policy and Organisation of Health Care 83
4.6.1 General aspects 83
4.6.2 Programme 83
4.7 Prevention and Public Health 84
4.7.1 General aspects 84
4.7.2 Programme 84
4.8 Nutrition and Health 84
4.8.1 General aspects 84
4.8.2 Programme 85
4.9 Infectious Diseases and Public Health 85
4.9.1 General aspects 85
4.9.2 Special requirement 86
4.9.3 Programme 86
4.10 International Public Health 86
4.10.1 General aspects 86
4.10.2 Admission 86
4.10.3 Specific goals 87
4.10.4 Programme 88
4.11 Public Health Research 88
4.11.1 General aspects 88
4.11.2 Admission 88
4.11.3 Final attainment levels 88
4.11.4 Programme 89
4.12 Elective options 90
4.12.1 Elective options 90
4.12.2 Minor Medical History 91
4.13 Premaster 92
4.13.1 Premaster programme Health Sciences 92
4.14 Registration for courses and interim examinations 93
4.14.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations 93
4.15 Programme proposal and approval 93
4.15.1 Programme proposal (master plan) 93
4.15.2 Programme approval and final examination 93
4.16 Examination board 94
4.16.1 Examination board 94
4.17 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 94
4.17.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 94
4.17.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project 95
4.17.3 Thesis guidelines 95
4.18 Further study and career prospects 95
4.18.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market 95
4.18.2 Postgraduate degree programmes 96
5 Ecology (MSc) 97
5.1 General 97
5.1.1 Programme and study load 97
5.1.2 Aim 97
5.2 Admission 97
5.2.1 Admission requirements 97
5.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 98
5.3 Final attainment levels 98
5.3.1 Final attainment levels 98
5.4 Study advice and guidance 99
5.4.1 Master co-ordinator 99
5.4.2 Student counsellor 100
5.5 Programme 100
5.5.1 General programme 100
Contents 9
5.5.2 Courses 100
5.5.3 Research project 101
5.5.4 Literature survey 102
5.5.5 Elective options 102
5.6 Registration for courses and interim examinations 102
5.6.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations 102
5.7 Programme proposal and approval 103
5.7.1 Programme proposal (master plan) 103
5.7.2 Programme approval and final examination 103
5.8 Examination board 104
5.8.1 Examination board 104
5.9 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 104
5.9.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 104
5.9.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project 105
5.9.3 Thesis guidelines 105
5.10 Further study and career prospects 105
5.10.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market 105
5.10.2 Postgraduate degree programmes 106
6 Neurosciences (MSc) 107
6.1 General 107
6.1.1 Programme and study load 107
6.1.2 Aim 107
6.2 Admission 107
6.2.1 Admission requirements 107
6.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 108
6.3 Final attainment levels 108
6.3.1 Final attainment levels 108
6.4 Study advice and guidance 109
6.4.1 Master co-ordinator 109
6.4.2 Student counsellor 110
6.5 Programme 110
6.5.1 General programme 110
6.5.2 First year 110
6.5.3 Second year 111
6.5.4 Traineeships 112
6.5.5 Literature survey/thesis 112
6.5.6 Elective options 112
6.6 Registration for courses and interim examinations 113
6.6.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations 113
6.7 Programme proposal and approval 113
6.7.1 Programme proposal (master plan) 113
6.7.2 Programme approval and final examination 113
6.8 Examination board 114
6.8.1 Examination board 114
6.9 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 114
6.9.1 Master of Neurosciences regulation 114
6.9.2 Faculty regulation 115
6.9.3 External work placement/traineeship/research project 116
6.9.4 Thesis guidelines 116
6.10 Further study and career prospects 116
6.10.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market 116
6.10.2 Postgraduate degree programmes 117
7 Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 119
7.1 Programme 119
7.1.1 Programme, variants and study load 119
7.2 Admission 119
7.2.1 Admission requirements Biomolecular Sciences 119
7.2.2 Additional admission requirements top variant Systems Biology 120
7.2.3 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 120
7.3 Study advice and guidance 120
7.3.1 Master co-ordinators 120
7.3.2 Student counsellor 121
7.4 Systems Biology (Top Master variant) 121
7.4.1 General aspects 121
7.4.2 Aim 121
7.4.3 Final attainment levels 122
7.4.4 Programme 123
7.5 Molecular Cell Biology 124
7.5.1 General aspects 124
7.5.2 Aim 125
7.5.3 Final attainment levels 125
7.5.4 Programme 126
7.5.5 Elective options 127
7.6 Registration for courses and interim examinations 128
7.6.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations 128
7.7 Programme proposal and approval 128
7.7.1 Programme proposal (master plan) 128
7.7.2 Programme approval and final examination 129
7.8 Examination board 129
7.8.1 Examination board 129
7.9 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 129
7.9.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 129
7.9.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project 130
7.9.3 Thesis guidelines 130
7.10 Further study and career prospects 131
7.10.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market 131
7.10.2 Postgraduate degree programmes 131
8 Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life
Sciences (MSc) 133
8.1 General 133
8.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load 133
8.1.2 Aim 133
8.2 Admission 134
8.2.1 Admission requirements 134
8.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree 134
8.3 Final attainment levels 135
Contents 11
8.3.1 Final attainment levels 135
8.4 Study advice and guidance 136
8.4.1 Master co-ordinator 136
8.4.2 Student counsellor 136
8.5 Programme 136
8.5.1 General programme 137
8.5.2 First year 137
8.5.3 Second year 138
8.5.4 Specialisation Health and Life Science-Based Policy 139
8.5.5 Specialisation Health and Life Science-Based Management and Entrepreneurship139
8.5.6 Specialisation International Public Health 139
8.6 Elective options 140
8.6.1 Elective options 140
8.7 Registration for courses and interim examinations 140
8.7.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations 140
8.8 Programme proposal and approval 140
8.8.1 Programme proposal (master plan) 141
8.8.2 Programme approval and final examination 141
8.9 Examination board 141
8.9.1 Examination board 141
8.10 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 142
8.10.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation 142
8.10.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project 143
8.10.3 Thesis guidelines 143
8.11 Further study and career prospects 143
8.11.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market 143
8.11.2 Postgraduate degree programmes 144
9 Programme components 145
10 Literature 245
11 Addresses and buildings 255
11.1 Addresses 255
11.2 Buildings 259
Contents 13
14 Life Sciences
1 School of Life Sciences
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 What to find in this study guide
This study guide contains information on all Master's degree programmes provided
by the School of Life Sciences. In this first chapter one can find general information
concerning all programmes. It concerns information regarding admission, planning,
time tables, course registration, interim examinations and re-sits, student facilities,
final examinations. In the following chapter's specific information is given
concerning the various programmes.
All information with respect to the Bachelor's degree programmes 'Biologie', 'Bio-
medische wetenschappen', 'Gezondheidswetenschappen' en 'Gezondheids- en
levenswetenschappen' can be found in a separate bachelor guide in Dutch.
The programmes are organised in collaboration with other departments at the VU, the
VUmc and Windesheim University in Zwolle.
1.2 Degree programmes and study areas
1.2.1 Bachelor programmes
The School of Life Sciences offers four Bsc programmes. These are all three year
programmes and thought in Dutch. Occasionally, bachelor courses are also taught in
English. The programmes are:
Biology (BSc)
Biomedical Sciences (BSc)
Health Sciences (BSc)
Health and Life Sciences (BSc)
1.2.2 Master programmes
The School of Life Sciences offers seven MSc programmes.
Biology (MSc)
The 2-year programme is comprised of Dutch as well as English components.
Students can choose from several specialisations:
Ecology
Cell Biology
Brain and Behavior
Plant Science
Societal specialisation
Communication specialisation
Education specialisation
Biomedical Sciences (MSc)
The 2-year programme comprises Dutch as well as English components. Students can
choose from several specialisations:
Cell Biology
Cardiovascular Diseases
Immunology
School of Life Sciences 15
Infectious Diseases
Brain and Behavior
International Public Health
Public Health Research (selectively open for graduates in the BSc Health
Sciences)
Societal specialisation
Communication specialisation
Education specialisation
Health Science (MSc)
The 2-year programme comprises Dutch as well as English components. Students can
choose from several specialisations:
Policy and Organization of Health Care
Prevention and Public Health Care
Infectious Diseases and Public Health Care
International Public Health
Food and Health
Ecology (MSc)
The 2-year programme comprises English components.
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc)
The 2- year programme offers a choice between two variants:
Molecular Cell Biology.
Systems Biology (Top master variant)
Neuroscience (MSc)
The 2-year programme comprises English components.
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences
(MSc)
The 2-year programme comprises Dutch as well as English components.
Detailed description of the individual MSc programmes can be found in the chapters
concerning each MSc programme.
1.3 Admission to the Master's programme and courses
1.3.1 Admission to the Master's programme
The three consecutive Msc programmes (Biology, Biomedical Sciences and Health
Sciences) offer a direct continuation to a corresponding Bsc programme (equivalent
to a Dutch degree in level and contents). The specialised MSc programmes are
offered in areas of particular expertise. For these programmes more specific
admission requirements have been defined. The conditions for admission are
described in the Academic and Examination Regulations for the Master's programmes
(AER) and in the chapters concerning the different MSc programmes. Additional
demands of the student may be made before granting admission to the programme.
Final access to the MSc programmes requires several documents. More information
16 Life Sciences
can be found on the faculty's website (www.falw.vu.nl/english/ > Master’s
Programmes > Admission and Enrolment)
1.3.2 Entry requirements for courses
Entry requirements for master courses are specified in the course descriptions in the
chapter 'Programme components'. Only when a student meets those requirements
admission is granted.
1.3.3 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
Students in one of the BSc programmes in Life Sciences at the Vrije Universiteit that
has not yet successfully finished the BS programme, can access components of the
MSc programmes under strict conditions. For FALW students the following rules
apply:
The examining board provisionally admits 4th year students (class 2003) of the
BSc programmes Life Sciences at the VU, who have not yet obtained their BSc,
to the MSc courses and interim exams if they have obtained 168 or more credits
from the BSc programme and have finished all components from the first and
second year successfully. This applies only for courses and interim exams of the
MSc programmes to which the respective BSc gives admission. The provisional
admission applies for the duration of one year. If, after this year, students have not
received their BSc degree, they have no longer access to MSc programme
components.
Students who started their BSc programme before 2003 or students with less than
168 credits have to finish the bachelor programme before they can be admitted to
the master courses or interim exams.
Premaster students with 48 credits or more and a satisfactory result for both the
course modules Cells and genes, and Epidemiology: methods and statistics, are
provisionally admitted to courses and interim exams of the MSc programmes. The
provisional admission applies for the duration of one year. If, after this year,
students have not finished their premaster programme, they have no longer access
to MSc programme components.
The rules above will be accentuated for the next study year. Students should be aware
that this could imply that they are not admitted to MSc programme components.
1.4 Planning, study load and timetables
1.4.1 Planning of courses and interim examination re-sits
The study year officially starts on September 1 2006 and ends on August 31, 2007.
The start of the first courses in all programmes is on Monday September 4 2006,
week 36. Listed in the table below are the periods of courses (classes), interim
examination re-sits and closing of the buildings.
School of Life Sciences 17
Week Period VU-building closed
36-43 (2006) course period 1
44-51 (2006) course period 2
52 (2006)-1 Christmas, New Year and re- December 25 to January 1
(2007) sits in week 1
2-5 (2007) course period 3
6-14 (2007) course period 4 and resits April 6
(week 10)
15-22 (2007) course period 5 April 9 and 30
May 5, 17 and 28
23-26 (2007) course period 6
27-35 (2007) end of course periods and re-
sits (last weeks of August)
Courses are planned full time, and on average have a length of 4 weeks. This implies
that generally only one course can be done during a four week period. In some
programmes a number of courses is planned parallel in such a manner that both
courses can be attended at the same time.
Most courses, but not all, start on Mondays. It is strongly advised to check the course
timetables in advance. MSc students generally have an individual planning of their
programme (research project, internship, thesis) and their study year will generally
not end on a specific date.
1.4.2 Study load
A complete academic year holds 60 credit points, which is the equivalent of 1680
study hours. One credit point is the equivalent of 28 study hours, in accordance with
the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS). A fulltime course of four weeks has a
study load of 6 credit points. In order to obtain a masters degree, 60 or 120 credits are
minimally required for the one year end two year master programmes respectively.
1.4.3 Time tables
Year survey
A survey of all master's courses for study year 2006-2007 is available at the faculty's
web page: www.falw.vu.nl > Studenten > Roosters > Time tables and examination
dates (pre)master's courses. An overview of the courses in each Master's programme
is given in the chapters of the study guide concerning these programmes.
Timetables for courses
Timetables for courses in the first semester will be available in a provisional version
from July on and will be published online accordingly. Timetables for courses in the
second semester will be published in November. Note that these provisional
timetables may change due to for instance unavailability of lecture rooms at the
scheduled time. Especially for interim examinations and re-sits this may be the case,
since the planning is done at the central VU level and it is therefore not possible to
indicate at an early stage when the precise time will be.
Final, detailed timetables are available 14 days prior to the start of a course at the
latest. A priori students have to reckon with a 40 hour workweek, with classes from
8.30 – 17.30 hr.
The final detailed timetables will be published on the faculty’s webpage as indicated
above or on Blackboard (the faculty’s e-learning system). Students have an own
responsibility to download the required timetables from the internet.
18 Life Sciences
Timetable for the interim examinations and re-sits
Twice a year, in January and August, a timetable for the interim examinations and re-
sits for the coming semester is published, indicating date and time (if already known)
on the faculty’s website (www.falw.vu.nl > Studenten > Roosters > Time tables and
examination dates (pre)master's courses).
The dates are also announced in TIS, the faculty’s system for registration for courses
and interim examinations. All students have to register for all course modules, interim
examinations and re-sits through TIS.
1.4.4 Changes in time tables
Inevitably, timetables may sometimes change after they have been published, which
is often long before courses actually start. Changes are timely published on the
website, in Blackboard or via e-mail. If there are only minor changes to the
previously communicated schedule, a short notice at the first lecture or at Blackboard
may be sufficient. Students are therefore strongly advised, to check the course’s site
on Blackboard and their e-mail (the account provided by the faculty) on important
last-minute messages with respect to their courses.
1.4.5 Vacations and interim examination re-sits
Students have to reckon with an 8 hour working day when they participate in a course
module. Absence, due to illness or extra vacation will often result in problems, and
when too much time is missed the consequence can be that the course has to be done
again next year.
During the year there are three periods in which there are no regular courses and in
which the interim examination re-sits are planned: the first week of January, week 10
(in spring), and the last two weeks of August. There is only one interim examination
re-sit per course module per year, so students are strongly advised to use these
periods as such. Students who do not have to take interim examination re-sits can
consider these periods as vacation.
For master students who are doing an internship or writing a literature report there are
no fixed periods for vacation. It is up to them if and when they take a vacation, but
only after consulting the supervisor of the internship. Absence should always be
reported to the supervisor. When an internship is interrupted because of vacation or
because the student is involved in other components of his programme, the length of
the internship or literature thesis has to be increased accordingly. The number of
credits for an internship or literature thesis is the net study load of the actual time
spent
1.5 Registration for courses, interim examinations and re-sits
1.5.1 Practical rules for registration
The School uses TIS (“Tentamen Informatie Systeem”, i.e. “Interim Examination
Information System” ), a web-based application for the purpose of enrolment in
courses. All students have to register for all course modules, interim examination and
re-sits through TIS.
In addition, some lecturers may ask students to register by other means, for instance
Blackboard or e-mail. In these cases, students should always register through TIS as
well.
School of Life Sciences 19
For registration through TIS the following rules apply for the MSc programmes:
Registration periods
For all MSc programmes, registration for course modules, interim examinations and
re-sits of the first semester is possible from July prior to that first semester and from
October for the courses and interim examinations in the second semester. Registration
through TIS is possible till 4 weeks prior to the start of the course and 1 week prior to
the date of the examination or re-sit.
Exceptions are course modules with a limited capacity and field courses, fieldwork
and research projects which need elaborate and timely preparation and co-ordination.
For these programme components registration has to be completed a longer period
before the start of the course. The course descriptions in the chapter 'Programme
components' contain further details.
Registration for course modules is combined with a registration of its interim exam at
the end of the course period. Therefore students only have to register once when they
want to register for both the course and the courses' interim examination at the end of
the course period. Students that only want to register for the course have to de-register
separately for the courses' interim examination at the end of the course period.
Students can also separately register for the courses' interim examination at the end of
the course period (for instance recidivists').
Registration windows for each of these practical programme components are
mentioned in TIS, and are often stated in the (online) study guide as well, or are else
timely communicated.
For a number of courses a minimum number of participants is required. If there are
not enough participants the course will be cancelled. Students who did register will be
notified personally and they will be allowed to register for another course.
If, for instance because of technical problems, it is not possible to register in time
through TIS, students should contact the study secretariat. The same registration
windows, however, apply here as for electronic registration.
Exceptions are:
New (pre)master students, i.e. students who did not do their bachelor at FALW.
These students are automatically registered for all course modules and interim
examinations of their respective programmes in September and October. During the
first course module these students will be instructed how to use TIS. From November
on the same rules apply for those students as for all other students.
Combined registration for course modules and interim examination
Registration for a course module is combined with a registration of its interim exam
at the end of the course period. Therefore students only have to register once when
they want to register for both the course and the courses' interim examination at the
end of the course period. Students that only want to register for the course have to de-
register separately for the courses' interim examination at the end of the course
period. Students can always separately register for the courses' interim examination at
the end of the course period (for instance recidivists').
Cancellation of registration
Cancellation of registration for a course module is possible only through TIS till 4
weeks prior to the start of the course and 1 week prior to the date of the examination.
20 Life Sciences
Exceptions are the new (pre)master students, they have to cancel their registration for
courses in September and October through the study secretariat. From November on
the same rules apply for those students as for all other students.
Sanctions
If a student has not registered for a course he will only be admitted when facilities
allow belated admission. For courses with (lab) practicals or study groups this will
often not be the case, because groups are formed, supervision is arranged and material
is ordered on the basis of the timely registrations. If admission is possible after all,
students will be charged with 15,- Euro administration costs. Marks will not be
registered and published as long as the student has not paid the charges.
If a student has registered but does not appear during the course, the faculty can
charge 15,- Euro administration costs. The student in question will be informed by a
personal letter.
If a student has registered for an examination and does not show up, the mark "1" will
be registered. It is hereby counted as one attempt to finish the course successfully (the
maximum is four, see paragraph 'Rules and regulations with respect to programme,
courses, interim examinations and re-sits')
Registration at other faculties
Courses and interim examinations are listed in TIS under the faculty/administration
which is responsible for organisation. Course codes indicate the appropriate faculty to
register with. For instance, course codes beginning with 47 are organised by FALW-
Life Sciences, 80 and 81 by FPP (Faculty of Psychology and Educational Theory) and
99 by the Onderwijscentrum VU (Centre for Educational Training).
Troubles?
Students encountering problems with logging into the TIS-programme should refer to
the Studentenbalie (Students desk): studentenbalie@dienst.vu.nl, or call 020- 598
5020. The Studentenbalie is also responsible for issuing new log-in data. The study
secretariat will not be able to help you in these matters. If you notice any other
irregularity, omission, or indistinctness with respect to courses or interim
examinations in TIS, please do notify the study secretariat in time.
1.6 Rules and regulations with respect to programme, courses, interim
examinations and re-sits
1.6.1 Academic and Examination Regulation
Each MSc programme of the faculty has its own Academic and Examination
Regulation (AER) in which regulations with respect to classes, programmes and
examinations are formally laid down. The AER can be consulted at, or downloaded
from the faculty’s website (falw.vu.nl > studenten > reglementen > Onderwijs- en
examenregelingen). In case of differences between the information in the master
guide and the AER, regulations as embedded in the AER are in force.
1.6.2 Registration and canceling
Students have to register for interim examinations via TIS. See 'Registration for
courses and interim examinations'.
School of Life Sciences 21
1.6.3 Oral-examinations
Examiners may decide for oral examinations, for instance when only a few students
participate in a course. In that case the examiner and student agree on a date and time
for the exam.
1.6.4 Maximum number of re-sits for interim examinations
Students have the opportunity to re-sit interim examinations with a maximum of four
attempts. In cases where the candidate has failed to achieve a satisfactory result even
after four re-sits, the examining board, at the request of the examiner or the
examination candidate, will decide whether and how the candidate might be given
another opportunity to evaluate his knowledge and skills in relation to the
examination component concerned. A written request for such an additional
opportunity has to be submitted to the examining board by the student.
1.6.5 Adjustments for disabled students
Students with a disability can request for the necessary adjustments in order to enable
them to sit the exam in the best possible way. The study advisor can arrange such
adjustments. Disabled students are advised to contact the study advisor at the start of
their study.
1.6.6 Preconditions in interim examinations and re-sits
The examiner must ensure that each student present at the examination signs the
list of participants
Students should place their university registration card on the table for inspection
Mobile phones must be switched off
The use of books, readers, summaries, calculators etc. is not allowed unless
explicitly permitted by the examiner in question
Writing paper will be provided. The use of private notebooks or paper is not
permitted
After distribution of the first examination questionnaire, talking is no longer
permitted
Students are not permitted to enter the examination room after the official start of
the exam. Students arriving too late can be excluded from the exam by the
examiner
Students are not allowed to dress in such a way that their face, or most of their
face is covered
Consumption of food or drinks is in general not allowed during an examination
Students should follow the directions administrated prior to the start of the
examination by the examining board or examiner. Also directions given during
and immediately after the examination have to be obliged
Upon completion of the exam, the examination paper itself as well as all other
produced writing during the interim examination must be handed in.
1.6.7 Partial interim examinations
Interim examinations are listed in course timetables. The examiner may divide the
interim examination into partial interim exams. In this case, the final grade will be
established by taking the weighted average of the components. Examiners should
timely communicate how the final mark depends on the partial marks.
22 Life Sciences
During re-sits, students always have the opportunity to do the entire written exam.
This implies that there are no separate re-sits for partial interim examinations, but
only combined re-sits at the same date and time with a standard duration.
1.6.8 Fraud
Fraud is a serious matter. There are several forms of fraud. The following examples
can be given of fraud during interim examinations and re-sits: copy, confer with a
fellow participant, unpermitted look up of answers (crib sheet, phone, book etc.)
Plagiarising is another form of fraud. For instance to copy a literary composition of
another author, or excerpts, ideas, or passages, without properly giving the source (i.e.
passing the material off as one's own creation) is a form of plagiarism. A final
example of fraud is forging a document (e.g. certificates, evaluation forms, marks
etc.).
When fraud is established prior to, during, or after an interim examination or
assessment on which the final mark is (partially) based, examiners are obliged to
inform the examining board (in writing). The examining board may
Dispose the interim examination
Declare the assignment as invalid
Exclude the student from the right to take one or more designated interim
examinations at this university for the duration of one year
Impose other sanctions if considered appropriate
1.6.9 Results of interim examinations
A student has passed an interim examination when the examiner decides that the final
mark is 6.0 or higher on a scale of 1.0 – 10.0. Marks within the range of 5.0 – 6.0 are
not allowed, the examiner has to round off the decimals in order to obtain either a 5.0
(failed) or 6.0 (pass).
When a student re-sits a previously insufficient interim examination, the highest mark
obtained will be taken as the result for the examination component in question.
Publication of results of interim examinations
Results of interim examinations will be established by the examiner as soon as
possible, but at the latest 21 days after the completion of the exam. Results are
registered by the study secretariat and published on the notification board in the C-1
corridor. For reasons of privacy, marks are listed with student registration numbers
instead of names. After registration by the study secretariat the results can also be
checked via TIS.
Publication of results of oral examination
The student is notified of the result of the exam immediately after completion. The
marks and credits are registered on an ‘interim examination note’ (cijferbriefje) by
the lecturer and completed with his signature. The form is then passed on to the study
secretary and results are compiled.
Results of internships and literature theses
For internships and literature theses special evaluation forms are available. The forms
can be found in the “Infotheek” in the C-1 corridor or can be downloaded from the
faculty website (www.falw.vu.nl under: > Studenten > Reglementen en kwaliteit >
Stage- scriptieregelingen > Student placement/internship and literature regulations
School of Life Sciences 23
and forms master's Life Sciences). The evaluation form is combined with the
application form can only be downloaded as one document.
The evaluation is completed by the supervisors with the result mark, the credits and
the signatures. The results are only registered when the form and one copy of the
report or literature thesis are passed on to the study secretariat.
Inspection of interim examinations
Examiners must provide opportunity for the student to inspect the work evaluated, the
questions asked and/or assignments set, within a period of 30 days after the results of
an interim examination have been published. Date and time are announced on the list
with results on the notification boards with the study secretariat and/or on the
Blackboard site of the course.
1.6.10 Exemption from interim examinations
The examination board may grant an exemption for one or more interim examinations
and/or practical exercises on the basis of written certificates for higher education,
interim examinations or examinations the student has successfully sat in the past or
certificates for competencies acquired previously in a non-higher education context.
This is subject to the condition that the student can demonstrate that he possesses the
requisite knowledge or skills. Acceptable evidence to this effect would be satisfactory
results in previous interim or final examinations, or knowledge or skills obtained
outside the context of higher education.
Students must submit requests for exemption from an examination component to the
examination board, in writing. The request must be accompanied by accurate
documentation concerning the nature, extent and marks of the knowledge and skills
relevant to the examination component in question. If appropriate, an official
document detailing interim examinations passed in the examination component in
question should also be enclosed. The examination board normally, in these cases,
will gain the advice of the examiner(s) involved. Exemptions cannot be granted on
the basis of results from a Bachelor’s programme, the diploma of which provides
immediate access to the Master’s programme.
More information concerning the examination board can be found in the last
paragraph of this chapter.
1.6.11 Regulations for internships and literature studies
Internships and a literature thesis are an essential part of the MSc programmes. The
chapters in the study guide describing the various MSc programmes give more
detailed information about the content and length of the internships and thesis. The
faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Internship and thesis regulation’ which has reference
to programme components in which students more or less independently carry out a
research project that is concluded with the writing of a report or thesis. Details with
respect to this regulation can be consulted on the internet page www.falw.vu.nl under:
> Studenten > Reglementen en kwaliteit > Stage- scriptieregelingen > Student
placement/internship and literature regulations and forms master's Life Sciences
Prior to participating in any of these programme components, both student and faculty
staff member involved should fill out a written agreement form. This agreement form
(for internships and literature theses) can be downloaded from the above-mentioned
web page. The agreement concerns details on supervision, amount of time to be
invested, allotted study credits, safety regulations, etc.
24 Life Sciences
The final mark for the internship(s) and literature study should be given by the
supervisors by using the assessment form. This form is merged with the application
form to one document, which can be downloaded from the above mentioned website.
1.6.12 Safety regulations
Due to safety regulations a lab coat and under certain conditions also safety goggles
are compulsory while working in a laboratory. Information about safety rules can be
found on http://www.falw.vu.nl>Studenten>Reglementen>VeiligheidsvoorschriftenIn
addition a manual on treatment of chemical waste is available for students and staff.
This document contains lists of chemicals and information on disposal
(http://www.vu.nl/Medewerkers>Servicecentrum>Dienst Arbo en Milieu). The
faculty’s Committee for Safety and Environment actively checks observance of safety
rules during lab work
1.7 Rules and regulations with respect to final examinations
1.7.1 Requirements for final examination and graduation
A MSc examination consists of a number of course modules, practicals, internships
and a literature thesis, all of which are completed at different times. Each component
of the master program is concluded with a preliminary examination. This may also
consist of the writing of a report or completion of an assignment. The examiner of a
course module decides how the final mark is composed. A final result may be the
average of several marks for e.g. practical work, written and oral report etc. The
examiner may decide on compulsory attendance for (part of) the course as a
requirement for a satisfactory result. Only final marks are registered by the study
secretariat.
All programme components of the master examination should be completed with a
satisfactory result. The exact programme requirements are described in the Academic
and Examination Regulations (AER). Any mark lower than 6.0 (on a scale from 1 to
10) is considered insufficient. All programme components and achieved marks will
be stated in the appendix of the degree certificate.
1.7.2 Application for final MSc examination and issuing of certificates
If all programme elements of the master's programme have been fulfilled, students
apply for their final examination and issuing of the degree certificates (graduation).
Program approval by the master co-ordinator
In order to apply for MSc examination the student has to produce written approval of
his/her programme by the master co-ordinator. Students are advised to ask the study
secretary for an outline of personal registered study results/marks two months before
the actual request for final examination in order to check whether all passed interim
examinations have indeed been registered correctly and to receive final approval for
their programme by the master coordinator. The student asks the master co-ordinator
to approve his/her master programme.
For this purpose the student can fill in the form that was obtained from the master co-
ordinator or sets up a programme him/her selves. The proposal should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination regulation (AER) and includes
at least the following information:
School of Life Sciences 25
individual information of the student: name and student number, first study year
in the master programme, phone number, e-mail address
name of the master's programme
if applicable, name of the specialisation
names, codes, credits of all compulsory general courses for the MSc programme
names, codes, credits of all optional courses for the master's programme, if this
includes elements from programmes other than the MSc programme involved, the
date of approval from the examination board for this alteration should be
provided.
names and credits of the research project(s) and literature survey
if applicable, name of the specialisation
if a specialisation is applicable, all compulsory and optional courses, research
project and literature survey with a total of 60 credits should be listed under the
name of this specialisation
desired examination date
The master co-ordinator can set additional demands for the information that must be
provided.
The master co-ordinator checks if the final programme meets the requirements stated
in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) and additional approval(s) for
alteration of the programme by the examination board, and previous approval of the
programme proposal (see paragraph 'Study progress, advice and guidance',
subparagraph 'Programme proposal' ). If the programme does not meet the
requirements, the master co-ordinator rejects the proposal. If the programme does
meet the requirements, the master co-ordinator approves the proposal, and returns a
signed programme to the student.
Application for final examination and issuing of certificates
Students can apply for their final examination and issuing of the degree certificates
(graduation) if all final marks are given. For this they have to sign in an application
form at study secretary, room C-118b. Application should be done at least three
weeks before the desired date of final examination. With their application students
have to hand in the written approval of his/her programme by the master co-ordinator
and a copy of his/her passport. The remaining mark(s) have to be passed on to the
study secretariat at the latest three weeks before the final examination date.
Final MSc examination
The final examination date, the examining board will decide on fulfilment of all
demands judged from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with
regulations in the AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed and, if
appropriate, awards the distinction “cum laude” (see 'Distinction'). Degree certificates
are only issued to students who have fulfilled all demands at that date.
Certificates can only be issued to students who are registered at the central Study
Administration and who have paid their fees up till the day of the final examination.
Distinction
The distinction “cum laude” is awarded if all examination components are rewarded
with 8.0 or higher.
Issuing of certificates (graduation)
26 Life Sciences
The final award of the degree certificate, will take place in public during a meeting of
the graduation board at the latest 7 weeks after the official examination date. During
this public ceremony, in which a group of candidates receives their certificates.
Family and friends (± 10 per candidate) are welcome to join the ceremony. Meetings
of the graduation board usually take place on the third Thursday of the month with the
exemption of December and July. In the months August and September, when usually
a large number of students receives their certificates, more than one meeting of the
graduation board is scheduled. See for exact dates of certification awarding the time
tables at the study secretariat.
1.8 Student facilities
1.8.1 Study secretariat Life Sciences
The study secretariat Life Sciences is part of the Educational office.
The study secretaries are ms. A.E. Jansen and ms. A. Kist; room C-118b, tel. (020)
598 7010 or (020) 598 6939, e-mail: studiesecretariaat@falw.vu.nl. Opening hours
of the student desk: Monday to Thursday from 11:00 - 13:00 hrs. Closed on
Fridays.
The study secretariat can be consulted for general information about the study,
applications for final examinations and certificates, print outs with an overview of the
study progress and grades, and for reporting personal changes related to study
administration. For handing in interim examination notes, assessments forms and
reports one can also use the letterbox outside room C-118b.
Students have to report any change in address, termination of their study activities, or
lengthy interruptions of their studies immediately to the general student
administration and student desk in the main building.
1.8.2 Lecture theatres and classrooms
Classrooms used by the School for Life Sciences are within the W & N-building
(Sciences building) at the De Boelelaan 1085 and within other buildings in which
faculties reside that co-organise the programmes (e.g. Faculty of Medicine). Lecture
theaters used by the master programmes are for instance KC-159, C-121, C147 and F-
123 in the W&N building. For small groups rooms at P-0, R-2 and C-2 are often used.
Practicals take place in C-022, O-026, O-027 en O-049. Computer practicals are
given in T-4. If not in use by a course, computer facilities are open for all students.
Study rooms can also be found in the library. In addition the G-0 location (next to the
canteen) and M-0 can be used for study.
1.8.3 Computing facilities
E-mail and access to the faculty computer network
A login name is required to work on the faculty computer network. Students who
enrol in the Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences will automatically be registered as
users of the faculty computing network, and are given a personal e-mail address and
access to internet. It is imperative to regularly check the e-mail coming in via the
faculty e-mail address: the faculty e-mails its students only via this address.
Computer labs
Students can use network facilities from computers around the faculty. PC are
available in the rooms T-404, T-422, T-437, T-438, T-468, U-431, F229B and F-401.
School of Life Sciences 27
The rooms are open from Monday to Friday, 08:00 until 21:00. Campus security is
responsible for opening and closing the rooms. It is indicated on the computer room
doors when they are unavailable for general use due to classes. MSc students can, in
addition, often use computing facilities made available at the appropriate
departments.
Helpdesk
More information about student computers, network, applications and more is
available on www.falw.vu/helpdesk. For problems one can contact the helpdesk. The
helpdesk is located in room F-222 (e-mail helpdesk@falw.vu.nl, phone 020 5987040)
opening hours from 9 am until 5 pm every day.
1.8.4 TIS
For consulting results, registrations and for cancellation of courses, interim
examinations and re-sits, the faculty uses TIS (the “Tentamen Informatie Systeem,
see paragraph ”Registration for courses, interim examinations and re-sits”).
Registration is possible via the faculty computers but can also be done from the
computer at home ( http://tis.vu.nl). To get access to TIS a student registration
number and an access code are required. Therefore each student officially registered
at the VU receives his VU-net ID. If the VU-net ID is lost or if the code is forgotten
please contact the Central student administration desk in the main building (0A-11,
ground floor). A university registration card or passport is required in order to re-
obtain the VU-net ID.
More information on TIS can be found on
http://www.vu.nl/student > digitale services > centrale applicaties > TIS
1.8.5 Blackboard
The faculty uses Blackboard as its e-learning environment. Each course has its own
Blackboard website on which information, time tables, course documents and
assessments may be found. Blackboard can also be used for communication, between
students and staff but also between student groups for instance when working on
group assignments.
The use of Blackboard is easy, in order to visit a course website all the student needs
is an internet account and a browser. With Blackboard students can always,
everywhere and at all times get in touch with the course materials.
More information about Blackboard can be found on http://www.falw.vu.nl >
Studenten > Bacheloropleiding > Info alle opleidingen > Blackboard.
1.8.6 Study books and readers
Books and literature related to the study are listed in the course description in this
study guide. Course notes are either sold by the VU bookshop or by members of
faculty staff themselves.
The faculty student association Gyrinus Natans (for Life Sciences students) arranges
collective book purchases at reduced prices. Their services provided for specialised
master course modules may however be limited.
28 Life Sciences
Books are also available (without discount) at the Bookshop in the main building.
Tel. (020) 6444355 e-mail: info@vuboekhandel.nl. Opening hours: Monday to
Friday 9.00 tot 19.00 hr and Saturday from 10.00 – 15.30 hr.
1.8.7 Libraries
The libraries of Life Sciences are part of the main Beta-department of the VU
University Library. This Beta-department further consists of sub departments
Chemistry, Biology, Physics and Astronomy, and Mathematics and Informatics. It is
located at the sixth floor of the Sciences building, De Boelelaan 1083, entry P-wing.
Opening hours: Monday to Friday from 9.00 to 18.00 hrs., in July and August from
9.00 to 17.00 hrs. Telephone: 598 5230.
In addition, Life Science students will often visit the library of the Faculty of
Medicine, Address Van der Boechorststraat 7. Opening hours Monday - Thursday
9.00 – 21.00 hrs, Friday 9:00 – 17.00. Collections can be consulted largely without
intervention of library employees. Lending of books is available on membership-base
only. Journals are not lent out, but there are photocopy facilities at hand.
A guide for visitors to the Vrije Universiteit Library can be obtained at the loan desk.
It has further information on membership, library regulations, other libraries at the
VU, catalogues and on-line bibliographic services.
Contact persons:
Librarians Life Sciences: mr. M.G. Gerzon (m.gerzon@ubvu.vu.nl) and ms. A.A. de
Maesschalck (a.d.maesschalck@ubvu.vu.nl) room P620, phone (020)598 5238.
Other VU libraries specialised in Social Sciences, Law & Economics, Humanities and
others are located in de VU main building. More information is available at:
http://www.ubvu.vu.nl
1.8.8 Student organisations
FSR and SOAL
Students have a say in the design of the master programmes. The FSR (Facultaire
Studentenraad, Faculty Student Board) and SOAL (Studenten Overleg Aard- en
Levenswetenschappen, Student Board Earth and Life Sciences) are actively involved
in all matters concerning student affairs and education. Their mission is to help
improve the programmes and the organisation of all master programmes. The FSR
nominates student members for the programme committees, who are then appointed
by the Faculty Board.
For questions and suggestions students can contact SOAL in room M112.
E-mail addresses are fsr@falw.vu.nl and soal@falw.vu.nl. More information about
FSR and SOAL can be found on the faculty webpage www.falw.vu.nl > Studenten >
Studentenorganisaties.
Gyrinus Natans
Gyrinus Natans is the student organisation for all students in Life Sciences. The
society organises social meeting for students and establishes reduced prices for study
books. For questions and suggestions students can contact Gyrinus Natans in room C-
153. E-mail address is gyrinus@bio.vu.nl. More information about FSR and SOAL
can be found on the faculty webpage www.gyrinus.nl.
Student society Health Sciences
School of Life Sciences 29
A new student society for students in Health Sciences will be founded in the course of
2006. More information concerning this new student society will be available on the
faculty website as soon as possible.
1.8.9 Exchange and international affairs
Studying abroad is an attractive prospect. First of all it will be a valuable asset for
your cv and increase your opportunities in the labour market. Getting to know a
foreign country with a different culture, a different student life and a possibly
different educational system will also freshen up your outlook on Dutch customs and
culture. In addition, a stay abroad will provide you with the useful experience of
having to rely entirely on yourself in coping with all sorts of things and problems in
unfamiliar surroundings. If you decide to spend part of your study programme at a
foreign institute or organisation, you can participate in one of the existing exchange
programmes, like the Socrates-Erasmus for stays within Europe, GLOBE outside
Europe, or the ISEP-programme for the U.S.
It is advised to start preparations for a stay abroad at least one year ahead.
Information on grants, programmes and other things you need to take into
consideration, like approval of your study programme abroad by the examining board,
is provided by the faculty’s contact person in international affairs: Mrs drs. E.
Salomé-Munnik. She can be reached by e-mail: ellen.salome@falw.vu.nl for
information or for making an appointment. She can also provide you with information
on all universities with which our faculty has exchange agreements and on how many
places are actually available for VU-students at partner universities.
1.8.10 Means and media for communication and information
Information centre
In room C148 students can obtain information on all kinds of topics. Study guides,
also from other faculties, information on internships, and various forms can be found.
Two computers are available for registration through TIS and for checking
examination results.
E-mail
Students who enrol in the Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences will automatically be
registered as users of the faculty computing network, and are given a personal e-mail
address and access to internet. It is imperative to regularly check the e-mail coming in
via the faculty email address: faculty and staff e-mails its students only via this
faculty e-mail address.
Website
On the faculty website http://www.falw.vu.nl information is given on a wide range of
faculty issues. Specific information for students can be found via a special link
“Studenten”. Also an up-to-date version of this study guide is available via this link.
Corrections and announcements
Additional information, corrections of and changes in information as presented in this
study guide, changes in timetables for courses and interim examinations etc. will be
published in as many ways as possible: via e-mail, the faculty website and the
Blackboard site of the respective course. If there are only minor changes to the
previously communicated schedule, a short notice at the first lecture or at Blackboard
30 Life Sciences
may be sufficient. Students are therefore strongly advised, to check the course’s site
on Blackboard on important last-minute messages with respect to their courses.
1.9 Study progress, advice and guidance
1.9.1 Study progress
Access to the web-based application TIS enables checking registered study results
anywhere and anytime. To gain access to TIS, an account is required. More details on
the use of TIS can be found on the faculty website. Upon request the study secretary
can supply an outline of registered study results.
The student is always responsible for his programme and should take action when
there is too much delay or when he wants to change the programme. Students are
advised to regularly check the results in order to see how the progress is and whether
the marks are correctly registered. It may be that marks are not registered because the
student still has to pay admission fee due to late registration for a course or
examination. The examination board regularly is informed with respect to the study
progress of the students, for instance to check the admission to the master programme
and/or the second year of the master. Master students who are new to the faculty, or
even new to the Dutch educational atmosphere and student life in general, have to get
accustomed to many things during the first few months of their studies. This may
cause some delay in their study progress.
Getting to know the faculty and especially familiarising oneself with the time
schedule and planning of the course years is essential for smooth proceedings of the
studies. Especially those students that have been admitted to the masters with
additional demands to their programs in view of eliminating deficiencies in their
previous education are requested to contact their master co-ordinator to make up a
personal study schedule which will suit them best. Again, proper planning is essential
in avoiding too much delay. If problems arise that are beyond the scope of the master
co-ordinator, students can contact the student counsellor for help.
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student and to
prevent disappointment about rejection of the programme by the examination board
near the end of the programme. The programme proposal, also known as master plan,
is handed in to the master co-ordinator. More information can be found under
'Programme proposal'.
Names of students receiving student financing according to the Dutch 'Wet op de
Studiefinanciering', and who have not met the minimum requirements of study
progress, are reported to the 'Informatie Beheer Groep' before November 1st. The
students concerned will be notified before November 1st, by the department of
“Studentenadministratie en Onderwijsvoorlichting”, on behalf of the Executive
Board. This notification is accompanied by information with respect to the
consequences for the received financial support in the previous year and the
possibilities to appeal against measures taken.
School of Life Sciences 31
1.9.2 Master and programme co-ordinators
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. These co-ordinators are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is easy at our faculty, providing for
efficient exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
The master co-ordinators will also:
approve or disapprove with respect to the master programme proposals that
students have to draft at the start of the master programme
approve or disapprove with respect to the approval of propositions for internships
and literature studies
advice the examining board with respect to exemptions on programmes or
programme components
Master co-ordinators are
drs. H. Eenhoorn for MSc Biomedical Science and Biology
dr. W. Smeets for MSc Neuroscience
dr. K. Krab for MSc Biomolecular Sciences, variant Systems Biology
ms. dr. H.S. van Walraven for MSc Biomolecular Sciences, variant Molecular Cell
Biology
ms. dr. M. Zweekhorst for MSc Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship
in Health and Life Sciences
dr. P.M. van Bodegom for MSc Ecology
ms. dr. M. Donker for MSc Health Sciences
Co-ordinators of specialisation programmes are:
dr. R.E. Koes for spec. Plant Sciences
dr. P.M. van Bodegom for spec. Ecology
dr. R.O. Stiedl for spec. Brain and Behavior
ms. dr. H.S. van Walraven Cell Biology
ms. prof. dr. Y. van Kooyk for spec. Immunology
dr. A. van Lambalgen for spec. Cardiovascular diseases
ms. dr. B.M. Bakker for spec. Infectious diseases
prof. dr. M. van Tulder for spec. Policy and Organisation in Public Health,
ms. dr. I. Steenhuis for spec. Prevention and Public Health
dr. M.C. Adriaanse for spec. Public health research
ms. dr. M. Campos Ponce for spec. Infectious Diseases and Public Health
ms. dr. J. Broerse for spec. International Public Health
ms. ir. J. Neter for spec. Nutrition and health
ms. dr. M. Zweekhorst for Societal specialisation,
ms. drs. M. Kapteijn for Education specialisation
prof. dr. J.T.J.M. Willems for Communication specialisation
1.9.3 Student counsellor
If you have any questions relating to the content of your study programme you can
first contact the master co-ordinator of your programme. If you have any personal
problems with your study ( e.g. due to illness or other special circumstances) you
should contact a student counsellor as soon as possible. He or she can give you advice
32 Life Sciences
and guidance. You can contact a counsellor to discuss how to catch up with your
studies and how to deal with any other problems you may have.
The student counsellor for the Master's programme in Health Sciences: ms. drs. M.
Teeuwen, room C148, tel. 020 5986987, e-mail marlies.teeuwen@falw.vu.nl
The student counsellor for all other Master's programme in Life Sciences: drs. H.
Eenhoorn, room C148, tel. 020 5987012, e-mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl.
You can also contact one of the central VU counsellors. For all students in Life
Sciences this is drs. H. Boswijk, phone (020) 598 5020, e-mail
h.boswijk@dienst.vu.nl. More information concerning student counselling can be
found on the VU website www.vu.nl go to English > Currents Students > Guidance
and counselling.
1.9.4 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student and to
prevent disappointment about rejection of the programme by the examination board
near the end of the programme, when a student applies for the final examination and
certificate (graduation). The student submits a programme proposal, also known as
master plan, with the intentional components, prior to the start of the master
programme or at the latest one month after the start.
This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator. Students should submit
their final proposal nine months after the start of the programme, but at least before
the start of the second research project/ work placement/internship. The master co-
ordinator checks if the intended programme meets the requirements stated in the
Academic and Examination Regulations (AER). If the programme does not meet the
requirements, the master co-ordinator rejects the proposal and, if necessary, gives the
student information about fulfilling the requirements. The master co-ordinator can
also advise students about the possibilities to request approval from the examination
board for deviate programmes.
Forms for programme proposals/master plan can be obtained from the master co-
ordinator.
1.10 Education Institute, programme committees and examination boards
1.10.1 Education Institute
BSc and MSc programmes of the Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences are undertaken
within the Education Institute of the Faculty. The Institute contains two Schools.
The School for Life Sciences, for educational programmes in the fields of
Biology, Biomedical Sciences, and Health Sciences,
The School for Earth and Environmental Sciences, for educational programmes in
the fields of Earth Sciences, Geoarchaeology, Hydrology, and Environmental
Sciences.
The Education Institute is under management of the director of education, dr. K.S.
Kits. The director advises the Faculty Board on all matters concerning education.
Furthermore, the director is responsible for contents and quality of degree
programmes, organisation and co-ordination of teaching programmes, distribution of
teaching responsibilities over the scientific staff, teaching facilities, information, and
public relations.
School of Life Sciences 33
1.10.2 Educational programme committees
Each degree programme has its own educational programme committee. A number of
staff members and student members take part in an educational programme
committee. In principle, any student can be appointed as member of the educational
programme committee of his own degree programme.
The educational programme committee has:
an advisory role with respect to the educational programmes, including the
Academic and Examination Regulations;
a role in assessing the way in which the Academic and Examination Regulations
are enforced;
an advisory role in all matters concerned with the education and courses of a
particular degree programme.
MSc Biology
Staff members
prof. dr . H.A. Verhoef (chairman)
dr. J. Ellers
prof. dr. A.B. Smit
Student members
A. Warning
2 vacancies
Master Biomedical Sciences
Staff members
prof. dr. Y van Kooyk
prof. dr. A.B. Brussaard
prof. dr. R. Scheper
dr. J.E.W. Broerse
Student members
K. Salic
R. Stegman
P. Metselaar
E.J. Kooi
Master Health Sciences
Staff members
prof. dr ir. J.C. Seidell (chairman)
prof. dr. G. van der Wal
dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst
prof. dr. J. Twisk
Student members
N. Heim
S. van der Werff
J. Sernee
MSc Biomolecular Sciences
Staff members
dr. H.S. van Walraven (chairman)
dr. K. Krab
34 Life Sciences
dr. N. Harms
dr. J.M. Kooter
Student members
E. Reinen
R. Schackman
R. Zwart
MSc Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences
Staff members
dr. J.E.W. Broerse
dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst
prof. dr. J.T. de Cock Buning
Student members
L. Blokdijk
M. van der Heijden
S. Verbeek
MSc Neurosciences
Staff members
dr. W.J.A.J. Smeets (chairman)
dr. D. Posthuma
dr. T.J. de Vries
dr. J. van Minnen
Student members
D. van Campen
R. Poorthuis
K. Staats
I. van Soelen
B. Zandbelt
1.10.3 Examination board
The faculty board has established examination boards for all master programmes. The
examination board handles:
admission requests to the degree programmes
defines rules with regard to interim examination matters
determines the result of the final examination
designates examiners and can provide them with guidelines with respect to the
assessment of interim exams
handles approval of examination programmes other than those described in the
AERs, exemptions from sitting interim exams, etc.
investigates reports of fraud and, if necessary, imposes sanctions
Before deciding on the matters stated above, the examination board usually consults
the master co-ordinator, examiners and/or student counsellor. Students are therefore
advised to consult their master co-ordinator about the feasibility of their request
before they submit a request to the examining board.
Correspondence to the examination board can be addressed to the administrative
secretary. The examining board meets, on average, once every 4-6 weeks except for
the summer months. For more detailed information on the procedures with respect to
requests to the examination board see the paragraphs 'Rules and regulations with
School of Life Sciences 35
respect to programme, courses and interim examinations' and 'Rules and regulations
with respect to final examinations'.
Examination boards in the School of Life Sciences
MSc Biology and MSc Ecology
prof. dr. N.M. van Straalen (chairman)
dr. A.H. de Boer
prof. dr. H. Lill
prof. dr. J. Rozema
Address:
Examination board Biology and Ecology
Faculty ALW, Vrije Universiteit
dr. P.A.C.M. de Boer, administrative secretary
De Boelelaan 10831081 HV Amsterdam
MSc Biomedical Sciences
dr. K.S. Kits (chairman)
dr. B.M. Bakker
prof. dr. R.H.J. Beelen
prof. dr. B. Oudega
Address:
Examination board Bio-medical Sciences
Faculty ALW, Vrije Universiteit
dr. P.A.C.M. de Boer, administrative secretary
De Boelelaan 10831081 HV Amsterdam
MSc Heath Sciences
Prof. dr. M. van Tulder (chairman)
dr. I. Steenhuis
dr. H.N. Plomp
Address:
Examination board Health Sciences
Faculty ALW, Vrije Universiteit
dr. P.A.C.M. de Boer, administrative secretary
De Boelelaan 1083
1081 HV Amsterdam
MSc Biomolecular Sciences
prof. dr. H. Lill (chairman)
dr. H.S. van Walraven
dr. B.M. Bakker
prof. dr. B. Oudega
Examination board Biomolecular Sciences
Faculty ALW, Vrije Universiteit
dr. H.S. van Walraven, administrative secretary
De Boelelaan 1083
1081 HV Amsterdam
MSc Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences
36 Life Sciences
prof. dr. J.F.G. Bunders-Aelen (chairman)
prof. dr. J.T. de Cock-Buning
prof. dr. E.J. Ruitenberg
prof. dr. E. Claassen
Address:
Examination board Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and
Life Sciences
Faculty ALW, Vrije Universiteit
drs. C.M. Heuvelman, administrative secretary
De Boelelaan 1083
1081 HV Amsterdam
MSc Neuroscience
prof. dr. A.B. Brussaard (chairman)
prof. dr. M.P. Witter
prof. dr. D.I. Boomsma
Address:
Examination board Neuroscience
Faculty ALW, Vrije Universiteit
Prof. dr. A.B. Brussaard, chairman
De Boelelaan 1083
1081 HV Amsterdam
1.10.4 Appeal
Appeal against the examining board’s resolutions or against decisions of examiners or
against any situations during examinations resulting in a putative disadvantage, is
possible at the 'College van beroep voor de examens'. For all appeals, refer to the
faculty part of the student’s statute, or check http://www.vu.nl > organisatie > bestuur
> Reglementen.
School of Life Sciences 37
38 Life Sciences
2 Biology (MSc)
2.1 Master's programme in Biology
2.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load
A general, yet diverse, master programme in Biology that will guarantee an elaborate
research experience founded on a solid theoretical basis combined with
communicative skills that are necessary to function on an international level. The 2-
year programme is comprised of Dutch as well as English components. Students can
choose from several specialisations:
Ecology (research
Cell Biology (research)
Brain and Behavior (research)
Plant Science (research)
Societal specialisation
Communication specialisation
Education specialisation
The Societal specialisation, the Communication specialisation and the Education
specialisation are single year programmes that can not be combined with each other
and must be combined with one of the research specialisations.
The programme is only available in a full time setting. The study load is 120 credit
points (or study points = stp.) divided over 2 years (60 points per year). One credit
point equals 28 hours of study (in conformity with the European Credit Transfer
System, ECTS) and consists of actual participation in lectures and practical courses,
preparation and other homework, doing fieldwork and laboratory work, writing of
reports and studying for interim examinations. The study load of each of the course
modules is stated at the course descriptions in this guide. All students need to ask
approval for their exam programme prior to the start, more information is given in the
paragraph 'Programme approval'.
Online information with respect to the biology programme and course module
descriptions can be found at http://www.studiegids.vu.nl> Aard- en
levenswetenschappen > MSc Biology
2.1.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to provide the students with the knowledge, skills and
insight required to operate as an independent professional within the field of biology
and to be a suitable candidate for a subsequent course of study leading to a career in
research.
2.2 Admission
2.2.1 Admission requirements
Direct admission to the Master’s programme in Biology is provided for students with
a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology from a Dutch university.
Biology (MSc) 39
Students who hold a certificate of higher vocational education (HBO) or an
equivalent of a Vrije Universiteit BSc degree obtained at an institution inside or
outside of the Netherlands may be admitted to the Master's programme in Biology on
the basis of a decision to that effect taken by the examination board. The examination
board will determine whether the qualification in question is sufficiently relevant to
warrant admission. The examination board may make additional demands on the
student before granting admission to the programme.
2.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
The examining board may decide to admit the student to certain interim examinations
of an MSc programme (specified in AER) even before he or she has successfully
completed the BSc degree or the premaster traject.
For study year 2006-2007 a BSc student Biology at the Vrije Universiteit is admitted
to certain interim examinations of the MSc programme Biology provided that:
the student started the BSc programme not earlier than study year 2003-2004;
the student has completed all courses in the first and second year within the
appropriate BSc programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
the student has accumulated at least 168 credit points within the appropriate BSc
programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
The maximum period for which a student without a BSc degree can participate in
components of the master's programme is 12 months, calculated from the beginning
of the academic year. Students that started the above mentioned BSc programme
before September 2003 but have not finished the BSc programme, do not have access
to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in components of
the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year 2007-2008.
2.3 Final attainment levels
2.3.1 Final attainment levels
Master’s graduates possess an academic attitude and academic skills. This means that
Master’s graduates are able to:
Independently acquire information in a biological field, and to analyse and
critically evaluate this information.
Select and order information, to distinguish essentials from trivialities, and to
make associations.
Think in multidisciplinary terms, and to possess an understanding of other
disciplines (and sub-disciplines) that are important to their own specialism.
Independently and critically analyse research, both in relation to its design and
performance, and to the results obtained.
Draw up a research plan, giving details of experimental design, performance and
analysis.
Produce a written report and a verbal presentation of the research, both in Dutch
and in English.
Apply their scientific, biological knowledge to social questions.
Make an intrinsic contribution to scientific discussions relating to planned
research or to discussions of research results.
Evaluate their own performance, both introspectively and in discussion with
others.
40 Life Sciences
Reflect on the ethical aspects of research or its uses, and include these
deliberations in the decision-making process.
Knowledge
Mastery of the field’s conceptual framework, understanding of the state of the art
in terms of developing theories and insight into the most important current
research issues in the biological sub discipline in which the student has
specialised.
An appreciation of the place of this sub discipline within the Biology and the
Natural Sciences.
A familiarity with general scientific journals such as Nature and Science, and with
professional journals in the sub discipline in question.
An appreciation of the scientific and social relevance of the field in question, and
of current research in this area.
Knowledge of mathematics and statistical methods.
Skills
Understand and summarize scientific biomedical literature.
Set up and perform biological experiments.
Collaborate with researchers from other disciplines.
Familiarity with computer software that is relevant to the field.
2.4 Study advice and guidance
2.4.1 Co-ordinators
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. The co-ordinators are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is good at our faculty, providing for easy
exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
MSc co-ordinator
The MSc co-ordinator is the persons to approach with questions to which the faculty
Study Guide, meetings with the programme co-ordinator(s) or faculty information
meetings provide no answers. But the MSc co-ordinator is also the contact person for
admittance to the programme, can help to set up a customised study plan and gives
approval of programmes for graduation application.
The general co-ordinator for the master Biology is drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a,
phone (020) 598 7012, e-mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays
and Thursdays from 12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
Programme co-ordinators
The programme co-ordinators are:
Plant Science: dr. R. Koes. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences,
Department of Genetics, De Boelelaan 1085, room P-530, phone (020) 5987201,
e-mail ronald.koes@falw.vu.nl
Ecology: dr. P.M. van Bodegom. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Science,
Department of Systems Ecology. De Boelelaan 1085, room A-168, phone (020)
5986964, e-mail peter.van.bodegom@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Biology (MSc) 41
Cell Biology: ms.dr. H.S. van Walraven. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Department of Structural Biology, De Boelelaan 1085, room H-225,
phone (020) 5987165, e-mail rieky.van.walraven@falw.vu.nl
Brain and Behavior: dr. O. Stiedl. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Science,
Behavioral Neuroscience Group. De Boelelaan 1085, room A-062, phone (020)
5987100, e-mail oliver@cncr.vu.nl
Societal specialisation: ms. dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst. Address: Faculty of Earth
and Life Sciences, Department of Biology and Society, De Boelelaan 1085, room
U-546, phone (020) 5987033, e-mail marjolein.zweekhorst@falw.vu.nl
Education specialisation: ms. drs. J.M Kapteijn, Onderwijscentrum VU, De
Boelelaan 1105, room 0G-28 (main building), phone (020) 5989209 e-mail
m.kapteijn@ond.vu.nl
Communication specialisation: prof.dr. J. Willems. Address: Faculty of Earth and
Life Sciences, Department of Science Communication, De Boelelaan 1085, room
S-522, phone (020) 5987031, e-mail jaap.willems@falw.vu.nl
2.4.2 Student counsellor
Student counsellors are the persons to approach in the case of special personal
circumstances affecting one’s studies, for example an illness or family circumstances.
The student counsellor for Biology is drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a, phone (020)
598 7012, e-mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays and
Thursdays from 12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
2.5 General programme
2.5.1 General programme
The programme consists of the following components, with the study load for each
component given in credits. This programme applies to all first year students who
register for a Master’s programme for the first time in 2006-2007.
Compulsory courses, 9 credits total
Scientific Writing in English (471023), 3 credits
Ethics (470707), 3 credits
History of Life Sciences (471017), 3 credits
Optional courses, 36 credits total (within the specialisations a number of courses is
compulsory)
Research projects, 66 credits total
First research project (research), 30-36 credits
Second research project (research or work-based), 30-36 credits
Thesis based on literature survey, 9 credits
Within research the following specialisations are available:
Plant Science
Ecology
Cell Biology
Brain and Behavior
The prescribed scope of these research specialisations is a minimum of 54 credits and
includes a research project (30-36 credits), and at least 3 course-based elements from
the specialist area (unless stated otherwise). When a student selects one specialisation
for the Master‘s programme, he/she has to include a literature thesis (9 credits) within
42 Life Sciences
this specialisation .When a student wishes to combine 2 specialisations, only one of
the specialisation has to include a literature thesis (9 credits). When two
specializations are combined, each specialisation has a maximum of 18 credits of
compulsory courses. The rest of the programme must fulfil the requirements as
described.
2.6 Ecology
2.6.1 General aspects
The specialisation is focused on the functioning of and interactions among earth,
plants, animals and micro-organisms and may approach these processes from
divergent scales ranging for molecular genetic levels to regional scales. The aim of
the programme is to provide the student with the knowledge, skills and insight
required to operate as an independent professional within the field of Ecology and to
be a suitable candidate for a career in research.
The specialisation Ecology is broader than the Master’s Ecology and is intended for
students who also want to specialise in other biological topics apart from Ecology.
Students with a Bachelor’s degree oriented to Biology and Earth Sciences are invited
to apply to this programme, which aims at approaching Ecology either from a
molecular perspective or from a field scale approach and preferably both. The
programme is taught in English. Those who want to focus upon ecology are
encouraged to take part in the Master’s Ecology of the VU.
The specialisation is open for all students in the MSc program Biology. Apart from
this there are no specific entry requirements.
The co-ordinator for the specialisation Ecology is Dr. P.M. van Bodegom. Address:
Faculty of Earth and Life Science, Department of Systems Ecology. De Boelelaan
1085, room A-168, phone (020) 5986964, e-mail
peter.van.bodegom@ecology.falw.vu.nl
2.6.2 Programme
Three out of the four specialised courses (18 credits) plus one internship or research
project (30-36 credits) are obligatory (together at least 48 credits). The rest of the
programme can be filled in freely within the general requirements for a MSc Biology,
including the general compulsory courses for the MSc Biology. In the research
projects or internships students will focus on one or more of aspects of Ecology.
The specialised Ecology courses aim at providing the student with the different scales
at which Ecology is active. The courses are strongly interactive, take place in small
groups and are characterised by assignments, essays, case studies, lab practicals
and/or fieldwork.
The course programme for Ecology is the following
Biology (MSc) 43
Week Name Code Credits
Compulsory courses (at least 2):
36-39 Soil-Plant Interaction 470507 6
44-47 Environmental Genomics and 470506 6
Adaptation
-- Spatial Ecology and Global Change* 470502 6
-- Experimental Design and Analysis* 470505 6
Optional courses
all Nature of Science Meetings 470510 3
year
40-43 Aquatic Ecology 450317 6
48-51 Plant Ecophysiology: Adaptation to the 471020 6
Environment
2-14 Caput Invasion Ecology and Dynamic 470117 6
Biogeography
15-26 Nature Development, Management and 470504 6
Policy
36-39 Systeemecologie 470044 6
Course indicated with * are programmed in 2007-2008. The programme must
comprise at least two of the four compulsory courses. All compulsory courses are
accessible for both first and second year’s students within the MSc Biology.
'Systeem ecologie' is a Bachelor’s course and is only recommended to students with a
deficiency in this topic.
2.7 Plant Science
2.7.1 General aspects
This specialisation is focused on the plant growth and development, and on adaptation
of plants to the environment. Topics also include plant-microbe interactions, structure
and systematics, molecular biology, genetics and evolution, ecology and physiology.
The aim of the programme is to provide the student with the knowledge, skills and
insight required to operate as an independent professional within the field of Plant
Science and to be a suitable candidate for a career in research.
The programme co-ordinator for the specialisation Plant Science is dr. R. Koes,
Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Department of Genetics, de Boelelaan 1085, room
P530, phone (020) 5987201, e-mail ronald.koes@falw.vu.nl
2.7.2 Programme
The specialisation offers the opportunity to follow a programme within Plant
Sciences, including 18 credits on compulsory courses, a research project (30-36
credits) and 3-12 credits on elective elements. The remainder of the programme can
be chosen within the framework of the general requirements of an MSc in Biology.
The course programme for Plant Science is the following
44 Life Sciences
Week Course name Code Credits
Compulsory courses
40-43 Plant Biotechnology for Food and 471034 6
Health
44-47 Developmental Biology 470613 6
48-51 Plant Ecophysiology: Adaptation to the 471020 6
Environment
Optional courses
36-39 Soil-Plant Interactions or 470507 6
Integrative Bioinformatics and 470611 6
Genomics
6-10 Biological Fluorescence 470609 6
2.8 Cell Biology
2.8.1 General aspects
This programme has been developed for students with a Bachelor’s degree in Biology
or Biomedical Sciences or any other relevant Bachelor's degree (for instance
Biochemistry or HLO) who want to specialise in the field of Cell Biology. The
programme is composed by the Institute for Molecular Cell Biology (IMC) of the
Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences (FALW) in collaboration with the department of
Molecular Cell Biology and Immunology of the VU Medical Center (VUmc).
The programme is co-ordinated by ms.dr. H.S. van Walraven. Address: Faculty of
Earth and Life Sciences, Dept. of Structural Biology, De Boelelaan 1085, room H-
225, phone (020) 5987165, E-mail rieky.van.walraven@falw.vu.nl.
2.8.2 Programme
For a specialisation degree 3 courses and one caput (see below) from the course
programme plus one traineeship are compulsory (together at least 54 credits). The rest
of the programme can be filled in freely within the general requirements for an MSc
Biology. The traineeship should be in the field of Cell Biology preferably at the
Institute for Molecular Cell Biology (IMC) of the Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences
(FALW) or the department of Molecular Cell Biology and Immunology of the VU
Medical Center (VUmc).
The scheme below gives an overview of the options for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses and Capita Selecta Code Credits
Courses (at least 3are compulsory)
36-39 Advanced Molecular Immunology and 470656 6
Cell Biology or
Integrative Bioinformatics and Genomic 470611 6
40-43 Genomes and Gene Expression 470614 6
44-47 Cell Structures and Functions or 470615 6
Developmental Biology 470613 6
48-51 Extreme Biology or 470509 6
Molecular Infection Biology or 470657 6
Molecular Cell Physiology and Function 470616 6
Biology (MSc) 45
6-9 Biological Fluorescence 470609 6
Capita Selecta (at least 1 is compulsory)
Caput Molecular Biotechnology 470604 6
Caput Cellular Protein Trafficking 470605 6
Caput Epigenetics 470606 6
Caput Structural Biology 470607 6
Caput Protein Structure as Molecular 470120 6
Basis of Disease
Capita Selecta are offered on individual basis throughout the year.
After successfully passing the programme, students who want to specialise further in
the field of Cell Biology have the possibility to switch to the Master Biomolecular
Sciences - Molecular Cell Biology. For more information consult ms.dr. H.S. van
Walraven (master co-ordinator).
2.9 Brain and Behavior
2.9.1 General aspects
This specialisation is focused on the knowledge, insight and understanding of the
multiple facets that play a role in various kinds of behavioral functions and how these
are influenced by genes, environmental factors and developmental factors. Behavior
models will be presented and discussed to demonstrate the significance of Brain and
Behavior within the context of brain research and its clinical implications. Special
attention is given to research issues in the mouse and in humans.
The specialisation is intended for students of the Master's programme in Biology or
Biomedical Sciences. Course 470083 entitled Ontwikkeling en gedrag is a Bachelor’s
course serving as an introduction to Brain and Behavior and is recommended for
Bachelors before they continue in the direction of Brain and Behavior.
The programme co-ordinator for the specialisation Brain and Behavior is dr. O.
Stiedl. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Science, Behavioral Neuroscience Group.
De Boelelaan 1085, room A-062, phone (020) 5986968, e-mail oliver@cncr.vu.nl
2.9.2 Programme
For a specialisation Brain and Behavior three courses (18 credits) plus one internship
or research project (30-36 credits) are compulsory (together at least 48 credits). The
remaining programme can be selected freely in accordance with the general
requirements for an MSc in Biology or Biomedical Sciences. However, it is advised
to focus in the direction of functional genomics and experimental physiology within
the Institute of Neurosciences. In the research projects or internships students will
focus on one or more specific aspects of Behavioral Neurosciences.
The specialised courses aim at providing the student with different topics that impact
on brain and behavior. These courses are strongly interactive, take place in small
groups and are characterised by covering topics in selected textbooks, important
46 Life Sciences
current research issues, methodological aspects, laboratory demonstrations and
exercises. The course programme is the following
Week Course Code Credits
Restricted options, at least 1 is
compulsory:
36-39 Principles of Neuroscience or 470701 6
Neurobiology of Behavior 471018 6
Optional courses
40-46 Functional Brain Imaging or 470715 6
Live Cell Imaging 470726 6
Compulsory courses
44-47 Developmental Neurobiology of the 470713 6
Vertebrate Brain
47-3 Behavioral Genetics 815055 5
2.10 Societal specialisation
2.10.1 General aspects
The Societal or M-specialisation is a specialisation in the field of policy, management
and entrepreneurship on biological and medical issues. The programme of the
Societal specialisation is 1 year (60 credit points). This specialisation has to be
combined with a specialisation in biological research and may not be combined with
the Communication specialisation or the Education specialisation.
The programme co-ordinator for the Societal specialisation is ms. dr. M.B.M.
Zweekhorst. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Department of Biology and
Society, De Boelelaan 1085, room U-546, phone (020) 5987033, e-mail
marjolein.zweekhorst@falw.vu.nl .
2.10.2 Programme
The programme is equal to the first year of the Master programme Management,
Policy- Analysis and Entrepreneurship in the Life and Health Sciences (MPA) (for a
detailed description of the programme see the description of the Master programme
MPA).The programme of the Societal specialisation consists of 60 credits (12 credits
compulsory courses; 18 credits optional courses and 30 credits internship). The
course language is English, unless all students participating in the course speak
Dutch, in that case the course language will be Dutch. The course programme for
2006-2007 is as follows:
Week Name Code Credits
Compulsory Courses
36-39 Analysis of Governmental Policy 470571 6
40-43 Communication, Organisation and 470572 6
Management
Optional Courses and Capita Selecta
42-43 Interactive Communication 470582 3
44-45 Science, Technology and Society Studies 470553 3
Biology (MSc) 47
46-47 Clinical Development and Clinical Trials or 470574 3
Interactive Health Technology Assessment 470578 3
48-51 Business Management in Health and Life 470584 6
Sciences or
Entrepreneurship in Health and Life 470575 6
Sciences or
Health, Globalisation and Human Rights or 470818 6
Interactive Research in Practice 470579 6
2-5 Qualitative and Quantitative Research 470582 6
Methods
Caput Dilemmas in the Implementation of 470565 3
Public Health Programmes
Caput Criteria for Corporate Social 470564 3
Responsibility
Caput Institutionalising Participatory 470567 3
Methods
Caput Knowledge Integration and 470569 3
Participation
Capita Selecta are offered on individual basis throughout the year.
2.11 Education specialisation
2.11.1 General aspects
This specialisation provides training for the profession of teacher in Dutch VWO
(higher secondary school) education. The programme of the Education specialisation
is 1 year (60 credits). E-courses are shared with master students from the School of
Earth and Environmental Sciences, and from the Faculty of Sciences. This
specialisation has to be combined with a specialisation in biological research and may
not be combined with the Societal specialisation or the Communication specialisation.
The programme is co-ordinated by ms. drs. J.M Kapteijn, Onderwijscentrum VU, De
Boelelaan 1105, 1081 HV Amsterdam, room 0G-28 (main building), phone 9020)
5989209, e-mail m.kapteijn@ond.vu.nl.
2.11.2 Programme
Educational programme (1ste graads lerarenopleiding)
The educational programme is taught in Dutch and consists of 60 credits of
compulsory modules.
Name Credits Code
Algemene didactiek 9 990001
Praktijk bij lerarenopleiding 3 990002
Praktijkonderzoek 8 990003
Vakdidactiek biologie 9 990124
choice from several modules 4 (in total)
The programme can be started twice a year, in September and January.
48 Life Sciences
2.12 Communication specialisation
2.12.1 General aspects
This specialisation is intended for students with a BSc degree in any of the beta-
studies who want to specialise in communication. The programme focuses on science
communication theory and research as well as on science communication in practice.
This includes science journalism as well as museology, the use of internet for science
communication and health communication. The programme of the communication
(C) specialisation is 1 year (60 credits). This specialisation has to be combined with a
specialisation in biological research and may not be combined with the Societal
specialisation or the Education specialisation.
C-courses are shared with master students from the School of Earth and
Environmental Sciences, and from the Faculty of Sciences.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by prof.dr. J. Willems. Address: Faculty of Earth
and Life Sciences, Dept. of Science Communication, De Boelelaan 1087, room S-
552, e-mail jaap.willems@falw.vu.nl.
2.12.2 Programme
The communication programme consists of 60 credits. Three courses (18 credits), one
internship or research project (21 credits) and a thesis (9 credits) are compulsatory.
The rest of the programme can be filled in with optional courses (12 credits). In a
research project students will focus on an aspect of science communication, while in
an internship students will work on a project at a trainee post in a museum, editorial
office of a newspaper etc. There they will also do a small research project. Please note
that the extent of the internship or research project is 21 credits, which differs from
the regular 30-36 credits for internships and research projects in the other
specialisations within the Master's programme Biology . The thesis (9 credits)
consists of a study of literature on an aspect of science communication. The course
language is mainly Dutch.
The course programme for 2006-2007 is as follows:
Week Course Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Communicatiewetenschappen 471006 6
44-47 Wetenschapsjournalistiek 471014 6
2-5 Qualitative and Quantitative 470582 6
Research Methods
Optional
40-41 Interpersoonlijke communicatie 991000 3
42-43 Interactieve communicatie 470562 3
48-51 Wetenschapscommunicatie via 471033 6
internet
48-51 Museologie en buitenschoolse 470126 6
educatie
23-26 Gezondheidscommunicatie 470087 6
Biology (MSc) 49
2.13 Elective options
2.13.1 Elective options
Courses from other MSc programmes
The scope for optional components in the various programmes involves opting for
courses or Capita Selecta of the Master's programme not yet taken. As an alternative,
the optional component may also be partly or completely fulfilled by taking courses
from other university Master's programmes. This alternative requires the prior
permission of the examining board. Students should send a written request,
accompanied with a course description (in Dutch or English), amount of credits,
academic level (MSc, beginners or advanced), the course code and a motivation to the
examination board well before the start of the course. Before granting permission, the
examining board will evaluate the content, academic level and cohesion of the
programme.
For the following course a general permission is already granted (students do not have
to ask for permission for this course):
IKO/Interfacultair keuzevak Ontwikkelingsvraagstukken, code 60000010, 6
credits
Courses from BSc programmes
The optional component can also be partly fulfilled by taking courses not yet taken
belonging to the Bachelor's programme at the Vrije Universiteit, with a maximum of
12 credits. Students should send a written request, accompanied with a course
description (in Dutch or English), academic level (1st, 2nd or 3rd year's course), the
course code and credits, and a motivation to the examination board well before the
start of the course.
Extension of research project
The examining board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional studies to
extend a research project. The student must request this to the examining board in
writing preferably before the start, but at least 8 weeks before the end of the research
project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to the work in question.
Minor
With regard to optional courses, it is also possible for students to channel their
opportunities for optional studies into taking a minor subject. The choice of a minor
subject has to be submitted to the examining board for approval. The scope of the
minor subject has to be a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 20 credits.
2.14 Registration for courses and interim examinations
2.14.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations
Students must register for participation in all course modules and other programme
components at least four weeks before they start, by means of TIS. Newly enrolled
students to our faculty are exempted from this rule for course modules of the first
period of the university calendar (September- October). They should, however,
register for courses from the second period onwards.
50 Life Sciences
Students must, in addition to registration for courses, also register for interim
examinations, and re-sits thereof, by means of TIS. Registration windows for exams
are opened until 1 week before the examination date. Cancelling your earlier
registration can, therefore, also be done until 1 week before the examination.
More information about the regulations and about TIS can be found in chapter School
of Life Sciences and also on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: >
Studenten > Reglementen > Regels inschrijven TIS > 'Procedure for registration in
TIS'.
2.15 Programme proposal and approval
2.15.1 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student, to improve
long-term organisation of the courses (number of lecturers and availability of lecture
rooms on the basis of estimated students) and to prevent disappointment about
rejection of the programme by the examination board near the end of the programme,
when a student applies for the final examination and certificate (graduation).
The student submits a programme proposal, also known as master plan, with the
intentional components, prior to the start of the master programme or at the latest one
month after the start. This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator
(drs. H. Eenhoorn). Students should submit their final proposal nine months after the
start of the programme, but at least before the start of the second research project/
work placement/internship.
The master co-ordinator checks if the intended programme meets the requirements
stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER). If the programme does
not meet the requirements, the master co-ordinator rejects the proposal and, if
necessary, gives the student information about fulfilling the requirements. The master
co-ordinator can also advise students about the possibilities to request approval from
the examination board for deviate programmes.
Forms for programme proposals/master plan can be found on the internet page:
http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > studenten > advies en begeleiding > studieadvies en
adviseurs, or can be obtained from the master co-ordinator.
2.15.2 Programme approval and final examination
In order to complete an MSc examination, the student’s individual programme,
comprised of all educational components to be incorporated in the exam, will have to
be approved by the master co-ordinator. The programme should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) of the
academic year in which the examination is taken. If the programme is approved,
students can apply for their final examination at the study secretariat. If all
requirements are met, the application is sent to the examination board. The
examination board will make a final decision on fulfilment of all demands judged
from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with regulations in the
AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed.
Contrary to above, the examining board may approve of programme components
stated in AERs that are not older than three years preceding the year in which the
exam is taken, including AERs of the five-year degree programmes which preceded
the present bachelor-master programmes. Any changes (for instance in optional
Biology (MSc) 51
course modules) in a programme that has already been approved of, require re-
approval by the examination board.
More information about the final examination (graduation) and certificate can be
found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
2.16 Examination board
2.16.1 Examination board
The examination board handles admission requests to the degree programmes,
approval of final examination programmes, exemptions from sitting interim exams,
determines the result of the final examination, et cetera. Students are advised to
consult their master coordinator or student counsellor about the feasibility of their
request before they submit a request to the examination board. Written requests can
be addressed to the administrative secretary of the Examination Board for the
programmes in Health Sciences: dr. P.A.C.M. de Boer, Vrije Universiteit, Faculteit
ALW, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam, e-mail
examens.levenswetenschappen@falw.vu.nl. Students should take into account that
examining board meets once every 4-6 weeks. Correspondence to the board should be
sent well before its meeting dates (at least one week). For graduation, different terms
apply.
More information about the examining board, final examination (graduation) and
certificate can be found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
2.17 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
2.17.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
The faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature
Study Regulations’ which has reference to programme components in which students
more or less independently carry out a research project that is concluded with the
writing of a report or thesis. Details with respect to this regulation can be consulted
on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > student > Master’s programmes
> General info all programmes > Student placement/internship and literature
regulations and forms master's Life Sciences. Some excerpts are given below.
Approval of projects
Prior to participating in any work placement/internship and thesis, both student and
two faculty staff members involved should fill out a written application and
agreement form. This form (for traineeships, internships, research projects) can be
downloaded from the above-mentioned web page. The form concerns details on
supervision, amount of time to be invested, allotted study credits, safety regulations,
etc. The application and agreement form should include a description of the project.
The forms have to be handed in at the co-ordinator of the master programme. The
master co-ordinator approves or rejects the projects on behalf of the examination
board.
Assessment
52 Life Sciences
The final assessment work placement/internship and thesis is established according to
the assessment form. This form can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web
page (is part of the document including the approval and agreement form).
In order to have the mark registered by the study secretary, the student should hand in
one copy of the thesis and an evaluation form, to the student secretary.
Work placement/ Research project/ Master thesis
The faculty does not have a service office specifically providing information about
the possible subjects for, and organisations at which to execute a traineeship, research
project, or master thesis. Please ask any of the faculty staff members and master co-
ordinators for options inside and outside university.
2.17.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project and thesis
A number of projects can be executed outside the university proper, for instance in
trade and industry, or at a foreign university. All of these projects are, like the internal
projects, subject to the ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study
Regulations’. The external traineeship/research project is executed under supervision
and responsibility of two supervisors: one external tutor and one internal tutor who is
affiliated with the degree program concerned. Students should first find a supervisor
before making arrangements with external parties. More information about approval,
supervision and assessment can be found in ‘Student Placement (Internship) and
Literature Study Regulations’.
2.17.3 Thesis guidelines
In general, a thesis is handed in to the supervisor(s) in draft first, before finishing a
final version in which comments by the supervisor(s) have been taken into account.
Students should inform themselves of the presence of supervisors, when planning
dates for handing in draft and final versions. This is especially important in summer
and some months preceding summer. Supervisors may be absent during these times
(due to e.g. meetings abroad or holidays), and will therefore not be able to amend and
assess a thesis at short notice. The first page of a report/thesis should include
statement of:
The title of the report or thesis;
The author and date of publication;
The name of the organisation at which the project was done;
The name of the internal supervisor;
The name of the second internal supervisor, or external organisation’s supervisor;
The credits.
More information about approval, supervision and assessment can be found in
‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study Regulations’.
2.18 Further study and career prospects
2.18.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market
Spending part of the study in external traineeships and research projects is a good
way to prepare for and familiarise oneself with the labour market. All programme
components called 'research project', 'internship' and '(master) thesis' are subject to the
'Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study Regulations' drawn up by the
faculty. Please take note of these regulations and act accordingly.
Biology (MSc) 53
Each year, the 'Stichting Bèta Bedrijvencontactdag Amsterdam' (SBBA) organises a
business contact day intended for MSc and PhD students in Sciences at the Vrije
Universiteit (VU) and the Universiteit van Amsterdam (UvA). This day is
customarily organised in March or April and students receive an invitation,
programme, and registration form beforehand. Businesses and companies present
themselves and inform students about career perspectives, either at information
booths or by plenary seminars. Students can also request a personal appointment with
representatives of a certain company by sending in their cv. This may result in an
invitation for an interview at one of the 'gesprekkendagen' organised in May. More
information on SBBA can be obtained at www.sbba.nl
In addition, orientation towards the labour market is facilitated by so-called
'bedrijvendagen' ('businesses' days), organised by NiBi, and by attending seminars
given by people from trade and industry, that are organised every year at a different
Dutch university. More information on NiBi can be found on the Dutch website
www.nibi.nl
2.18.2 Postgraduate degree programmes
The master degree gives access to a number of PhD degree programmes (AIO- or
OIO-opleiding) at the Vrije Universiteit, or elsewhere.
PhD degree programmes
PhD-programmes are organised within a number of research schools within the
faculty:
Graduate School Neurosciences Amsterdam (ONWA)
Graduate School and Research Center BioCentrum Amsterdam
Inter University Centre for Geo-ecological Research (ICG)
Netherlands Research School for the Socio-Economic and Natural Sciences of the
Environment (SENSE)
School for Atmospheric and Maritime Research (SAMO).
The PhD programme always consists of carrying out a research project, leading to a
PhD thesis/dissertation, and of several compulsory or elective course modules. For
more information on PhD-programmes and Research Schools please refer the
internet: http://www.falw.vu.nl > onderzoeksinstituten.
54 Life Sciences
3 Biomedical Sciences (MSc)
3.1 General
3.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load
A general, yet diverse, master programme in Biomedical Sciences that will guarantee
an elaborate research experience founded on a solid theoretical basis combined with
communicative skill that are necessary to function on an international level. The 2-
year programme is comprised of Dutch as well as English components. Students can
choose from several specialisations:
Infectious Diseases (research)
Cell Biology (research)
Brain and Behaviour (research)
Immunology (research)
Cardiovascular Diseases (research)
International Public Health (research)
Public Health Research (only for students Health Sciences)
Societal specialisation
Communication specialisation
Education specialisation
The Societal specialisation, the Communication specialisation and the Education
specialisation are single year programmes that may not be combined with each other
and must be combined with one of the research specialisations.
The programme is only available in a full time setting. The study load is 120 credit
points (or study points = stp.) divided over 2 years (60 points per year). One credit
point equals 28 hours of study (in conformity with the European Credit Transfer
System, ECTS) and consists of actual participation in lectures and practical courses,
preparation and other homework, doing fieldwork and laboratory work, writing of
reports and studying for interim examinations. The study load of each of the course
modules is stated at the course descriptions in this guide.
Student with a BSc Health Sciences can choose to specialise in Public Health
Research, a specialisation in the Master programme Biomedical Sciences offered
selectively to health scientists. Their programme will be 2 years, the first year
comprised of elements from the MSc Health Science, the second comprised of the
specialisation Public Health Care from the MSc programme Biomedical Sciences.
The final exam will be in MSc Biomedical Sciences.
All students need to ask approval for their exam programme prior to the start, more
information is given in the paragraph 'Programme approval'.
Online information with respect to the Biomedical Sciences programme and course
module descriptions can be found at http://www.studiegids.vu.nl> Aard- en
levenswetenschappen > MSc Biomedical Sciences
3.1.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to provide students with the knowledge, skills and
insight required to operate as an independent professional within the field of
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 55
Biomedical Sciences and to be a suitable candidate for a subsequent course of study
leading to a career in research.
3.2 Admission
3.2.1 Admission requirements
Direct admission to the Master’s programme in Biomedical Sciences is provided for
students with a Bachelor of Science degree in Biomedical Sciences from a Dutch
university. An exception to this is the specialisation of Public Health Research (for
details of the requirements for admission see the description of this specialisation).
Students who hold a certificate of higher vocational education (HBO) or an
equivalent of a Vrije Universiteit BSc degree obtained at an institution inside or
outside of the Netherlands may be admitted to the Master's programme in Biomedical
Sciences on the basis of a decision to that effect taken by the examining board. The
examining board will determine whether the qualification in question is sufficiently
relevant to warrant admission. The examining board may make additional demands
on the student before granting admission to the programme.
3.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
The examining board may decide to admit the student to certain interim examinations
of an MSc programme (specified in AER) even before he or she has successfully
completed the BSc degree or the premaster traject.
For study year 2006-2007 a BSc student Bio-medische wetenschappen (Biomedical
Sciences) at the Vrije Universiteit is admitted to certain interim examinations of the
MSc programme Biomedical Sciences provided that:
the student started the BSc programme not earlier than study year 2003-2004;
the student has completed all courses in the first and second year within the
appropriate BSc programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
the student has accumulated at least 168 credit points within the appropriate BSc
programme at the Vrije Universiteit.
The maximum period for which a student without a BSc degree can participate in
components of the master's programme is 12 months, calculated from the beginning
of the academic year. Students that started the above mentioned BSc programme
before September 2003 but have not finished the BSc programme, do not have access
to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in components of
the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year 2007-2008.
3.3 Final attainment levels
3.3.1 Final attainment levels
Master’s graduates possess an academic attitude and academic skills. This means that
Master’s graduates are able to:
Independently acquire information in a medical/biological field, and to analyse
and critically evaluate this information.
Select and order information, to distinguish essentials from trivialities, and to
make associations.
56 Life Sciences
Think in multidisciplinary terms, and to possess an understanding of other
disciplines (and sub-disciplines) that are important to their own specialism.
Independently and critically analyse research, both in relation to its design and
performance, and to the results obtained.
Draw up a research plan, giving details of experimental design, performance and
analysis.
Produce a written report and a verbal presentation of the research, both in Dutch
and in English.
Apply their scientific, medical/biological knowledge to societal questions.
Make an intrinsic contribution to scientific discussions relating to planned
research or to discussions of research results.
Evaluate their own performance, both introspectively and in discussion with
others.
Reflect on the ethical aspects of research or its uses, and include these
deliberations in the decision-making process.
Knowledge
Mastery of the field’s conceptual framework, understanding of the state of the art
in terms of developing theories and insight into the most important current
research issues in the medical/biological sub discipline in which the student has
specialised.
An appreciation of the place of this sub discipline within the Biomedical Sciences
and the Natural Sciences.
A familiarity with general scientific journals such as Nature and Science, and with
professional journals in the sub discipline in question.
An appreciation of the scientific and social relevance of the field in question, and
of current research in this area.
Knowledge of mathematics and statistical methods.
Knowledge of and insight into pathological research into the origin and treatment
of diseases.
Skills
Understand and summarise scientific biomedical literature.
Set up and perform biomedical experiments.
Collaborate with researchers from other disciplines.
Familiarity with computer software that is relevant to the field.
3.4 Study advice and guidance
3.4.1 Co-ordinators
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. The co-ordinators are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is good at our faculty, providing for easy
exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
MSc co-ordinator
The MSc co-ordinator is the persons to approach with questions to which the faculty
Study Guide, meetings with the programme co-ordinator(s) or faculty information
meetings provide no answers. But the MSc co-ordinator is also the contact person for
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 57
admittance to the programme, can help to set up a customised study plan and gives
approval of programmes for graduation application.
The general co-ordinator for the master Biomedical Sciences (master co-ordinator) is
drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a, phone (020) 598 7012, e-mail
hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays and Thursdays from 12:00 -
2:00 pm, or by appointment.
Programme co-ordinators
The programme co-ordinators are:
Infectious Diseases: ms.dr. B.M. Bakker. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Dept. of Molecular Cell Physiology, De Boelelaan 1085, office M-228,
phone (020) 5987196, E-mail barbara.bakker@falw.vu.nl.
International Public Health: ms.dr. J. Broerse: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences,
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV, Amsterdam, phone
(020) 59 87028, e-mail: jacqueline.broerse@falw.vu.nl
Cardiovascular Diseases: dr. A.A. van Lambalgen. Address: VUmc, v.d.
Boechorststr. 7, room B-134, phone (020) 444 8120, e-mail
a.vanlambalgen@vumc.nl
Immunology: prof.dr Y. Van Kooyk. Address: Medical Faculty, Dept. of
Molecular Cell Biology and Immunology, van de Boechorststraat 7, room J283,
phone (020) 4448080, E-mail Y.vanKooyk@vumc.nl
Cell Biology: ms.dr. H.S. van Walraven. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Dept. of Structural Biology, De Boelelaan 1085, room H-225, phone
(020) 5987165, e-mail rieky.van.walraven@falw.vu.nl
Brain and Behavior: dr. O. Stiedl. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Science,
Institute of Neurosciences, Behavioral Neuroscience Group. De Boelelaan 1087,
room B-256, phone (020) 5987089, e-mail: oliver@cncr.vu.nl
Societal specialisation: ms. dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst. Address: Faculty of Earth
and Life Sciences, department Biology and Society, De Boelelaan 1087, room A-
062, phone (020) 5987033, e-mail marjolein.zweekhorst@falw.vu.nl
Education specialisation: ms. drs. J.M Kapteijn, Onderwijscentrum VU, De
Boelelaan 1105, 1081 HV Amsterdam, room 0G-28 (main building), phone (020)
5989209, e-mail m.kapteijn@ond.vu.nl
Communication specialisation: prof.dr. J. Willems. Address: Faculty of Earth and
Life Sciences, Dept. of Science Communication, De Boelelaan 1087, room S-552,
e-mail jaap.willems@falw.vu.nl
3.4.2 Student counsellor
Student counsellors are the persons to approach in the case of special personal
circumstances affecting one’s studies, for example an illness or family circumstances.
The student counsellor for Biomedical Sciences is drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a,
phone (020) 598 7012, e-mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays
and Thursdays from 12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
3.5 General programme
58 Life Sciences
3.5.1 General programme
The programme consists of the following components, with the study load for each
component given in credits. This applies to all first year students who register for a
Master’s programme for the first time in 2006-2007.
Compulsory courses, 9 credits total
Scientific writing in English (471023), 3 credits
Ethics (470707), 3 credits
History of Life sciences (471017), 3 credits
Optional courses, 36 credits total (within the specialisations a number of courses is
compulsory)
Research projects, 66 credits total
First research project (research), 30-36 credits
Second research project (research or work-based), 30-36 credits
Thesis based on literature survey, 9 credits
Within research, the following specialist subjects are available:
Infectious Diseases
Cardiovascular Diseases
Immunology
Cell Biology
Brain and Behavior
International Public Health
Public Health Research
The prescribed scope of these research specialisations is a minimum of 54 credits and
includes a research project (30-36 credits), and at least 3 course-based elements from
the specialist area (unless stated otherwise). When a student selects one specialisation
for the Master‘s programme, he/she has to include a literature thesis (9 credits) within
this specialisation .When a student wishes to combine 2 specialisations, one
specialisation has to include a literature thesis (9 credits). When two specializations
are combined, each specialisation has a maximum of 18 credits of compulsory
courses. The rest of the programme must fulfil the requirements as described.
3.6 Infectious Diseases
3.6.1 General aspects
This specialisation is intended for students with a BSc degree in Biomedical Sciences
who want to specialise in infectious diseases. The programme gives a broad overview
of the biology of pathogenic organisms, the interaction between pathogens and their
hosts and has a special focus on the epidemiology and control of infectious diseases.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by ms.dr. B.M. Bakker. Address: Faculty of Earth
and Life Sciences, Dept. of Molecular Cell Physiology, De Boelelaan 1085, room M-
228, phone (020) 5987196, E-mail barbara.bakker@falw.vu.nl.
3.6.2 Special requirement
Students who want to follow the specialisation Infectious Diseases, are assumed to
have included the course Infectieziekten (code 471024) in their Bachelor programme.
Students that do not fulfil this requirement are advised to contact the coordinator
(ms.dr. B.M. Bakker).
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 59
3.6.3 Programme
For a specialisation degree 3 courses (see below) plus an internship or research
project within this field are obligatory. The rest of the programme can be filled in
freely within the general requirements for the MSc Biomedical Sciences programme.
In research projects or internships students will focus on one or more of aspects of
infectious diseases. The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year
2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
compulsory
40-43 Containment Strategies of Infectious 470127 6
Disease
44-47 Nutrition and Infectious Disease 470816 6
2-5 Parasitology 470052 6
optional
36-39 Advanced Molecular Immunology and 470656 6
Cell Biology or
Research Methods for Need Assessments 470817 6
48-51 Health Geography or 470094 6
Molecular Infection Biology 470657 6
50-51 Glycoimmunology 311167 3
3.7 Cardiovascular Diseases
3.7.1 General aspects
This specialisation offers students with a BSc degree in Biomedical Sciences or
General Health Sciences the possibility to follow a structured program within
cardiovascular sciences. This program is imbedded within the ICaR-VU (Institute for
Cardiovascular Research of the VU university medical center). The ICaR-VU
together with the Cardiovascular Research Institute Maastricht (CARIM) of the
University of Maastricht (UM) forms since 1992 the Research School of
Cardiovascular Diseases Maastricht Amsterdam (CARMA). The purpose of the
research school is education in all aspects of cardiovascular function and
cardiovascular diseases.
The institute provides PhD-students and master students with the opportunity to
choose within the so-called specialisation “Cardiovascular diseases” a number of
subjects of interest to broaden their scientific education.
All research in the ICaR-VU is oriented around two themes:
Theme H: “Improvement of cardiac function in heart failure”; which includes
research subjects such as: hormones, growth factors and other humoral factors;
contraction and pump function; energy metabolism; coronary circulation.
Theme V: “Improvement of vascular function in metabolic diseases”; orientated
around two main subjects: diabetes mellitus and atherosclerosis, and sepsis and
inflammation.
60 Life Sciences
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. A.A. van Lambalgen. Address: VUmc, v.d.
Boechorststr. 7, room B-134t, phone (020) 444 8120, e-mail
a.vanlambalgen@vumc.nl
3.7.2 Programme
For this specialisation a study programme with a study load of at least 54 credits is
obligatory, The main accent is on the research-training project (36 credits). Also the
literature thesis (9 credits) has to be performed within this specialisation. For the
remaining credits several specific cardiovascular courses (see below) and/or a caput
lecture can be chosen.
In principle the courses are only open for students who follow the specialisation
‘Cardiovascular Diseases’.
This specialisation also offers students the possibility for specialisation in more
epidemiological aspects of cardiovascular diseases. The rest of the master programme
can be filled in freely within the general requirements for an MSc Biomedical
Sciences. The scheme below gives an overview of the options for the year 2006-2007
Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
Physiology of Heart and Circulation 470750 2
Introduction into Cardiovascular Pharmacology 470751 2
Optional
Measuring in Biomedical Research 470752 2
Molecular Biology and Genetics of the 470753 2
Cardiovascular System
Biophysics of the Heart and Circulation 470754 2
Clinical Aspects of Cardiovascular and Peripheral 470755 2
Vascular Diseases
Advanced Microscopy and Vital Imaging 470756 2
The courses have been planned in the months February till June and can be attended
apart or during the research-training project.
3.8 Immunology
3.8.1 General aspects
This specialisation is intended for students with a BSc degree in Biomedical Sciences
who want to specialise in immunology. The programme gives a broad overview of
immunological processes from its basics towards preclinical and clinical situations.
Immunology in relation to various diseases such as cancer, infectious diseases and
auto-immunity is incorporated. The molecular and cellular interaction of the host with
invading pathogens as well as the host with pathological conditions during malignant
transformation of tumor cells as well as its destruction of its own tissue form major
topics.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by ms. prof. dr Y. Van Kooyk. Adress: Medical
Faculty, Dept. of Molecular Cell Biology and Immunology, van de Boechorststraat 7,
room J283, phone (020) 4448080, E-mail Y.vanKooyk@vumc.nl
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 61
3.8.2 Special requirement
Students who want to follow the specialisation Immunology, should have included
the course 'Immunologie' (code 470114) in their BSc programme and should be in the
possession of the latest version of the book ‘Immunobiology’ by Janeway.
3.8.3 Programme
For a specialisation degree 4 courses (see below) plus one internship or research
project followed at the VU or Vumc are obligatory (together at least 54 credits). The
rest of the programme can be filled in freely within the general requirements for an
MSc Biomedical Sciences. In research projects or internships students will focus on
one or more of these aspects of immunology.
The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Advanced molecular 470656 6
immunology and cell biology
40-43 Mastercourse Immunity 311103 6
44-47 Clinical immunology 470655 6
48-51 Medical Infection Biology 470657 6
Optional
50-51 Glycoimmunology 311167 3
6-9 Biological fluorescence 470609 6
3.9 Cell Biology
3.9.1 General aspects
This programme has been developed for students with a Bachelor’s degree in Biology
or Biomedical Sciences or any other relevant Bachelor's degree (for instance
Biochemistry or HLO) who want to specialise in the field of Cell Biology. The
programme is composed by the Institute for Molecular Cell Biology (IMC) of the
Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences (FALW) in collaboration with the department of
Molecular Cell Biology and Immunology of the VU Medical Center (VUmc).
The programme is co-ordinated by ms.dr. H.S. van Walraven. Address: Faculty of
Earth and Life Sciences, Dept. of Structural Biology, De Boelelaan 1085, room H-
225, phone (020) 5987165, E-mail rieky.van.walraven@falw.vu.nl.
3.9.2 Programme
For a specialisation degree 3 courses and one caput (see below) from the course
programme plus one traineeship are compulsory (together at least 54 credits). The rest
of the programme can be filled in freely within the general requirements for an MSc
Biomedical Sciences. The traineeship should be in the field of Cell Biology
preferably at the Institute for Molecular Cell Biology (IMC) of the Faculty of Earth
and Life Sciences (FALW) or the department of Molecular Cell Biology and
Immunology of the VU Medical Center (VUmc).
The scheme below gives an overview of the options for the year 2006-2007.
62 Life Sciences
Week Courses and Capita Selecta Code Credits
Courses (at least 3are compulsory)
36-39 Advanced Molecular Immunology and 470656 6
Cell Biology or
Integrative Bioinformatics and Genomic 470611 6
40-43 Genomes and Gene Expression 470614 6
44-47 Cell Structures and Functions or 470615 6
Developmental Biology 470613 6
48-51 Extreme Biology or 470509 6
Molecular Infection Biology or 470657 6
Molecular Cell Physiology and Function 470616 6
6-9 Biological Fluorescence 470609 6
Capita Selecta (at least 1 is compulsory)
Caput Molecular Biotechnology 470604 6
Caput Cellular Protein Trafficking 470605 6
Caput Epigenetics 470606 6
Caput Structural Biology 470607 6
Caput Protein Structure as Molecular 470120 6
Basis of Disease
Capita Selecta are offered on individual basis throughout the year.
After successfully passing the programme, students who want to specialise further in
the field of Cell Biology have the possibility to switch to the Master Biomolecular
Sciences - Molecular Cell Biology. For more information consult ms.dr. H.S. van
Walraven (master co-ordinator).
3.10 Brain and Behavior
3.10.1 General aspects
This specialisation is focused on the knowledge, insight and understanding of the
multiple facets that play a role in various kinds of behavioral functions and how these
are influenced by genes, environmental factors and developmental factors. Behavior
models will be presented and discussed to demonstrate the significance of Brain and
Behavior within the context of brain research and its clinical implications. Special
attention is given to research issues in the mouse and in humans.
The specialisation is intended for students of the Master's programme in Biology or
Biomedical Sciences. Course 470083 entitled Ontwikkeling en gedrag is a Bachelor’s
course serving as an introduction to Brain and Behavior and is recommended for
Bachelors before they continue in the direction of Brain and Behavior.
The programme co-ordinator for the specialisation Brain and Behavior is dr. O.
Stiedl. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Science, Behavioral Neuroscience Group.
De Boelelaan 1085, room A-062, phone (020) 5986968, e-mail oliver@cncr.vu.nl
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 63
3.10.2 Programme
For a specialisation Brain and Behavior three courses (18 credits) plus one internship
or research project (30-36 credits) are compulsory (together at least 48 credits). The
remaining programme can be selected freely in accordance with the general
requirements for an MSc in Biology or Biomedical Sciences. However, it is advised
to focus in the direction of functional genomics and experimental physiology within
the Institute of Neurosciences. In the research projects or internships students will
focus on one or more specific aspects of Behavioral Neurosciences.
The specialised courses aim at providing the student with different topics that impact
on brain and behavior. These courses are strongly interactive, take place in small
groups and are characterised by covering topics in selected textbooks, important
current research issues, methodological aspects, laboratory demonstrations and
exercises. The course programme for study year 2006-2007 is the following.
Week Course Code Credits
Restricted options, at least 1 is
compulsory:
36-39 Principles of Neuroscience or 470701 6
Neurobiology of Behavior 471018 6
Optional courses
40-46 Functional Brain Imaging or 470715 6
Live Cell Imaging 470726 6
Compulsory courses
44-47 Developmental Neurobiology of the 470713 6
Vertebrate Brain
47-3 Behavioral Genetics 815055 5
3.11 Societal specialisation
3.11.1 General aspects
The Societal or M-specialisation is a specialisation in the field of policy, management
and entrepreneurship on biological and medical issues. The programme of the
Societal specialisation is 1 year (60 credit points). This specialisation has to be
combined with a specialisation in biological research and may not be combined with
the Communication specialisation or the Education specialisation.
The programme co-ordinator for the Societal specialisation is ms. dr. M.B.M.
Zweekhorst. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Department of Biology and
Society, De Boelelaan 1085, room U-546, phone (020) 5987033, e-mail
marjolein.zweekhorst@falw.vu.nl .
3.11.2 Programme
The programme is equal to the first year of the Master programme Management,
Policy- Analysis and Entrepreneurship in the Life and Health Sciences (MPA) (for a
detailed description of the programme see the description of the Master programme
MPA).
64 Life Sciences
The programme of the Societal specialisation consists of 60 credits (12 credits
compulsory courses; 18 credits optional courses and 30 credits internship). The
course language is English, unless all students participating in the course speak
Dutch, in that case the course language will be Dutch. The course programme for
2006-2007 is as follows:
Week Name Code Credits
Compulsory Courses
36-39 Analysis of Governmental Policy 470571 6
40-43 Communication, Organisation and 470572 6
Management
Optional Courses and Capita Selecta
42-43 Interactive Communication 470582 3
44-45 Science, Technology and Society Studies 470553 3
46-47 Clinical Development and Clinical Trials or 470574 3
Interactive Health Technology Assessment 470578 3
48-51 Business Management in Health and Life 470584 6
Sciences or
Entrepreneurship in Health and Life 470575 6
Sciences or
Health, Globalisation and Human Rights or 470818 6
Interactive Research in Practice 470579 6
2-5 Qualitative and Quantitative Research 470582 6
Methods
Caput Dilemmas in the Implementation of 470565 3
Public Health Programmes
Caput Criteria for Corporate Social 470564 3
Responsibility
Caput Institutionalising Participatory 470567 3
Methods
Caput Knowledge Integration and 470569 3
Participation
Capita Selecta are offered on individual basis throughout the year.
3.12 Education specialisation
3.12.1 General aspects
This specialisation provides training for the profession of teacher in Dutch VWO
(higher secondary school) education. The programme of the Education specialisation
is 1 year (60 credits). E-courses are shared with master students from the School of
Earth and Environmental Sciences, and from the Faculty of Sciences. This
specialisation has to be combined with a specialisation in biomedical research and
may not be combined with the Societal specialisation or the Communication
specialisation.
The programme is co-ordinated by ms. drs. J.M Kapteijn, Onderwijscentrum VU, De
Boelelaan 1105, 1081 HV Amsterdam, room 0G-28 (main building), phone 9020)
5989209, e-mail m.kapteijn@ond.vu.nl.
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 65
3.12.2 Programme
Educational programme (1ste graads lerarenopleiding)
The educational programme is taught in Dutch and consists of 60 credits of
compulsory modules.
Name Credits Code
Algemene didactiek 9 990001
Praktijk bij lerarenopleiding 3 990002
Praktijkonderzoek 8 990003
Vakdidactiek biologie 9 990124
choice from several modules 4 (in total)
The programme can be started twice a year, in September and January.
3.13 Communication specialisation
3.13.1 General aspects
This specialisation is intended for students with a BSc degree in any of the beta-
studies who want to specialise in communication. The programme focuses on science
communication theory and research as well as on science communication in practice.
This includes science journalism as well as museology, the use of internet for science
communication and health communication. The programme of the communication
(C) specialisation is 1 year (60 credits). This specialisation has to be combined with a
specialisation in biomedical research and may not be combined with the Societal
specialisation or the Education specialisation.
C-courses are shared with master students from the School of Earth and
Environmental Sciences, and from the Faculty of Sciences.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by prof.dr. J. Willems. Adress: Faculty of Earth and
Life Sciences, Dept. of Science Communication, De Boelelaan 1087, room S-552, e-
mail jaap.willems@falw.vu.nl.
3.13.2 Programme
The communication programme consists of 60 credits. Three courses (18 credits), one
internship or research project (21 credits) and a thesis (9 credits) are compulsory. The
rest of the program can be filled in with optional courses (12 credits). In research
projects students will focus on an aspect of science communication, while in
internships students will work on a project at a trainee post in a museum, editorial
office of a newspaper etc. There they will also do a small research project. Please note
that the extent of the internship or research project is 21 credits, which differs from
the regular 30-36 credits for internships and research projects in the other
specialisations within the Master's programme Biomedical Sciences . The thesis (9
credits) consists of a study of literature on an aspect of science communication. The
thesis consists of a study of literature on an aspect of science communication. The
course language is mainly Dutch.
The course programme for 2006-2007 is as follows:
66 Life Sciences
Week Course Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Communicatiewetenschappen 471006 6
44-47 Wetenschapsjournalistiek 471014 6
2-5 Qualitative and Quantitative 470582 6
Research Methods
Optional
40-41 Interpersoonlijke communicatie 991000 3
42-43 Interactieve communicatie 470562 3
48-51 Wetenschapscommunicatie via 471033 6
internet
48-51 Museologie en buitenschoolse 470126 6
educatie
23-26 Gezondheidscommunicatie 470087 6
3.14 International Public Health
3.14.1 General aspects
The programme of the master specialisation International Public Health (IPH) aims to
enable graduates to obtain the knowledge and skills to analyse complex international
health problems and to identify, assess and design interventions from an
interdisciplinary perspective. The master programme prepares graduates for a career
as a scientific researcher, policy maker, advisor or manager in the field of
international public health at a university, research institute, ministry, industry, non-
governmental or international organisation.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. J.E.W. Broerse: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room U-537, phone
(020) 59 87028, e-mail jacqueline.broerse@falw.vu.nl.
3.14.2 Admission
Direct admission is given to students with a certification of Bachelor of science in the
Biomedical Sciences. Students with deficiency in epidemiology can obtain the
relevant knowledge through a summer course prior to the start of the academic year.
For any other situations we refer to the general admission section of the MSc
Biomedical Sciences.
3.14.3 Specific goals
Knowledge
To have adequate knowledge of relevant scientific subdisciplines of international
public health and of relevant recent developments within these fields. In particular
insight has been obtained in important concepts and theories in the field of
epidemiology, sociology, policy sciences, management studies and (bio)medical
sciences.
To be able to understand and apply a range of relevant methods and techniques
for investigating and assessing international public health problems, and to be
aware of the value, the scope and the limitations of these skills.
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 67
To be able to examine the nature, effectiveness and the efficiency of interventions
proposed for problems in (inter) national public health using an inter- and
transdisciplinary approach.
To have knowledge and insight into interdisciplinary research for addressing
international public health issues. The student:
understands the concepts and current state-of-the-art with respect to theory
development within interdisciplinary research
has insight in the methodological aspects of interdisciplinary research
has insight in the scientific and societal relevance of interdisciplinary research
To have adequate knowledge of relevant concepts and theories concerning
effective communication and co-operation
Skills
To apply a range of relevant practical skills for investigating and assessing (inter)
national public health problems, and to be aware of the value, scope and
limitations of these skills.
To acquire independently relevant information on the current problems in the field
of international public health, by doing literature study and empirical research and
to critically analyse and evaluate both new and existing knowledge.
To integrate knowledge and insights from scientific sub-disciplines of
international public health.
To design and conduct interdisciplinary research in the field of IPH.
To write reports on (inter) national public health subjects and to evaluate critically
such reports from an interdisciplinary perspective.
To argue which interventions are appropriate for international public health
problems, based on the information available (including the uncertainties
involved).
To deal with health issues in co-operation with other experts as well as lay people
(such as consumers and patients).
To communicate effectively (in writing and orally) with professionals, industry
managers and employees, community groups, patients, and the media.
To recognize and acknowledge certain visions/perspectives of relevant
stakeholders on society, health, sustainable development and globalisation.
3.14.4 Programme
The Master specialisation IPH is a one-year programme and consists of 60 credits.
The course language is English.
For a specialisation degree 3 courses (total 18 credits, see below) plus an internship
and thesis (total 30 credits) within this field are obligatory. The course programme for
2006-2007 is as follows:
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Research Methods for Needs Assessment 470817 6
40-43 Containment Strategies of Infectious 470127 6
Diseases in Global Context
44-47 Policy, Management and Organisation in 470819 6
IPH
Optional
48-51 Health Globalisation and Human Rights 470818 6
2-5 Parasitology or 470052 6
68 Life Sciences
International Comparative Analyses of 470820 6
Health Care Systems
3.15 Public Health Research
3.15.1 General aspects
The 2-year programme is embedded in the master Biomedical Sciences, and intended
for students Health Science to specialise in Public Health Research. The
specialisation Public Health Research is open for a fixed number of students capable
and motivated to pursue a research career. The aim of the programme is to provide
students with knowledge and skills in advanced methods in the field of lifestyle and
health.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. M. Adriaanse : Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-541, phone.
(020) 59 89946, e-mail marcel.adriaanse@falw.vu.nl.
3.15.2 Admission
There is no direct admittance to the programme. Students have to apply for admission
to the specialisation Public Health Research, prior to the start of the programme (in
June-July of the previous study year). A written request must be sent to prof.dr. J.
Seidell, Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De
Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV, Amsterdam (e-mail: jaap.seidell@falw.vu.nl). This letter
should include information about the students' study progress, a motivation to study
Public Health Research and a recent curriculum vitae.
3.15.3 Final attainment levels
The end credentials of a graduate in Public Health Research are the following:
has knowledge about terminology, state of the art of theory and research topics in
the epidemiology or health technology assessment/health economics discipline of
specialisation
can apply this knowledge in the design of research and in solving emerging
problems
has the ability to use the principles from the different disciplines (such as
advanced statistics, epidemiology, health technology assessment and health
economics) to tackle public health problems
has insight in the place of epidemiology, health technology assessment, health
economics and science in general
has familiarity with national and international scientific journals in the fields of
public health research
has insight in the scientific and social relevance of current research in public
Health Sciences
can design and execute trials in the different fields and analyse the results
is able to note down and report on the results of these trials
can collaborate with other researchers from the same and other disciplines
has sufficient knowledge of epidemiological and statistical methods applicable to
the field
has command of the use of computer software relevant for the field
has command of advanced research techniques
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 69
is able to acquire independently epidemiological information, and can analyse,
summarize and critically evaluate this information
can select and order information, distinguish between major and minor points,
and recognise connections
can think multidisciplinary
can analyse and evaluate independently and critically the planning, execution and
results of research
can design and write research plans or research grants
can report orally and in written form on research
can apply scientific knowledge on issues in society
contributes to scientific discussions about plans, results and consequences of
research
can evaluate his or her own functioning, both by reflection and in discussions
with others
can reflect on ethical aspects of research and applications of research and on
implications in decision making
In addition to these, the graduate:
has proven excellence as researcher in the field of lifestyle and health
has proven understanding of the organizational principles of public health
research
has proven expertise with the modern epidemiology, advanced methodology and
statistics in the field of lifestyle and health, and public health research.
has insight in the most important epidemiological, statistical and methodological
topics of the moment, and in how these can be approached
has a unique and excellent profile at the interface between the medical and public
Health Sciences
3.15.4 Programme
The first year of the programme is filled with components from the Master's
programme in Health Science (one of the 5 specialisations), the second year with a
Public Health Research programme. See paragraph 5 of chapter Health Sciences
(MSc) for the general programme for the MSc Health Sciences.
Public Health Research programme
In the second year of the MSc programme, 4 courses (total 18 credits) plus one
internship research project (30 credits) are obligatory. Two courses are optional (6
credits, see below); alternatives need permission from the examining board. The
result of the research projects or internships will be a written paper in English.
The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Advanced Methods in Public Health 470801 6
Research
48-51 Writing an Research Proposal 470804 6
2-3 Ethics in Public Health 470805 3
4-5 Scientific Writing in English 470123 3
Optional
40-43 Nutrition and Aging 470802 6
70 Life Sciences
44-47 Health and Psychosocial Factors of 470803 6
the Elderly (Gezondheid en
psychosociale factoren bij ouderen)
3.16 Elective options
3.16.1 Elective options
Courses from other MSc programmes
The scope for optional components in the various specialisation programmes involves
opting for courses or Capita Selecta of the Master's programme not yet taken. As an
alternative, the optional component may also be partly or completely fulfilled by
taking courses from other university Master's programmes. This alternative requires
the prior permission of the examining board. Students should send a written request,
accompanied with a course description (in Dutch or English), amount of credits,
academic level (MSc, beginners or advanced), the course code and a motivation to the
examination board well before the start of the course. Before granting permission, the
examining board will evaluate the content, academic level and cohesion of the
programme.
For the following course a general permission is already granted (students do not have
to ask for permission for this course):
IKO/Interfacultair keuzevak Ontwikkelingsvraagstukken, code 60000010, 6
credits
Courses from BSc programmes
The optional component can also be partly fulfilled by taking courses not yet taken
belonging to the Bachelor's programme at the Vrije Universiteit, with a maximum of
12 credits. Students should send a written request, accompanied with a course
description (in Dutch or English), academic level (1st, 2nd or 3rd year's course), the
course code and credits, and a motivation to the examination board well before the
start of the course.
Extension of research project
The examining board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional studies to
extend a research project. The student must request this to the examining board in
writing preferably before the start, but at least 8 weeks before the end of the research
project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to the work in question.
Minor
With regard to optional courses, it is also possible for students to channel their
opportunities for optional studies into taking a minor subject. The choice of a minor
subject has to be submitted to the examining board for approval. The scope of the
minor subject has to be a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 20 credits (see below)
3.16.2 Minor Medical History
Information is only available in Dutch
Algemeen
Deze minor is bedoeld om studenten een zodanige introductie te bieden in de
medische geschiedenis dat zij overzicht hebben van de lange termijn ontwikkelingen
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 71
binnen hun vakgebeid. De totale duur van de opleiding is 12 studiepunten. Binnen de
MSc Bio-medische wetenschappen is een uitbreiding van de minor niet mogelijk.
Deze minor is organisatorisch een onderdeel van de Masteropleiding Geschiedenis
van de Faculteit der Letteren van de VU. Inhoudelijk wordt hij verzorgd door de
afdeling Metamedica van het VUmc. Het onderwijs vindt plaats in periode 4 en
periode 5, dat wil zeggen vanaf februari tot mei.
De coördinator van deze minor is dr. J.H.M. de Waardt. Adres: VUmc afd.
Metamedica, tel: (020) 4448209, E-mail h.dewaardt@vumc.nl. Informatie:
htpp://www.med.vu.nl/org/afd/metamedica.
Eindtermen van de opleiding
Studenten die deze module met succes hebben afgesloten beschikken over de kennis
en vaardigheden die noodzakelijk zijn om medisch-historisch onderzoek van goede
kwaliteit uit te voeren.
Kennis
Beheersing van het begrippenapparaat, kennis van de stand van zaken met
betrekking tot theorievorming en inzicht in de belangrijkste huidige
onderzoeksvragen op het gebied van de medische geschiedenis
Kennis van de methodologie van het medisch-historisch onderzoek.
Inzicht in de plaats van de medische geschiedenis binnen de academische
disciplines Biomedische Wetenschappen, Gezondheidswetenschappen,
Geneeskunde en Geschiedenis.
Bekendheid met het apparaat van de medische geschiedenis, de belangrijkste
handboeken, tijdschriften, naslagwerken e.d.
Vaardigheden
Zelfstandig ontwikkelingen op het terrein van de biomedische wetenschappen, de
gezondheidswetenschappen en de geneeskunde kunnen herkennen en analyseren
tegen de achtergrond van lange termijn ontwikkelingen binnen deze disciplines.
Zelfstandig en kritisch kunnen analyseren van medisch-historische publicaties,
zowel met betrekking tot de inhoud als de plaats ervan binnen een
historiografische traditie.
Zelfstandig kunnen formuleren van een medisch-historische vraagstelling van
academisch niveau.
Zelfstandig informatie kunnen verzamelen die voor het beantwoorden van de
aldus ontwikkelde vraag nodig is, en deze gegevens kunnen analyseren en
evalueren.
Kunnen selecteren en ordenen van informatie, onderscheiden van hoofd- en
bijzaken, en verbanden kunnen leggen.
Multidisciplinair kunnen denken, en inzicht hebben in (sub-)disciplines die van
belang zijn voor de medische geschiedenis.
Zelfstandig en kritisch kunnen analyseren van medisch-historisch onderzoek van
zichzelf zowel als van anderen, zowel met betrekking tot de opzet en uitvoering
als de resultaten.
Schriftelijk en mondeling de resultaten van hun onderzoek kunnen presenteren.
Programma
Het programma van deze minor bestaat uit twee onderdelen: een Basisopleiding en
een Leeronderzoek. Het Basisprogramma beslaat zeven weken waarbij op twee dagen
per week college wordt gegeven.
72 Life Sciences
Aanwezigheid bij de colleges is verplicht. Tijdens deze colleges wordt een
chronologisch-thematisch overzicht van de medische geschiedenis gegeven. De
nadruk ligt daarbij op de 19de en de 20ste eeuw. Het basisprogramma wordt
afgesloten met een individueel referaat over een onderwerp dat in overleg met de
kernstaf van deze module wordt gekozen. Het cijfer voor dit onderdeel wordt
vastgesteld op basis van dit referaat en de overige participatie van elke deelnemer.
Tijdens het Leeronderzoek, een periode die eveneens zeven weken duurt, wordt
tijdens een dag per week, dus in totaal zeven keer, colleges gegeven. Daarbij ligt de
nadruk op de praktijk en de methodologie van het medisch-historisch onderzoek. Dit
onderdeel wordt afgesloten met een individueel werkstuk van minimaal 15.000
woorden dat is gebaseerd op een zelfstandig uitgevoerd onderzoek. Het thema van dit
onderzoek wordt vastgesteld in overleg met de kernstaf van deze module. Het cijfer
voor dit onderdeel wordt vastgesteld op basis van het afsluitende werkstuk en de
overige participatie van elke deelnemer. Het eindcijfer voor de module als geheel
wordt vastgesteld op basis van de cijfers die zijn behaald bij de afsluiting van het
Basisprogramma en bij de afsluiting van het Leeronderzoek.
3.17 Registration for courses and interim examinations
3.17.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations
Students must register for participation in all course modules and other programme
components at least four weeks before they start, by means of TIS. Newly enrolled
students to our faculty are exempted from this rule for course modules of the first
period of the university calendar (September- October). They should, however,
register for courses from the second period onwards.
Students must, in addition to registration for courses, also register for interim
examinations, and re-sits thereof, by means of TIS. Registration windows for exams
are opened until 1 week before the examination date. Cancelling your earlier
registration can, therefore, also be done until 1 week before the examination.
More information about the regulations and about TIS can be found in chapter School
of Life Sciences and also on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: >
studenten > Reglementen > Regels inschrijven TIS > 'Procedure for registration in
TIS'.
3.18 Programme proposal and approval
3.18.1 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student, to improve
long-term organisation of the courses (number of lecturers and availability of lecture
rooms on the basis of estimated students) and to prevent disappointment about
rejection of the programme by the examination board near the end of the programme,
when a student applies for the final examination and certificate (graduation).
The student submits a programme proposal, also known as master plan, with the
intentional components, prior to the start of the master programme or at the latest one
month after the start. This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator
(drs. H. Eenhoorn). Students should submit their final proposal nine months after the
start of the programme, but at least before the start of the second research project/
work placement/internship.
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 73
The master co-ordinator checks if the intended programme meets the requirements
stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER). If the programme does
not meet the requirements, the master co-ordinator rejects the proposal and, if
necessary, gives the student information about fulfilling the requirements. The master
co-ordinator can also advise students about the possibilities to request approval from
the examination board for deviate programmes.
Forms for programme proposals can be obtained from the master co-ordinator.
3.18.2 Programme approval and final examination
In order to complete an MSc examination, the student’s individual programme,
comprised of all educational components to be incorporated in the exam, will have to
be approved by the master co-ordinator. The programme should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) of the
academic year in which the examination is taken. The master co-ordinator checks if
all programme elements have been finished successfully. If the programme is
approved, students can apply for their final examination at the study secretariat. If all
requirements are met, the application is sent to the examination board. The
examination board will make a final decision on fulfilment of all demands judged
from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with regulations in the
AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed.
Contrary to above, the examination board may approve of programme components
stated in AERs that are not older than three years preceding the year in which the
exam is taken, including AERs of the five-year degree programmes which preceded
the present bachelor-master programmes. Any changes (for instance in optional
course modules) in a programme that has already been approved of, require re-
approval by the examination board.
More information about the final examination (graduation) and certificate can be
found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
3.19 Examination board
3.19.1 Examination board
The examination board handles admission requests to the degree programmes,
approval of final examination programmes, exemptions from sitting interim exams,
determines the result of the final examination, et cetera. Students are advised to
consult their master coordinator or student counsellor about the feasibility of their
request before they submit a request to the examination board. Written requests can
be addressed to the administrative secretary of the Examination Board for the
programmes in Health Sciences: dr. P.A.C.M. de Boer, Vrije Universiteit, Faculteit
ALW, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam, e-mail
examens.levenswetenschappen@falw.vu.nl. Students should take into account that
examining board meets once every 4-6 weeks. Correspondence to the board should be
sent well before its meeting dates (at least one week). For graduation, different terms
apply.
More information about the examination board, final examination (graduation) and
certificate can be found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
74 Life Sciences
3.20 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
3.20.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
The faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature
Study Regulations’ which has reference to programme components in which students
more or less independently carry out a research project that is concluded with the
writing of a report or thesis. Details with respect to this regulation can be consulted
on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > student > Master’s programmes
> General info all programmes > Student placement/internship and literature
regulations and forms master's Life Sciences. Some excerpts are given below.
Approval of projects
Prior to participating in any work placement/internship and thesis, both student and
faculty staff member involved should fill out a written application and agreement
form. This form (for traineeships, internships, research projects) can be downloaded
from the above-mentioned web page. The form concerns details on supervision,
amount of time to be invested, allotted study credits, safety regulations, etc. The
application and agreement form should include a description of the project.
The forms have to be handed in at the co-ordinator of the master programme. The
master co-ordinator advises the examining board on approval of the project.
Assessment
The final assessment work placement/internship and thesis is established according to
the assessment form. This form can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web
page (is part of the document including the approval and agreement form). In order to
have the mark registered by the study secretary, the student should hand in one copy
of the thesis and an evaluation form, to the study secretary.
Work placement/ Research project/ Master thesis
The faculty does not have a service office specifically providing information about
the possible subjects for, and organisations at which to execute a traineeship, research
project, or master thesis. Please ask any of the faculty staff members and master co-
ordinators for options inside and outside university.
3.20.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project
A number of projects can be executed outside the university proper, for instance in
trade and industry, or at a foreign university. All of these projects are, like the internal
projects, subject to the ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study
Regulations’. The external traineeship/research project is executed under supervision
and responsibility of two supervisors: one external tutor and one internal tutor who is
affiliated with the degree program concerned. Students should first find a supervisor
before making arrangements with external parties. More information about approval,
supervision and assessment can be found in ‘Student Placement (Internship) and
Literature Study Regulations’.
3.20.3 Thesis guidelines
In general, a thesis is handed in to the supervisor(s) in draft first, before finishing a
final version in which comments by the supervisor(s) have been taken into account.
Students should inform themselves of the presence of supervisors, when planning
dates for handing in draft and final versions. This is especially important in summer
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 75
and some months preceding summer. Supervisors may be absent during these times
(due to e.g. meetings abroad or holidays), and will therefore not be able to amend and
assess a thesis at short notice. The first page of a report/thesis should include
statement of:
The title of the report or thesis;
The author and date of publication;
The name of the organisation at which the project was done;
The name of the internal supervisor;
The name of the second internal supervisor, or external organisation’s supervisor;
The credits.
More information about approval, supervision and assessment can be found in
‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study Regulations’.
3.21 Further study and career prospects
3.21.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market
Spending part of the study in external traineeships and research projects is a good
way to prepare for and familiarise oneself with the labour market. All programme
components called 'research project', 'internship' and '(master) thesis' are subject to the
'Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study Regulations' drawn up by the
faculty. Please take note of these regulations and act accordingly.
Each year, the 'Stichting Bèta Bedrijvencontactdag Amsterdam' (SBBA) organises a
business contact day intended for MSc and PhD students in Sciences at the Vrije
Universiteit (VU) and the Universiteit van Amsterdam (UvA). This day is
customarily organised in March or April and students receive an invitation,
programme, and registration form beforehand. Businesses and companies present
themselves and inform students about career perspectives, either at information
booths or by plenary seminars. Students can also request a personal appointment with
representatives of a certain company by sending in their cv. This may result in an
invitation for an interview at one of the 'gesprekkendagen' organised in May. More
information on SBBA can be obtained at www.sbba.nl
In addition, orientation towards the labour market is facilitated by so-called
'bedrijvendagen' ('businesses' days), organised by NiBi, and by attending seminars
given by people from trade and industry, that are organised every year at a different
Dutch university. More information on NiBi can be found on the Dutch website
www.nibi.nl
3.21.2 Postgraduate degree programmes
The master degree gives access to a number of PhD degree programmes (AIO- or
OIO-opleiding) at the Vrije Universiteit, or elsewhere.
PhD degree programmes
PhD-programmes are organised within a number of research schools within the
faculty:
Graduate School Neurosciences Amsterdam (ONWA)
Graduate School and Research Center BioCentrum Amsterdam
76 Life Sciences
Netherlands Research School for the Socio-Economic and Natural Sciences of the
Environment (SENSE)
The PhD programme always consists of carrying out a research project, leading to a
PhD thesis/dissertation, and of several compulsory or elective course modules. For
more information on PhD-programmes and Research Schools please refer the
internet: http://www.falw.vu.nl > onderzoeksinstituten.
Biomedical Sciences (MSc) 77
78 Life Sciences
4 Health Sciences (MSc)
4.1 General
4.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load
The one-year Master Health Sciences is intended to educate students as specialist in
the field of health care, public health and disease prevention. The programme
comprises Dutch as well as English components. For a specialisation, students can
choose from 5 specialisations:
Policy and Organisation of Health Care
Prevention and Public Health
Infectious Diseases and Public Health
Nutrition & Health
International Public Health
The programme is only available in a full time setting. The study load is 60 credit
points (or study points = stp.) divided over 1 year. One credit point equals 28 hours of
study (in conformity with the European Credit Transfer System, ECTS) and consists
of actual participation in lectures and practical courses, preparation and other
homework, doing fieldwork and laboratory work, writing of reports, and studying for
interim examinations. The study load of each of the course modules is stated at the
course descriptions in this guide.
Students can also choose to specialise in Public Health Research. If they whish to do
so, they have to sign in for the MSc programme Biomedical Sciences. Their
programme will be 2 years, the first year comprised of elements from the MSc Health
Science, the second comprised of the specialisation Public Health Research from the
MSc programme Biomedical Sciences. The final exam will be in MSc Biomedical
Sciences.
Online information with respect to the Health Sciences programme and course
module descriptions can be found at http://www.studiegids.vu.nl> Aard- en
levenswetenschappen > Health Science (MSc)
4.1.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to provide students with knowledge and skills in the
field of lifestyle and health.
4.2 Admission
4.2.1 Admission requirements
Direct admission to the Master’s programme in Health Sciences is provided for
students with a Bachelor of Science degree in Health Sciences from the VU. For a
Bachelor of Science degree in Health Sciences from another Dutch university,
permission from the examining board is required.
Students who hold a certificate of higher vocational education (HBO) or an
equivalent of a Vrije Universiteit BSc degree obtained at an institution inside or
Health Sciences (MSc) 79
outside of the Netherlands may be admitted to the Master's programme in Health
Sciences on the basis of a decision to that effect taken by the examining board. The
examining board will determine whether the qualification in question is sufficiently
relevant to warrant admission. The examining board may make additional demands
on the student before granting admission to the programme.
4.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
The examining board may decide to admit the student to certain interim examinations
of an MSc programme (specified in AER) even before he or she has successfully
completed the BSc degree or the premaster traject.
For study year 2006-2007 a BSc student Algemene Gezondheidswetenschappen
(General Health Sciences) at the Vrije Universiteit is admitted to certain interim
examinations of the MSc programme Health Sciences provided that:
the student started the BSc programme not earlier than study year 2003-2004;
the student has completed all courses in the first and second year within the
appropriate BSc programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
the student has accumulated at least 168 credit points within the appropriate BSc
programme at the Vrije Universiteit.
The maximum period for which a student without a BSc degree can participate in
components of the master's programme is 12 months, calculated from the beginning
of the academic year. Students that started the above mentioned BSc programme
before September 2003 but have not finished the BSc programme, do not have access
to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in components of
the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year 2007-2008.
For study year 2006-2007 a premaster student for the MSc Health Sciences at the
Vrije Universiteit is admitted to certain interim examinations of the MSc programme
provided that:
the student has successfully completed the compulsory courses 'Cellen en genen'
and Epidemiologie: methoden en statistiek';
the student has accumulated at least 48 credit points with the appropriate
premaster traject at the Vrije Universiteit.
The maximum period for which a student without a successfully finished premaster
traject can participate in components of the master's programme is 12 months,
calculated from the beginning of the academic year. Students that started the above
mentioned premaster before September 2005 but have not finished the programme, do
not have access to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in
components of the MSc programme without premaster The rules for participation in
components of the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year
2007-2008.
4.3 Final attainment levels
4.3.1 Final attainment levels
Master’s graduates possess an academic attitude and academic skills. This means that
Master’s graduates are able to:
Independently acquire information in a health science field, and to analyse and
critically evaluate this information.
80 Life Sciences
Select and order information, to distinguish essentials from trivialities, and to
make associations.
Think in multidisciplinary terms, and to possess an understanding of other
disciplines (and sub-disciplines) that are important to their own specialism.
Independently and critically analyse research, both in relation to its design and
performance, and to the results obtained.
Draw up a research plan, giving details of experimental design, performance and
analysis.
Produce a written report and a verbal presentation of the research, both in Dutch
and in English.
Apply their scientific, health science knowledge to social questions.
Make an intrinsic contribution to scientific discussions relating to planned
research or to discussions of research results.
Evaluate their own performance, both introspectively and in discussion with
others.
Reflect on the ethical aspects of research or its uses, and include these
deliberations in the decision-making process.
Knowledge
Mastery of the field’s conceptual framework, understanding of the state of the art
in terms of developing theories and insight into the most important current
research issues in the subdiscipline in which the student has specialised.
A familiarity with professional journals in the subdiscipline in question.
An appreciation of the scientific and social relevance of the Health Sciences and
of current research in this area.
A knowledge of epidemiology and of research methods.
Skills
Understand and summarize scientific literature.
Set up and perform experiments.
Collaborate with researchers from other disciplines.
Familiarity with computer software that is relevant to the field.
4.4 Study advice and guidance
4.4.1 Co-ordinators
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. The co-ordinators are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is good at our faculty, providing for easy
exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
MSc co-ordinator
The MSc co-ordinator is the persons to approach with questions to which the faculty
Study Guide, meetings with the programme co-ordinator(s) or faculty information
meetings provide no answers. But the MSc co-ordinator is also the contact person for
admittance to the programme, can help to set up a customised study plan and gives
approval of programmes for graduation application.
Health Sciences (MSc) 81
The co-ordinator for the master Health Sciences is ms.dr. M. Donker: Faculty of
Earth and Life Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-
547 phone (020) 59 86942, e-mail: marianne.donker@falw.vu.nl
Programme co-ordinators
The programme co-ordinators are:
Policy and Organisation of Health Care: prof. dr. M.W. van Tulder: Faculty of
Earth and Life Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room
U-437, phone (020) 59 86587; e-mail maurits.van.tulder@falw.vu.nl;
Prevention and Public Health: dr. I. Steenhuis: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences,
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV, Amsterdam, room
O-541, phone (020) 59 89946, e-mail ingrid.steenhuis@falw.vu.nl;
International Public Health: dr. J. Broerse: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences,
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room U-537, phone (020) 59
87028, e-mail jacqueline.broerse@falw.vu.nl;
Nutrition and Health: dr. ir. M. Olthof: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Vrije
Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-533, phone (020) 59 82522,
e-mail margreet.olthof@falw.vu.nl;
Infectious Diseases and Public Health: dr. M. Campos Ponce: Faculty of Earth
and Life Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-
543, phone. (020) 59 81754, e-mail maiza.campos.ponce@falw.vu.nl;
Public Health Research (specialisation for Heath Scientists in the Master
Biomedical Sciences): dr. M. Adriaanse : Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Vrije
Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-541, phone. (020) 59 89946,
e-mail marcel.adriaanse@falw.vu.nl.
4.4.2 Student counsellor
Student counsellors are the persons to approach in the case of special personal
circumstances affecting one’s studies, for example an illness or family circumstances.
The study counsellor for Health Sciences is drs. M. Teeuwen C-148, phone (020) 59
876987, e-mail: marlies.teeuwen@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays and
Thursdays from 12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
4.5 General programme
4.5.1 General programme
The programme consists of the following components, with the study load for each
component given in credits. This applies to all first year students who register for a
Master’s programme for the first time in 2006-2007.
Compulsory courses, 18-24 credits total (depending on the specialisation)
Optional courses, 6-12 credits total
Research projects (24 credits) and thesis (6 credits), 30 credits total
Total 60 credits
The programme voor specialisation Public Health Research consists of the following
components, with the study load for each component given in credits. This applies to
all first year students who register for the Master’s programme Biomedical Sciences
specialisation Public Health Research for the first time in 2006-2007.
From the MSc programme in Health Sciences:
Compulsory courses, 18-24 credits total (depending on the specialisation)
82 Life Sciences
Optional courses, 6-12 credits total
Research projects (24 credits) and thesis (6 credits), 30 credits total
From the MSc programme Biomedical Sciences specialisation Public Health
Research:
Compulsory courses, 18 credits total
Optional courses, 12 credits total
Research projects (24 credits) and thesis (6 credits), 30 credits total
Total 120 credits
All students need to ask approval for their exam programme prior to the start, more
information is given in paragraph 'Programme approval'.
4.6 Policy and Organisation of Health Care
4.6.1 General aspects
This specialisation is intended for students with a BSc degree in Health Sciences who
want to specialise in the field of policy and organization of health care. The
programme gives a broad overview of different aspects of the policy and organisation
of health care; health economics, international comparisons, economic evaluations,
cost-effectiveness studies, systematic reviews and the practical implications of legal
rules and legal developments.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by prof. dr. M.W. van Tulder: Faculty of Earth and
Life Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room U-437, phone
(020) 59 86587; e-mail maurits.van.tulder@falw.vu.nl.
4.6.2 Programme
For a specialisation degree 2 courses and 1 out of 3 optional courses (see below) plus
one internship or research project are compulsory (together at least 48 credits). The
other 2 courses of the programme can be filled in freely within the general
requirements for an MSc General Health Sciences. In research projects or internships
students will focus on one or more of the aspects in the field of policy and
organisation of health care.
The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Care and Prevention Research 470806 6
40-43 Health Technology Assessment and 470807 6
Health Economy
Optional
44-47 Health Law (Gezondheidsrecht) or 470808 6
Management in Health Organisation 470822 6
48-51 Business Management in Health and 470584 6
Life Sciences
2-5 Regulation and Organisation in 470809 6
Health Care or
International Comparative Analyses 470820 6
of Health Care systems
Health Sciences (MSc) 83
Students are advised to think in advance about a course programme that gives a good
preparation for the internship or research project that they would like to do.
4.7 Prevention and Public Health
4.7.1 General aspects
This specialisation is intended for students with a BSc degree in Health Sciences who
want to specialise in health promotion and disease prevention. The programme gives
a broad overview of the theory, research and practice in the field of prevention and
public health. The focus is on health behaviour, diseases, communication, lifestyle-
interventions, and environmental differences of individuals and populations.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. I. Steenhuis: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV, Amsterdam,
room O-551, phone (020) 59 86948, e-mail ingrid.steenhuis@falw.vu.nl.
4.7.2 Programme
For a specialisation degree 2 courses and 1 out of 3 optional courses (see below) plus
one internship or research project are compulsory (together at least 48 credits). The
other 2 courses of the programme can be filled in freely within the general
requirements for an MSc General Health Sciences. In research projects or internships
students will focus on one or more of the aspects in the field of prevention and public
health.
The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Care and Prevention Research 470806 6
40-43 Health Promotion and Disease 470811 6
Prevention (Gezondheidsbevordering en
ziektepreventie)
Optional courses (at least 1)
44-47 Public Communication of Health and 470126 6
Diseases. (Publiekscommunicatie van
gezondheid en ziekten)
48-51 Health Psychology 470730 6
(Gezondheidspsychologie)
2-5 Communicationcampaigns and Research 470129 6
Students are advised to think in advance about a course programme that gives a good
preparation for the internship or research project that they would like to do.
4.8 Nutrition and Health
4.8.1 General aspects
This programme gives an overview of nutritional problems during illness, different
stages of (clinical) nutritional research, nutritional problems in developing and
84 Life Sciences
developed countries and promotion of good health through primary and secondary
prevention of nutrition related illness in the population.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. ir. M. Olthof: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-533, phone
(020) 59 82522, e-mail margreet.olthof@falw.vu.nl.
4.8.2 Programme
For a specialisation degree 3 courses (see below) plus one internship or research
project are compulsory (together at least 48 credits). The rest of the programme can
be filled in freely within the general requirements for each Master specialisation in
Health Sciences. In research projects or internships students will focus on one or
more of these aspects of nutrition and health.
The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Care and Prevention Research 470806 6
40-43 Public Health Nutrition 470815 6
Obligatory choice (at least 1)
44-47 Nutrition and Infectious Diseases 470816 6
48-51 Clinical Nutrition 470814 6
Optional
36-5 Courses mentioned in other Master
specialisations of Health Sciences
All other courses mentioned in the other Master specialisations of Health Sciences are
optional to choose from to fulfil the programme.
Students are advised to think in advance about a course programme that gives a good
preparation for the internship or research project that they would like to do. For
example, Clinical Nutrition prepares for projects in clinical settings (e.g. hospital,
food industry specialised in clinical nutrition), while Public Health Nutrition gives a
better preparation for projects in Public Health settings (e.g. GG&GD, RIVM, food
industry).
4.9 Infectious Diseases and Public Health
4.9.1 General aspects
This specialisation is intended for students with a BSc degree in Health Sciences who
want to specialise in infectious diseases. The programme gives a broad overview of
the biology of pathogenic organisms, the interaction between pathogens and their
hosts and has a special focus on the epidemiology and control of infectious diseases.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. M. Campos Ponce: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-543, phone.
(020) 59 81754, e-mail maiza.campos.ponce@falw.vu.nl.
Health Sciences (MSc) 85
4.9.2 Special requirement
Students who want to follow the specialisation Infectious Diseases and Public Health,
are assumed to have included the course Infectieziekten (code 471024) in their
Bachelor programme. Students that do not fulfil this requirement are advised to
contact the programme co-ordinator (ms.dr. M. Campos Ponce).
4.9.3 Programme
For a specialisation degree 3 courses (see below) plus an internship or research
project within this field are obligatory. The rest of the programme can be filled in
freely within the general requirements for a MSc Health Sciences programme. In
research projects or internships students will focus on one or more of these aspects of
infectious diseases.
The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
40-43 Containment Strategies on Infectious 470127 6
Diseases
44-47 Nutrition and Infectious Disease 470816 6
2-5 Parasitology 470052 6
Optional
36-39 Advanced Molecular Immunology or 470656 6
Research Methods for Needs 470817 6
Assessment or
Care and Prevention Research 470806 6
48-51 Health Geography 470094 6
4.10 International Public Health
4.10.1 General aspects
The programme of the master specialisation International Public Health (IPH) aims to
enable graduates to obtain the knowledge and skills to analyse complex international
health problems and to identify, assess and design interventions from an
interdisciplinary perspective. The master programme prepares graduates for a career
as a scientific researcher, policy maker, advisor or manager in the field of
international public health at a university, research institute, ministry, industry, non-
governmental or international organisation.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. J.E.W. Broerse: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room U-537, phone
(020) 59 87028, e-mail jacqueline.broerse@falw.vu.nl.
4.10.2 Admission
Direct admission is given to students with a certification of:
Bachelor of science in the Health Sciences of the VU
86 Life Sciences
Bachelor of science in the Health Sciences of the University of Maastricht or the
University of Twente, on the condition of basic knowledge of epidemiology and
biomedical sciences
Students with deficiency in epidemiology can obtain the relevant knowledge through
a summer course prior to the start of the academic year.
For any other situations we refer to the general admission section of the MSc Health
Sciences.
4.10.3 Specific goals
Knowledge
To have adequate knowledge of relevant scientific subdisciplines of international
public health and of relevant recent developments within these fields. In particular
insight has been obtained in important concepts and theories in the field of
epidemiology, sociology, policy sciences, management studies and (bio)medical
sciences.
To be able to understand and apply a range of relevant methods and techniques
for investigating and assessing international public health problems, and to be
aware of the value, the scope and the limitations of these skills.
To be able to examine the nature, effectiveness and the efficiency of interventions
proposed for problems in (inter) national public health using an inter- and
transdisciplinary approach.
To have knowledge and insight into interdisciplinary research for addressing
international public health issues. The student:
understands the concepts and current state-of-the-art with respect to theory
development within interdisciplinary research
has insight in the methodological aspects of interdisciplinary research
has insight in the scientific and societal relevance of interdisciplinary research
To have adequate knowledge of relevant concepts and theories concerning
effective communication and co-operation
Skills
To apply a range of relevant practical skills for investigating and assessing (inter)
national public health problems, and to be aware of the value, scope and
limitations of these skills.
To acquire independently relevant information on the current problems in the field
of international public health, by doing literature study and empirical research and
to critically analyse and evaluate both new and existing knowledge.
To integrate knowledge and insights from scientific sub-disciplines of
international public health.
To design and conduct interdisciplinary research in the field of IPH.
To write reports on (inter) national public health subjects and to evaluate critically
such reports from an interdisciplinary perspective.
To argue which interventions are appropriate for international public health
problems, based on the information available (including the uncertainties
involved).
To deal with health issues in co-operation with other experts as well as lay people
(such as consumers and patients).
To communicate effectively (in writing and orally) with professionals, industry
managers and employees, community groups, patients, and the media.
To recognize and acknowledge certain visions/perspectives of relevant
stakeholders on society, health, sustainable development and globalisation.
Health Sciences (MSc) 87
4.10.4 Programme
The Master specialisation IPH is a one-year programme and consists of 60 credits.
The course language is English.
For a specialisation degree 3 courses (total 18 credits, see below) plus an internship
and thesis (total 30 credits) within this field are obligatory.
The course programme for 2006-2007 is as follows:
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Research Methods for Needs Assessment 470817 6
40-43 Containment Strategies of Infectious 470127 6
Diseases in Global Context
44-47 Policy, Management and Organisation in 470819 6
IPH
Optional
48-51 Health Globalisation and Human Rights 470818 6
2-5 Parasitology or 470052 6
International Comparative Analyses of 470820 6
Health Care Systems
4.11 Public Health Research
4.11.1 General aspects
The 2-year programme is embedded in the master Biomedical Sciences, and intended
for students Health Science to specialise in Public Health Research. The
specialisation Public Health Research is open for a fixed number of students capable
and motivated to pursue a research career. The aim of the programme is to provide
students with knowledge and skills in advanced methods in the field of lifestyle and
health.
The specialisation is co-ordinated by dr. M. Adriaanse : Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-541, phone.
(020) 59 89946, e-mail marcel.adriaanse@falw.vu.nl.
4.11.2 Admission
There is no direct admittance to the programme. Students have to apply for admission
to the specialisation Public Health Research, prior to the start of the programme (in
June-July of the previous study year). A written request must be sent to prof.dr. J.
Seidell, Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De
Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV, Amsterdam (e-mail: jaap.seidell@falw.vu.nl). This letter
should include information about the students' study progress, a motivation to study
Public Health Research and a recent curriculum vitae.
4.11.3 Final attainment levels
The end credentials of a graduate in Public Health Research are the following:
has knowledge about terminology, state of the art of theory and research topics in
the epidemiology or health technology assessment/health economics discipline of
specialisation
88 Life Sciences
can apply this knowledge in the design of research and in solving emerging
problems
has the ability to use the principles from the different disciplines (such as
advanced statistics, epidemiology, health technology assessment and health
economics) to tackle public health problems
has insight in the place of epidemiology, health technology assessment, health
economics and science in general.
has familiarity with national and international scientific journals in the fields of
public health research
has insight in the scientific and social relevance of current research in public
Health Sciences
can design and execute trials in the different fields and analyse the results
is able to note down and report on the results of these trials
can collaborate with other researchers from the same and other disciplines
has sufficient knowledge of epidemiological and statistical methods applicable to
the field
has command of the use of computer software relevant for the field
has command of advanced research techniques
is able to acquire independently epidemiological information, and can analyse,
summarize and critically evaluate this information
can select and order information, distinguish between major and minor points,
and recognize connections
can think multidisciplinary
can analyse and evaluate independently and critically the planning, execution and
results of research
can design and write research plans or research grants
can report orally and in written form on research
can apply scientific knowledge on issues in society
contributes to scientific discussions about plans, results and consequences of
research
can evaluate his or her own functioning, both by reflection and in discussions
with others
can reflect on ethical aspects of research and applications of research and on
implications in decision making.
In addition to these, the graduate:
has proven excellence as researcher in the field of lifestyle and health
has proven understanding of the organizational principles of public health
research
has proven expertise with the modern epidemiology, advanced methodology and
statistics in the field of lifestyle and health, and public health research
has insight in the most important epidemiological, statistical and methodological
topics of the moment, and in how these can be approached
has a unique and excellent profile at the interface between the medical and public
Health Sciences
4.11.4 Programme
The first year of the programme is filled with components from the Master's
programme in Health Science (one of the 5 specialisations), the second year with a
Public Health Research programme. See paragraph 5 for the general programme for
the MSc Health Sciences.
Health Sciences (MSc) 89
Public Health Research programme
In the second year of the MSc programme, 4 courses (total 18 credits) plus one
internship research project (30 credits) are obligatory. Two courses are optional (6
credits, see below); alternatives need permission from the examining board. The
result of the research projects or internships will be a written paper in English.
The scheme below gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Courses Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Advanced Methods in Public Health 470801 6
Research
48-51 Writing an Research Proposal 470804 6
2-3 Ethics in Public Health 470805 3
4-5 Scientific Writing in English 470123 3
Optional
40-43 Nutrition and Aging 470802 6
44-47 Health and Psychosocial Factors of 470803 6
the Elderly (Gezondheid en
psychosociale factoren bij ouderen)
4.12 Elective options
4.12.1 Elective options
General optional courses MSc Health Sciences
Course modules listed for the various specialisations are considered elective optional
modules. Students can choose from any of these courses within their free elective
programmes. Courses that are not listed under a specialisation, but can also be chosen
are:
Community Genetics, 6 credits, code 470812, week 2-5 2007
Migration, Culture, Health and Research (Migratie, cultuur, gezondheid en
onderzoek), 6 credits, code 470813, week 2-5 2007
Courses from other MSc programmes
The scope for optional components in the various specialisation programmes involves
opting for courses or Capita Selecta of the Master's programme not yet taken. As an
alternative, the optional component may also be partly or completely fulfilled by
taking courses from other university Master's programmes. This alternative requires
the prior permission of the examining board. Students should send a written request,
accompanied with a course description (in Dutch or English), amount of credits,
academic level (MSc, beginners or advanced), the course code and a motivation to the
examination board well before the start of the course. Before granting permission, the
examining board will evaluate the content, academic level and cohesion of the
programme. For the following course a general permission is already granted
(students do not have to ask for permission for this course):
IKO/Interfacultair keuzevak Ontwikkelingsvraagstukken, code 60000010, 6
credits
90 Life Sciences
Courses from BSc programmes
The optional component can also be partly fulfilled by taking courses not yet taken
belonging to the Bachelor's programme at the Vrije Universiteit, with a maximum of
12 credits. Students should send a written request, accompanied with a course
description (in Dutch or English), academic level (1st, 2nd or 3rd year's course), the
course code and credits, and a motivation to the examination board well before the
start of the course.
Extension of research project
The examining board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional studies to
extend a research project. The student must request this to the examining board in
writing preferably before the start, but at least 8 weeks before the end of the research
project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to the work in question.
Minor
With regard to optional courses, it is also possible for students to channel their
opportunities for optional studies into taking a minor subject. The choice of a minor
subject has to be submitted to the examining board for approval. The scope of the
minor subject has to be a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 20 credits.
4.12.2 Minor Medical History
Information is only available in Dutch
Algemeen
Deze minor is bedoeld om studenten een zodanige introductie te bieden in de
medische geschiedenis dat zij overzicht hebben van de lange termijn ontwikkelingen
binnen hun vakgebeid. De totale duur van de opleiding is 12 studiepunten. Binnen de
MSc Gezondheidswetenschappen is een uitbreiding van de minor niet mogelijk.
Deze minor is organisatorisch een onderdeel van de Masteropleiding Geschiedenis
van de Faculteit der Letteren van de VU. Inhoudelijk wordt hij verzorgd door de
afdeling Metamedica van het VUmc. Het onderwijs vindt plaats in periode 4 en
periode 5, dat wil zeggen vanaf februari tot mei.
De coördinator van deze minor is dr. J.H.M. de Waardt. Adres: VUmc afd.
Metamedica, tel: (020) 4448209, E-mail h.dewaardt@vumc.nl. Informatie:
htpp://www.med.vu.nl/org/afd/metamedica.
Eindtermen van de opleiding
Studenten die deze module met succes hebben afgesloten beschikken over diepgaande
kennis van de ontwikkelingen die de medische en enkele aanverwante disciplines
hebben doorgemaakt en van de maatschappelijke factoren die in deze context relevant
zijn.
Kennis
Zelfstandig ontwikkelingen op het terrein van de biomedische wetenschappen, de
gezondheidswetenschappen en de geneeskunde kunnen herkennen en analyseren
tegen de achtergrond van lange termijn ontwikkelingen binnen deze disciplines.
Beheersing van het begrippenapparaat, kennis van de stand van zaken met
betrekking tot theorievorming en inzicht in de belangrijkste huidige
onderzoeksvragen op het gebied van de medische geschiedenis
Health Sciences (MSc) 91
Inzicht in de geschiedenis van de disciplines Biomedische Wetenschappen,
Geneeskunde en Geschiedenis.
Bekendheid met het apparaat van de medische geschiedenis, de belangrijkste
handboeken, tijdschriften, naslagwerken e.d.
Vaardigheden
Zelfstandig ontwikkelingen op het terrein van de biomedische wetenschappen, de
gezondheidswetenschappen en de geneeskunde kunnen herkennen en analyseren
tegen de achtergrond van lange termijn ontwikkelingen binnen deze disciplines.
Het selecteren en ordenen van informatie, het onderscheiden van hoofd- en
bijzaken, en het leggen van verbanden.
Multidisciplinair te denken, en inzicht in (sub-)disciplines die van belang zijn
voor de medische geschiedenis.
Zelfstandig en kritisch kunnen analyseren van medisch-historische publicaties,
zowel met betrekking tot de inhoud als de plaats ervan binnen een
historiografische traditie.
Schriftelijk en mondeling de resultaten van literatuuronderzoek kunnen
presenteren.
Programma
Het programma van deze minor beslaat zeven weken waarbij op twee dagen per week
college wordt gegeven. Aanwezigheid bij de colleges is verplicht. Tijdens deze
colleges wordt een chronologisch-thematisch overzicht van de medische geschiedenis
gegeven. De nadruk ligt daarbij op de 19de en de 20ste eeuw. Tijdens de laatste
bijeenkomst presenteert elke deelnemer een individueel referaat over een onderwerp
dat in overleg met de kernstaf wordt gekozen. Op basis van dit referaat en de op- en
aanmerkingen die tijdens de presentatie door docenten en overige deelnemers zijn
gemaakt, wordt een afsluitend werkstuk van minimaal 6.000 woorden geschreven.
Het cijfer voor dit onderdeel wordt vastgesteld op basis van dit werkstuk en de
overige participatie.
4.13 Premaster
4.13.1 Premaster programme Health Sciences
General aspects
The premaster programme is intended for students with a bc degree in Nutrition and
Dietetics, Physiotherapy, Ergonomics, and Nursing. The emphasis of the programme
will be on elimination of deficiencies.
The premaster class is co-ordinated by ir. J.E. Neter: Faculty of Earth and Life
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit, De Boelelaan 1085, room O-535, phone (020) 5987702,
e-mail judith.neter@falw.vu.nl.
Programme
The programme consists of a set of compulsory courses. The rest of the programme
can be filled in with (restricted) elective courses. More information about the
premaster programme can be found in the study guide for the BSc programme in
Health Science.
92 Life Sciences
4.14 Registration for courses and interim examinations
4.14.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations
Students must register for participation in all course modules and other programme
components at least four weeks before they start, by means of TIS. Newly enrolled
students to our faculty are exempted from this rule for course modules of the first
period of the university calendar (September- October). They should, however,
register for courses from the second period onwards.
Students must, in addition to registration for courses, also register for interim
examinations, and re-sits thereof, by means of TIS. Registration windows for exams
are opened until 1 week before the examination date. Cancelling your earlier
registration can, therefore, also be done until 1 week before the examination.
More information about the regulations and about TIS can be found in chapter School
of Life Sciences and also on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: >
studenten > Reglementen > Regels inschrijven TIS > 'Procedure for registration in
TIS'.
4.15 Programme proposal and approval
4.15.1 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student, to improve
long-term organisation of the courses (number of lecturers and availability of lecture
rooms on the basis of estimated students) and to prevent disappointment about
rejection of the programme by the examination board near the end of the programme,
when a student applies for the final examination and certificate (graduation).
The student submits a programme proposal, also known as master plan, with the
intentional components, prior to the start of the master programme or at the latest one
month after the start. This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator (dr.
M. Donker). Students should submit their final proposal nine months after the start of
the programme, but at least before the start of the second research project/ work
placement/internship. The master co-ordinator checks if the intended programme
meets the requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER).
If the programme does not meet the requirements, the master co-ordinator rejects the
proposal and, if necessary, gives the student information about fulfilling the
requirements. The master co-ordinator can also advise students about the possibilities
to request approval from the examination board for deviate programmes.
Forms for programme proposals can be obtained from the master co-ordinator.
4.15.2 Programme approval and final examination
In order to complete an MSc examination, the student’s individual programme,
comprised of all educational components to be incorporated in the exam, will have to
be approved by the master co-ordinator. The programme should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) of the
academic year in which the examination is taken. If the programme is approved,
students can apply for their final examination at the study secretariat. If all
requirements are met, the application is sent to the examination board. The
examination board will make a final decision on fulfilment of all demands judged
Health Sciences (MSc) 93
from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with regulations in the
AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed.
Contrary to above, the examining board may approve of programme components
stated in AERs that are not older than three years preceding the year in which the
exam is taken, including AERs of the five-year degree programmes which preceded
the present bachelor-master programmes. Any changes (for instance in optional
course modules) in a programme that has already been approved of, require re-
approval by the examination board.
More information about the final examination (graduation) and certificate can be
found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
4.16 Examination board
4.16.1 Examination board
The examination board handles admission requests to the degree programmes,
approval of final examination programmes, exemptions from sitting interim exams,
determines the result of the final examination, et cetera. Students are advised to
consult their master coordinator or student counsellor about the feasibility of their
request before they submit a request to the examination board. Written requests can
be addressed to the administrative secretary of the Examination Board for the
programmes in Health Sciences: dr. P.A.C.M. de Boer, Vrije Universiteit, Faculteit
ALW, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam, e-mail
examens.levenswetenschappen@falw.vu.nl. Students should take into account that
examining board meets once every 4-6 weeks, with the exception of the summer
months. Correspondence to the board should be sent well before its meeting dates (at
least one week). For graduation, different terms apply.
More information about the examining board, final examination (graduation) and
certificate can be found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
4.17 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
4.17.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
The faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature
Study Regulations’ which has reference to programme components in which students
more or less independently carry out a research project that is concluded with the
writing of a report or thesis. Details with respect to this regulation can be consulted
on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > student > Master’s programmes
> General info all programmes > Student placement/internship and literature
regulations and forms master's Life Sciences. Some excerpts are given below.
Approval of projects
Prior to participating in any work placement/internship and thesis, both student and
faculty staff member involved should fill out a written application and agreement
form. This form (for traineeships, internships, research projects) can be downloaded
from the above-mentioned web page. The form concerns details on supervision,
amount of time to be invested, allotted study credits, safety regulations, etc. The
application and agreement form should include a description of the project.
94 Life Sciences
The forms have to be handed in at the co-ordinator of the master programme. The
master co-ordinator approves or rejects the projects on behalf of the examination
board.
Assessment
The final assessment work placement/internship and thesis is established according to
the assessment form. This form can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web
page (is part of the document including the approval and agreement form).In order to
have the mark registered by the study secretary, the student should hand in one copy
of the thesis and an evaluation form, to the study secretary.
Work placement/ Research project/ Master thesis
The faculty does not have a service office specifically providing information about
the possible subjects for, and organisations at which to execute a traineeship, research
project, or master thesis. Please ask any of the faculty staff members and master co-
ordinators for options inside and outside university.
4.17.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project
A number of projects can be executed outside the university proper, for instance in
trade and industry, or at a foreign university. All of these projects are, like the internal
projects, subject to the ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study
Regulations’. The external traineeship/research project is executed under supervision
and responsibility of two supervisors: one external tutor and one internal tutor who is
affiliated with the degree program concerned. Students should first find a supervisor
before making arrangements with external parties. More information about approval,
supervision and assessment can be found in ‘Student Placement (Internship) and
Literature Study Regulations’.
4.17.3 Thesis guidelines
In general, a thesis is handed in to the supervisor(s) in draft first, before finishing a
final version in which comments by the supervisor(s) have been taken into account.
Students should inform themselves of the presence of supervisors, when planning
dates for handing in draft and final versions. This is especially important in summer
and some months preceding summer. Supervisors may be absent during these times
(due to e.g. meetings abroad or holidays), and will therefore not be able to amend and
assess a thesis at short notice. The first page of a report/thesis should include
statement of:
The title of the report or thesis;
The author and date of publication;
The name of the organisation at which the project was done;
The name of the internal supervisor;
The name of the second internal supervisor, or external organisation’s supervisor;
The credits
4.18 Further study and career prospects
4.18.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market
Spending part of the study in external traineeships and research projects is a good
way to prepare for and familiarise oneself with the labour market. All programme
components called 'research project', 'internship' and '(master) thesis' are subject to the
Health Sciences (MSc) 95
Work placement and thesis regulations drawn up by the faculty. Please take note of
these regulations and act accordingly.
Each year, the 'Stichting Bèta Bedrijvencontactdag Amsterdam' (SBBA) organises a
business contact day intended for MSc and PhD students in Sciences at the Vrije
Universiteit (VU) and the Universiteit van Amsterdam (UvA). This day is
customarily organised in March or April and students receive an invitation,
programme, and registration form beforehand. Businesses and companies present
themselves and inform students about career perspectives, either at information
booths or by plenary seminars. Students can also request a personal appointment with
representatives of a certain company by sending in their cv. This may result in an
invitation for an interview at one of the 'gesprekkendagen' organised in May. More
information on SBBA can be obtained at www.sbba.nl
4.18.2 Postgraduate degree programmes
The master degree gives access to a number of PhD degree programmes (AIO- or
OIO-opleiding) at the Vrije Universiteit, or elsewhere. PhD-programmes are
organised within a number of research schools. The PhD programme always consists
of carrying out a research project, leading to a PhD thesis/dissertation, and of several
compulsory or elective course modules. For more information on PhD-programmes
and Research Schools please refer the internet: http://www.falw.vu.nl >
onderzoeksinstituten.
96 Life Sciences
5 Ecology (MSc)
5.1 General
5.1.1 Programme and study load
The Master’s Ecology studies in general the functioning of earth’s plants and animals
and aims at understanding how nature works, both as an aim in itself and to apply
appropriate measures to maintain biodiversity and to combat the effects of pollution
and climate change.
The Master’s programme in Ecology at the VU is only available in a full time setting.
The study load is 120 credit points (or study points = stp.) divided over 2 years (60
points per year). One credit point equals 28 hours of study (in conformity with the
European Credit Transfer System, ECTS) and consists of actual participation in
lectures and practical courses, preparation and other homework, doing fieldwork and
laboratory work, writing of reports and studying for interim examinations. The study
load of each of the course modules is stated at the course descriptions in this guide
and combines education and science on plant, animal and systems ecology while at
the same time approaching ecology from different scales and viewpoints (from the
molecular level up to the field scale), which makes for an impressive diversity of
research and education in ecology.
The programme is taught in English.
The major differences with the specialisation Ecology within the MSc Biology is that
more of the specialised Ecology courses are obliged and the admission terms for the
theses are more strict, i.e. these should be focussed more closely upon Ecology or
related to Ecology. Together, these requirements allow for a full appreciation of
Ecology, either from a molecular perspective or from a field scale approach and
preferably both.
Online information with respect to the Ecology programme and course module
descriptions can be found at http://www.studiegids.vu.nl> Aard- en
levenswetenschappen > MSc Ecology
5.1.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to provide the student with the knowledge, skills and
insight required to operate as an independent professional within the field of Ecology
and to be a suitable candidate for a subsequent course of study leading to a career in
Ecological research. Having completed the programme, the student should have
developed a critical scientific approach and an awareness of the ethical and societal
aspects of Ecology.
5.2 Admission
5.2.1 Admission requirements
Direct admission to the Master’s programme in Ecology is provided for students with
a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology from a Dutch university.
Ecology (MSc) 97
In addition, students with a Bachelor of Science degree in Earth Sciences
(Aardwetenschappen) from the Vrije Universiteit, are admitted to the Master’s
programme in Ecology, provided that their Bsc programme includes the following
elements:
Levensgemeenschapsbiologie, code 470143, 9 credits
Evolutionaire ecologie en gedrag, code 470074, 6 credits
Systeemecologie, code 470044, 6 credits
Students who hold a certificate of higher vocational education (HBO) or an
equivalent of a Vrije Universiteit BSc degree obtained at an institution inside or
outside of the Netherlands may be admitted to the Master's programme in Ecology on
the basis of a decision to that effect taken by the examination board. The examination
board will determine whether the qualification in question is sufficiently relevant to
warrant admission. The examination board may make additional demands on the
student before granting admission to the programme. Results from the compulsory
pre-master assessment for students from the HBO are not a selection criterium for the
Master’s Ecology, but may be used by students from the HBO to evaluate their
general academic skills.
5.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
The examining board may decide to admit the student to certain interim examinations
of an MSc programme (specified in AER) even before he or she has successfully
completed the BSc degree or the premaster traject.
For study year 2006-2007 a BSc student Biology at the Vrije Universiteit is admitted
to certain interim examinations of the MSc programme Health Sciences provided that:
the student started the BSc programme not earlier than study year 2003-2004;
the student has completed all courses in the first and second year within the
appropriate BSc programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
the student has accumulated at least 168 credit points within the appropriate BSc
programme at the Vrije Universiteit.
The maximum period for which a student without a BSc degree can participate in
components of the master's programme is 12 months, calculated from the beginning
of the academic year. Students that started the above mentioned BSc programme
before September 2003 but have not finished the BSc programme, do not have access
to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in components of
the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year 2007-2008.
5.3 Final attainment levels
5.3.1 Final attainment levels
Master’s Ecology graduates possess an academic attitude and academic skills. This
implies that Master’s graduates are able to:
Independently acquire information in a ecological/biological field, and to analyse
and critically evaluate this information.
Select and order information, to distinguish essentials from trivialities, and to
make associations.
Think in multidisciplinary terms, and to possess an understanding of other
disciplines (and sub-disciplines) that are of importance to ecology.
98 Life Sciences
Has the ability to use the principles from both molecular and field scale
disciplines to tackle ecological problems.
Independently and critically analyse ecological and environmental research, both
in relation to its design and performance, and to the results obtained.
Draw up a research plan, giving details of experimental design, performance and
analysis.
Execute experiments in the different fields associated with ecology and analyse its
results.
Produce a written report and a verbal presentation of the research, both in Dutch
and in English.
Apply their scientific, ecological knowledge to social questions.
Make an intrinsic contribution to scientific discussions relating to planned
research or to discussions of research results.
Evaluate their own performance, both introspectively and in discussion with
others.
Reflect on the ethical aspects of research or its uses, and include these
deliberations in the decision-making process.
Knowledge
Mastery of the field’s conceptual framework, understanding of the state of the art
in terms of developing theories and insight into the most important current
research issues in the ecological discipline in which the student has specialised.
An appreciation of the place of this subdiscipline within the Biology, the Natural
Sciences and society.
A familiarity with general scientific journals such as Nature and Science, and with
professional journals in the Ecology, such as Global Change Biology, Ecology and
American Naturalist.
An appreciation of the scientific and social relevance of ecology, and of current
research in this area.
Knowledge of and application of mathematics and statistical methods.
Skills
Understand and summarise scientific ecological literature.
Set up and perform ecological experiments both in the laboratory and in the field.
Has command of advanced research techniques and laboratory procedures
Collaborate with researchers from other disciplines.
Familiarity with computer software that is relevant to the field.
Contribute to knowledge transfer to policy and nature management
5.4 Study advice and guidance
5.4.1 Master co-ordinator
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. The co-ordinators are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is good at our faculty, providing for easy
exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
Ecology (MSc) 99
The MSc co-ordinator is the persons to approach with questions to which the faculty
Study Guide, meetings with the programme co-ordinator(s) or faculty information
meetings provide no answers. But the MSc co-ordinator is also the contact person for
admittance to the programme, can help to set up a customised study plan and gives
approval of programmes for graduation application. The co-ordinator for the master
Ecology (master co-ordinator) is dr. P.M. van Bodegom. Address: Faculty of Earth
and Life Science, Department of Systems Ecology, De Boelelaan 1085, room A-168,
phone (020) 5986964, e-mail peter.van.bodegom@ecology.falw.vu.nl.
5.4.2 Student counsellor
Student counsellors are the persons to approach in the case of special personal
circumstances affecting one’s studies, for example an illness or family circumstances.
The student counsellor for Biomedical Sciences is drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a,
phone (020) 598 7012, e-mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays
and Thursdays from 12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
5.5 Programme
5.5.1 General programme
The programme for the Master Ecology consists of the following components, with
the study load for each component given in credits. This applies to all first year
students who register for a Master’s programme for the first time in 2006-2007.
General compulsory courses, 9 credits total
Scientific writing in English (471023), 3 credits
Ethics (470707), 3 credits
History of Life sciences (471017), 3 credits
Ecology specific compulsory courses, at least 3 courses (18 credits) from:
Spatial ecology and global change (470502), 6 credits
Experimental design and analysis (470505), 6 credits
Environmental genomics and adaptation (470506), 6 credits
Soil-plant interactions (470507), 6 credits
Optional courses, 18 credits total
Research projects including thesis, 66 credits total
• Minor thesis (30 credits, research or work-based, related to ecology)
• Major thesis (36 credits, research, ecology based)
Thesis based on literature survey, 9 credits
The MSc Ecology does not have formal specialisations
5.5.2 Courses
The specialised Ecology courses aim at providing the student with the different scales
at which Ecology is active. These courses are strongly interactive, take place in small
groups and are characterised by assignments, essays, case studies, lab practicals
and/or fieldwork. The BSc programme Biology includes enough theory to become
acquainted with new knowledge quickly and therefore the MSc programme Ecology
aims at deepening this knowledge by stimulating reflection and new applications.
The course programme is as follows:
100 Life Sciences
Week Courses Code Credits
General compulsory courses
various Scientific Writing in English 471023 3
2-3 History of Life Sciences 471017 3
4-5 Ethics 470707 3
Compulsory courses (at least 3)
36-39 Soil-Plant Interactions 470507 6
44-47 Environmental Genomics and 470506 6
Adaptation
'07-'08 Spatial Ecology and Global Change 470502 6
'07-'08 Experimental Design and Analysis 470505 6
Optional courses
all year Nature of Life Meetings 470510 3
40-43 Aquatic Ecology 450317 6
48-51 Plant Ecophysiology: Adaptation to 471020 6
the Environment
2-14 Caput: Invasion Ecology and 470117 6
Dynamic Biogeography
15-26 Nature Development, Management 470504 6
and Policy
36-39 Systeemecologie 470044 6
Students have to pick at least three from the four compulsory courses. Two
compulsory courses are scheduled for 2006-2007 ('Environmental Genomics and
Adaptation', 'Soil-plant interactions') and two compulsory courses are programmed in
2007-2008 ('Spatial Ecology and Global Change', 'Experimental Design and
Analysis'). All compulsory courses are accessible for both first and second year’s
students within the MSc Ecology.
The optional courses are designed to broaden the knowledge acquired in the
compulsory courses, covering both theoretical and practical aspects of ecology. The
choice will depend on student's own interests and the focus of the theses, which gives
considerable freedom. Students may also take selected subjects and courses from
other master programmes. In all cases, these options have to be submitted to the
examination board for approval. One of the listed courses ('Systeemecologie') is a
Bachelor’s course and is encouraged for students with a deficiency in this topic.
Students can fill in 12 credits of their master programme with specifically assigned
courses on BSc level in order to eliminate deficiencies.
5.5.3 Research project
The programme consists of two research projects (theses), one of 30 credits and
another of 36 credits. The major thesis has to reside in the area of Ecology. Both
theses have to be submitted to the examining board for approval.
The examining board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional studies to
extend a period of work placement. The student must request this to the examination
board in writing preferably before the start, but at least 8 weeks before the end of the
research project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to the work in
question.
Ecology (MSc) 101
5.5.4 Literature survey
For master students in Ecology it is also required to carry out a thesis based on
literature survey (9 credits). The literature survey can focus on a fundamental
ecological question but may also take a more applied or educational approach. The
aim is to demonstrate the ability to efficiently process material in a given field and
evaluating this critically. The topic and research question are free of choice, but have
to be submitted to the examining board for approval.
5.5.5 Elective options
Courses from other MSc programmes
The scope for optional components in the various programmes involves opting for
courses or Capita Selecta of the Master's programme not yet taken. As an alternative,
the optional component may also be partly or completely fulfilled by taking courses
from other university Master's programmes. This alternative requires the prior
permission of the examining board. Students should send a written request,
accompanied with a course description (in Dutch or English), amount of credits,
academic level (MSc, beginners or advanced), the course code and a motivation to the
examination board well before the start of the course. Before granting permission, the
examining board will evaluate the content, academic level and cohesion of the
programme.
For the following course a general permission is already granted (students do not have
to ask for permission for this course):
IKO/Interfacultair keuzevak Ontwikkelingsvraagstukken, code 60000010, 6
credits
Courses from BSc programmes
The optional component can also be partly fulfilled by taking courses not yet taken
belonging to the Bachelor's programme at the Vrije Universiteit, with a maximum of
12 credits. Students should send a written request, accompanied with a course
description (in Dutch or English), academic level (1st, 2nd or 3rd year's course)
amount of the course code, and a motivation to the examination board well before the
start of the course.
Minor
With regard to optional courses, it is also possible for students to channel their
opportunities for optional studies into taking a minor subject. The choice of a minor
subject has to be submitted to the examining board for approval. The scope of the
minor subject has to be a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 18.
5.6 Registration for courses and interim examinations
5.6.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations
Students must register for participation in all course modules and other programme
components at least four weeks before they start, by means of TIS. Newly enrolled
students to our faculty are exempted from this rule for course modules of the first
period of the university calendar (September- October). They should, however,
register for courses from the second period onwards.
Students must, in addition to registration for courses, also register for interim
examinations, and re-sits thereof, by means of TIS. Registration windows for exams
102 Life Sciences
are opened until 1 week before the examination date. Cancelling your earlier
registration can, therefore, also be done until 1 week before the examination.
More information about the regulations and about TIS can be found in chapter School
of Life Sciences and also on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: >
Studenten > Reglementen > Regels inschrijven TIS > 'Procedure for registration in
TIS'.
5.7 Programme proposal and approval
5.7.1 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student, to improve
long-term organisation of the courses (number of lecturers and availability of lecture
rooms on the basis of estimated students) and to prevent disappointment about
rejection of the programme by the examination board near the end of the programme,
when a student applies for the final examination and certificate (graduation).
The student submits a programme proposal, also known as master plan, with the
intentional components, prior to the start of the master programme or at the latest one
month after the start. This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator (dr.
P. van Bodegom). Students should submit their final proposal nine months after the
start of the programme, but at least before the start of the second research project/
work placement/internship.
The master co-ordinator checks if the intended programme meets the requirements
stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER). If the programme does
not meet the requirements, the master co-ordinator rejects the proposal and, if
necessary, gives the student information about fulfilling the requirements. The master
co-ordinator can also advise students about the possibilities to request approval from
the examination board for deviate programmes.
Forms for programme proposals can be obtained from the master co-ordinator.
5.7.2 Programme approval and final examination
In order to complete an MSc examination, the student’s individual programme,
comprised of all educational components to be incorporated in the exam, will have to
be approved by the master co-ordinator. The programme should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) of the
academic year in which the examination is taken. The master co-ordinator checks if
all programme elements have been finished successfully. If the programme is
approved, students can apply for their final examination at the study secretariat. If all
requirements are met, the application is sent to the examination board. The
examination board will make a final decision on fulfilment of all demands judged
from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with regulations in the
AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed.
Contrary to above, the examining board may approve of programme components
stated in AERs that are not older than three years preceding the year in which the
exam is taken, including AERs of the five-year degree programmes which preceded
the present bachelor-master programmes. Any changes (for instance in optional
course modules) in a programme that has already been approved of, require re-
approval by the examination board.
Ecology (MSc) 103
More information about the final examination (graduation) and certificate can be
found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
5.8 Examination board
5.8.1 Examination board
The examination board handles admission requests to the degree programmes,
approval of final examination programmes, exemptions from sitting interim exams,
determines the result of the final examination, et cetera. Students are advised to
consult their master coordinator or student counsellor about the feasibility of their
request before they submit a request to the examination board. Written requests can
be addressed to the administrative secretary of the Examination Board for the
programmes in Ecology: dr. P.A.C.M. de Boer, Vrije Universiteit, Faculteit ALW, De
Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam, e-mail
examens.levenswetenschappen@falw.vu.nl. Students should take into account that
examining board meets once every 4-6 weeks. Correspondence to the board should be
sent well before its meeting dates (at least one week). For graduation, different terms
apply.
More information about the examining board, final examination (graduation) and
certificate can be found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'.
5.9 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
5.9.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
The faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature
Study Regulations’ which has reference to programme components in which students
more or less independently carry out a research project that is concluded with the
writing of a report or thesis. Details with respect to this regulation can be consulted
on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > student > Master’s programmes
> General info all programmes > Student placement/internship and literature
regulations and forms master's Life Sciences. Some excerpts are given below.
Approval of projects
Prior to participating in any thesis or literature survey, both student and faculty staff
member involved should fill out a written application and agreement form. This form
(for thesis and literature surveys) can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web
page. The form concerns details on supervision, amount of time to be invested,
allotted study credits, safety regulations, etc. The application and agreement form
should include a description of the project.
The forms have to be handed in by the co-ordinator of the master programme and
handed in at the student secretary. The master co-ordinator approves or rejects the
projects on behalf of the examination board.
Assessment
The final assessment work placement/internship and thesis is established according to
the assessment form. This form can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web
page (is part of the document including the approval and agreement form).
104 Life Sciences
In order to have the mark registered by the student secretary, the student should hand
in one copy of the thesis and an evaluation form, to the study secretary.
Work placement/ Research project/ Master thesis
The faculty does not have a service office specifically providing information about
the possible subjects for, and organisations at which to execute a traineeship, research
project, or master thesis. Please ask any of the faculty staff members and master co-
ordinators for options inside and outside university.
5.9.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project
A number of projects can be executed outside the university proper, for instance in
trade and industry, or at a foreign university. All of these projects are, like the internal
projects, subject to the ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study
Regulations’. The external traineeship/research project is executed under supervision
and responsibility of two supervisors: one external tutor and one internal tutor who is
affiliated with the degree program concerned. Students should first find a supervisor
before making arrangements with external parties. More information about approval,
supervision and assessment can be found in ‘Student Placement (Internship) and
Literature Study Regulations’.
5.9.3 Thesis guidelines
In general, a thesis is handed in to the supervisor(s) in draft first, before finishing a
final version in which comments by the supervisor(s) have been taken into account.
Students should inform themselves of the presence of supervisors, when planning
dates for handing in draft and final versions. This is especially important in summer
and some months preceding summer. Supervisors may be absent during these times
(due to e.g. meetings abroad or holidays), and will therefore not be able to amend and
assess a thesis at short notice. The first page of a report/thesis should include
statement of:
The title of the report or thesis;
The author and date of publication;
The name of the organisation at which the project was done;
The name of the internal supervisor;
The name of the second internal supervisor, or external organisation’s supervisor;
The credits.
5.10 Further study and career prospects
5.10.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market
Spending part of the study in external traineeships and research projects is a good
way to prepare for and familiarise oneself with the labour market. In addition,
orientation towards the labour market is facilitated by so-called 'bedrijvendagen'
('businesses' days), organised by NiBi, and by attending seminars given by people
from trade and industry, that are organised every year at a different Dutch university.
More information on NiBi can be found on the Dutch website www.nibi.nl
Each year, the 'Stichting Bèta Bedrijvencontactdag Amsterdam' (SBBA) organises a
business contact day intended for MSc and PhD students in Sciences at the Vrije
Universiteit (VU) and the Universiteit van Amsterdam (UvA). This day is
customarily organised in March or April and students receive an invitation,
Ecology (MSc) 105
programme, and registration form beforehand. Businesses and companies present
themselves and inform students about career perspectives, either at information
booths or by plenary seminars. Students can also request a personal appointment with
representatives of a certain company by sending in their cv. This may result in an
invitation for an interview at one of the 'gesprekkendagen' organised in May. More
information on SBBA can be obtained at www.sbba.nl.
5.10.2 Postgraduate degree programmes
The master degree gives access to a number of PhD degree programmes (AIO- or
OIO-opleiding) at the Vrije Universiteit, or elsewhere.
PhD degree programmes
PhD-programmes are organised within a number of research schools within the
faculty:
Graduate School Neurosciences Amsterdam (ONWA)
Graduate School and Research Center BioCentrum Amsterdam
Inter University Centre for Geo-ecological Research (ICG)
Netherlands Research School for the Socio-Economic and Natural Sciences of the
Environment (SENSE)
School for Atmospheric and Maritime Research (SAMO).
The PhD programme always consists of carrying out a research project, leading to a
PhD thesis/dissertation, and of several compulsory or elective course modules. For
more information on PhD-programmes and Research Schools please refer the
internet: http://www.falw.vu.nl > onderzoeksinstituten.
106 Life Sciences
6 Neurosciences (MSc)
6.1 General
6.1.1 Programme and study load
The Master's programme in Neurosciences at the VU is a joint initiative by the
Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, the Faculty of Psychology and Education and the
VU University Medical Center. The programme has strong emphasis on genetics. It
includes both fundamental and clinical aspects of the neurosciences, behavioural and
quantitative genetics, as well as neurogenomics. The programme is embedded in the
joint activities of the Research Institute Neurosciences (RIN) and the Center for
Neurogenomics and Cognitive Research (CNCR).
The Master’s programme in Neuroscience at the VU is a full-time programme. Part-
time is not possible, due to the contact hours for research lectures, assignments,
practicals and demonstrations. The study load is 120 credit points (or study points =
stp.) divided over 2 years (60 points per year). One credit point equals 28 hours of
study (in conformity with the European Credit Transfer System, ECTS) and consists
of actual participation in lectures and practical courses, preparation and other
homework, doing fieldwork and laboratory work, and writing of reports, studying for
interim examinations. The study load of each of the course modules is stated in the
course descriptions in this guide.
Online information with respect to the Neurosciences programme and course module
descriptions can be found at http://www.studiegids.vu.nl> Aard- en
levenswetenschappen > MSc Neurosciences
6.1.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to provide students with the knowledge, skills and
insight required to operate as an independent professional within the field of
Neurosciences and to be a suitable candidate for a subsequent course of study leading
to a career in research. Having completed the programme, the student should have
developed a critical scientific approach and an awareness of the ethical and societal
aspects of Neurosciences.
6.2 Admission
6.2.1 Admission requirements
Admission to the Master's programme in Neurosciences is provided to students with a
Bachelor’s degree in Biology or Biomedical Sciences, or a Bachelor’s degree in
Psychology, with a Biological Psychology or Neuropsychology profile, from a
university. In addition to having a Bachelor's degree, applicants have to meet a
number of entrance requirements:
average grades during the Bachelor should be around: 7 or higher (on a scale from
1 to 10, e.g. Dutch grades); B or A (e.g. USA, German grades); 2 or 1 (e.g.
German grades);
two letters of references, provided by qualified persons, e.g. supervisors of
bachelor thesis or coordinators of major bachelor courses;
Neurosciences (MSc) 107
a letter of motivation stating clearly why the applicant wants to specifically enrol
into the Master's programme in Neurosciences at the Vrije Universiteit.
Final decision for admission to the first year of VU Master of Neuroscience program
will be made based on the evaluation of the admission documents in combination
with a judgment of the student's motivation revealed by an interview.
Students with a Bachelor’s degree obtained at a Dutch university or higher vocational
education (HBO), other than the qualification specified in the previous paragraph,
may be admitted to the programme on the basis of a decision to that effect taken by
the examination board of the Master’s programme. The examination board may make
additional demands on the student before granting admission to the Master’s
programme.
Students in possession of an equivalent degree obtained at an institution outside of the
Netherlands may be admitted to the programme on the basis of a decision to that
effect taken by the examination board of the Master’s programme. The examination
board may make additional demands of the student before granting admission to the
Master’s programme. In all cases other than above mentioned, the final decision rests
with the examination board.
6.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
The examining board may decide to admit the student to certain interim examinations
of an MSc programme (specified in AER) even before he or she has successfully
completed the BSc degree or the premaster traject.
For study year 2006-2007 a BSc student at the Vrije Universiteit is admitted to certain
interim examinations of the MSc programme Neurosciences provided that:
the student started the BSc programme not earlier than study year 2003-2004;
the student has completed all courses in the first and second year within the
appropriate BSc programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
the student has accumulated at least 168 credit points within the appropriate BSc
programme at the Vrije Universiteit.
The maximum period for which a student without a BSc degree can participate in
components of the master's programme is 12 months, calculated from the beginning
of the academic year. Students that started the above mentioned BSc programme
before September 2003 but have not finished the BSc programme, do not have access
to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in components of
the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year 2007-2008.
6.3 Final attainment levels
6.3.1 Final attainment levels
Master of Neurosciences graduates possess an academic attitude and academic skills.
This means that Master’s graduates are able to:
independently acquire information on the field of neurosciences, and to analyse
and critically evaluate this information;
select and order information, to distinguish essentials from trivialities, and to
make associations;
think in multidisciplinary terms, and to possess an understanding of other
disciplines (and sub-disciplines) that are important to their own specialism;
108 Life Sciences
independently and critically analyse research, both in relation to its design and
performance, and to the results obtained;
draw up a research plan, giving details of experimental design, performance and
analysis;
produce a written report and a verbal presentation of the research, in English;
apply their knowledge of neuroscience to social questions;
make an intrinsic contribution to scientific discussions relating to planned
research or to discussions of research results;
evaluate their own performance, both introspectively and in discussion with
others;
reflect on the ethical aspects of research or its uses, and include these
deliberations in the decision-making process.
Knowledge
mastery of the field’s conceptual framework, understanding of the state of the art
in terms of developing theories and insight into the most important current
research issues in the neurosciences;
appreciation of the place of the neurosciences within biology, the biomedical
sciences, medicine and psychology;
familiarity with the most relevant sources of information (and in the use of such
sources) in the field of the natural sciences in general and of the neurosciences in
particular;
appreciation of the scientific and social relevance of the neurosciences and of
current research in this area.
Skills
understand and summarize neuroscience literature;
set up and perform neuroscientific experiments;
collaborate with researchers from other disciplines;
familiarity with computer software that is relevant to the field.
6.4 Study advice and guidance
6.4.1 Master co-ordinator
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. The co-ordinators are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is good at our faculty, providing for easy
exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
The MSc co-ordinator is the persons to approach with questions to which the faculty
Study Guide, meetings with the programme co-ordinator(s) or faculty information
meetings provide no answers. But the MSc co-ordinator is also the contact person for
admittance to the programme, can help to set up a customised study plan and gives
approval of programmes for graduation application.
The co-ordinator for the master Neurosciences is dr W.J.A.J. Smeets, Address: VU
Medical Center, room G-118, Van der Boechorststraat 7, 1081 BT Amsterdam, The
Netherlands, phone (020) 444 8039, e-mail wjaj.smeets@vumc.nl.
Neurosciences (MSc) 109
6.4.2 Student counsellor
Student counsellors are the persons to approach in the case of special personal
circumstances affecting one’s studies, for example an illness or family circumstances.
The student counsellor for Neurosciences is drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a, phone
(020) 598 7012, e-mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays and
Thursdays from 12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
6.5 Programme
6.5.1 General programme
The Master’s programme is worth 120 credits. The credits are divided over two years
of study, each comprising 60 ECTS credits and can only be taken on a full-time basis.
Students who take the master’s programme in Neurosciences are eligible to sit the
examination leading to the title of Master of Science in Neurosciences. The MSc
Neurosciences does not have formal specialisations.
The Master’s examination programme consists of the following components, with the
study load for each component given in credits. This applies to all first year students
who register for a Master’s programme for the first time in 2006-2007.
Compulsory courses, 32 credits total
Scientific writing in English (471023), 3 credits
Ethics (470707), 3 credits
Principles of neuroscience (470701), 6 credits
Quantitative methods in neuroscience and genetics (815054), 5 credits
Behaviour and cognition (470709), 5 credits
Behavioral genetics (815055), 5 credits
Neurogenomics (470706), 5 credits
Optional courses, 20 credits total
Research projects, 60 credits total
First research project (research), 28-32 credits
Second research project (research or work-based), 28-32 credits
Thesis based on literature survey, 8 credits
All students need to ask approval for their examination programme prior to the start,
more information is given in paragraph 'Programme proposal and approval'.
6.5.2 First year
First year students start the Master's programme with compulsory courses that aim to
guide students through the broad field of neurogenomics, starting at the level of genes
and extending all the way towards animal and human behavior and back. The first
year is finished with a research project. The programme for first year courses in 2006-
2007 is as follows:
Week Name Code Credits
Compulsory
36-39 Principles of Neuroscience 470701 6
40-46 Behaviour and Cognition 470709 5
Quantitative Methods in 815054 5
Neuroscience and Genetics
110 Life Sciences
47-3 Behavioral Genetics 815055 5
Neurogenomics 470706 5
(parallel programming)
4-5 Ethics 470707 3
various Scientific Writing in English 471023 3
(priority is given to Neuroscience
students in the period of week 36-43)
6.5.3 Second year
Second year students can choose from a set of selected specialised courses. These
optional courses are designed to deepen knowledge of certain areas. They cover both
theoretical and practical aspects of the neurosciences. The choice of courses will
depend on the students' interests and the focus of the research traineeships.
The programme for second year courses in 2006-2007 is as follows:
Week Name Code Credits
Optional
36-39 Advanced Neurogenomics 470717 6
Neurobiology of Behavior 471018 6
40-43 Functional Brain Imaging 470715 6
Live Cell Imaging 470726 6
44-47 In Vivo Neurophysiology 470727 6
Developmental Neurobiology of the 470713 6
Vertebrate Brain
Experimental and Clinical 470700 6
Neuroendocrinology
Statistical Genetics for Gene Finding 815091 5
44-51 Social Psychology 815058 5
48-51 Neuro- and Psychopharmacology 470718 6
Quantitative Genetics 815088 6
3-5 Emotional and Cognitive 470711 4
Neuroscience
3-10 Psychophysiology 815057 5
Experimental Neurophysiology 470714 6
9-26 Neuroinformatics 470724 6
11-22 Bioinformatics 470725 6
System Neuroscience 470712 6
13-22 Cognition and Attention 815056 5
The MSc Neurosciences does not have formal specialisations. However, by means of
directed choices in optional courses and the subject area of the thesis and traineeship,
students can apply emphasis on certain study areas. For some general subject areas,
study profiles have been designed. Profiles are optimal course-combinations for the
selected subject area. The subject area are:
Neurogenomics
Neuronal Network Physiology and Neuroinformatics
Behavioral and Systems Neurosciences
Genetic Epidemiology and Quantitative Genetics
Neurosciences (MSc) 111
Psychophysiology
Preclinical Neurosciences
More information about the profiles of the above subject areas can be found on the
Master of neuroscience website: www.cncr.vu.nl > Master of Neurosciences
6.5.4 Traineeships
The two traineeships will together account for 60 credits. One should preferably be
completed within the VU and the other externally. One traineeship must deal with a
subject within the neurosciences. Students are free to choose the subject of the other
traineeship, provided it is related to neuroscientific research.
6.5.5 Literature survey/thesis
Master’s student in Neurosciences are also required to carry out a literature survey.
They are expected to complete this task independently to a large extent, though they
will have expert guidance from one of the lectures. They can determine their own
topic and research question. The literature survey can focus on a scientific question
but may also take a more applied or social approach.
6.5.6 Elective options
Courses from other MSc programmes
The scope for optional components in the various programmes involves opting for
courses or Capita Selecta of the Master's programme not yet taken. As an alternative,
the optional component may also be partly or completely fulfilled by taking courses
from other university Master's programmes. This alternative requires the prior
permission of the examining board. Students should send a written request,
accompanied with a course description (in Dutch or English), amount of credits,
academic level (MSc or BSc, beginners or advanced), the course code and a
motivation to the examination board well before the start of the course. Before
granting permission, the examining board will evaluate the content, academic level
and cohesion of the programme.
Courses from BSc programmes
The optional component can also be partly fulfilled by taking courses not yet taken
belonging to the Bachelor's programme at the Vrije Universiteit, with a maximum of
12 credits. Students should send a written request, accompanied with a course
description (in Dutch or English), academic level (1st, 2nd or 3rd year's course), the
course code and credits, and a motivation to the examination board well before the
start of the course.
Extension of research project
The examining board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional studies to
extend a research project. The student must request this to the examining board in
writing preferably before the start, but at least 8 weeks before the end of the research
project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to the work in question.
Minor
With regard to optional courses, it is also possible for students to channel their
opportunities for optional studies into taking a minor subject. The choice of a minor
112 Life Sciences
subject has to be submitted to the examining board for approval. The scope of the
minor subject has to be a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 20 credits.
6.6 Registration for courses and interim examinations
6.6.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations
Students must register for participation in all course modules and other programme
components at least four weeks before they start, by means of TIS. Newly enrolled
students to our faculty are exempted from this rule for course modules of the first
period of the university calendar (September- October). They should, however,
register for courses from the second period onwards.
Students must, in addition to registration for courses, also register for interim
examinations, and re-sits thereof, by means of TIS. Registration windows for exams
are opened until 1 week before the examination date. Cancelling your earlier
registration can, therefore, also be done until 1 week before the examination.
More information about the regulations and about TIS can be found in chapter School
of Life Sciences and also on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: >
studenten > Reglementen > Regels inschrijven TIS > 'Procedure for registration in
TIS'.
6.7 Programme proposal and approval
6.7.1 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student, to improve
long-term organisation of the courses (number of lecturers and availability of lecture
rooms on the basis of estimated students) and to prevent disappointment about
rejection of the programme by the examination board near the end of the programme,
when a student applies for the final examination and certificate (graduation).
The student submits a programme proposal, also known as master plan, with the
intentional components, prior to the start of the master programme or at the latest one
month after the start. This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator (dr.
W. Smeets). Students should submit their final proposal nine months after the start of
the programme, but at least before the start of the second research project/ work
placement/internship. The master co-ordinator checks if the intended programme
meets the requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER).
If the programme does not meet the requirements, the master co-ordinator rejects the
proposal and, if necessary, gives the student information about fulfilling the
requirements. The master co-ordinator can also advise students about the possibilities
to request approval from the examination board for deviate programmes.
Forms for programme proposals/master plan can be obtained from the master co-
ordinator.
6.7.2 Programme approval and final examination
In order to complete an MSc examination, the student’s individual programme,
comprised of all educational components to be incorporated in the exam, will have to
be approved by the master co-ordinator. The programme should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) of the
academic year in which the examination is taken.
Neurosciences (MSc) 113
If the programme is approved, students can apply for their final examination at the
study secretariat. If all requirements are met, the application is sent to the examination
board. The examination board will make a final decision on fulfilment of all demands
judged from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with
regulations in the AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed.
Contrary to above, the examination board may approve of programme components
stated in AERs that are not older than three years preceding the year in which the
exam is taken, including AERs of the five-year degree programmes which preceded
the present bachelor-master programmes. Any changes (for instance in optional
course modules) in a programme that has already been approved of, require re-
approval by the examination board.
More information about the final examination (graduation) and certificate can be
found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
6.8 Examination board
6.8.1 Examination board
The examination board handles admission requests to the degree programmes,
approval of examination programmes, exemptions from sitting interim exams,
determines the result of the final examination, et cetera. Students are advised to
consult their master coordinator or student counsellor about the feasibility of their
request before they submit a request to the examination board. Written requests can
be addressed to the Examination Board for the programme in Neuroscience, prof. dr.
A.B. Brussaard, Vrije Universiteit, Faculteit ALW, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV
Amsterdam. Students should take into account that examining board meets once
every 4-6 weeks. Correspondence to the board should be sent well before its meeting
dates (at least one week). For graduation, different terms apply.
More information about the examining board, final examination (graduation) and
certificate can be found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
6.9 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
6.9.1 Master of Neurosciences regulation
The Master's in Neurosciences includes two research-based work placements. These
are linked to the writing of the Master’s thesis and to a literature survey. The work
placements are worth a total of 60 credits: these may consist either of two work
placements of equal duration, or one long one and one shorter one. The work
placements must comply with the following conditions:
Both work placements must be carried out in a research laboratory which is
recognized by the examining board. One of the work placements may be
completed outside the VU/VUmc.
One of the work placements must deal with a purely neuroscience topic while the
other can be in a field that is related to neuroscience research.
The choice of work placements has to be submitted to the examination board for
approval.
The Master’s thesis is linked to the neuroscience work placement, and consists of a
report on the research-based work placement in question. The thesis is a graduation
114 Life Sciences
study assignment. Where students opt for one long and one shorter neuroscience work
placement, the thesis will relate to the longest work placement.
Both work placements must contain the following elements:
Theoretical enhancement of the neuroscience field in question
Fleshing out, performing and analyzing the research assignment
Formulating conclusions and recommendations
Producing written report in English
Presenting verbal report (presentation) in English
The final mark awarded for the work placements is based on the quality of the
practical work, the report and the verbal presentation. The literature survey must lead
to a thesis or a research proposal (8 credits). The literature survey must comply with
the following conditions:
Although it is supervised by a member of the teaching staff, the literature survey must
be carried out largely independently. Working within the limitations governing this
section of the programme, the student must be able to efficiently absorb and critically
evaluate the literature in a given sub-field. Taking this study as a basis, he or she will
be able to clearly indicate the current state of affairs in the sub-field in question. In
addition, the student will be able to point out limitations and problems, formulate
recommendations for further research.
The examination board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional studies to
extend a period of work placement. The student must request this in writing before
the end of the research project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to
the work in question. The examination board can also, to a limited extent (no more
than 20 credits), grant the student permission to use the time that is normally allocated
to work placement for optional studies. This should also be requested in writing.
6.9.2 Faculty regulation
The faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature
Study Regulations’ which has reference to programme components in which students
more or less independently carry out a research project that is concluded with the
writing of a report or thesis. Details with respect to this regulation can be consulted
on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > student > Master’s programmes
> General info all programmes > Student placement/internship and literature
regulations and forms master's Life Sciences. Some excerpts are given below.
Approval of projects
Prior to participating in any work placement/internship and thesis, both student and
faculty staff member involved should fill out a written application and agreement
form. This form (for traineeships, internships, research projects) can be downloaded
from the above-mentioned web page. The form concerns details on supervision,
amount of time to be invested, allotted study credits, safety regulations, etc. The
application and agreement form should include a description of the project.
The forms have to be handed in at the co-ordinator of the master programme. The
master co-ordinator advises the examining board on approval of the project.
Assessment
The final assessment work placement/internship and thesis is established according to
the assessment form. This form can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web
Neurosciences (MSc) 115
page (is part of the document including the approval and agreement form). In order to
have the mark registered by the study secretary, the student should hand in one copy
of the thesis and an evaluation form, to the study secretary.
Work placement/ Research project/ Master thesis
The faculty does not have a service office specifically providing information about
the possible subjects for, and organisations at which to execute a traineeship, research
project, or master thesis. Please ask any of the faculty staff members and master co-
ordinators for options inside and outside university.
6.9.3 External work placement/traineeship/research project
A number of projects can be executed outside the university proper, for instance in
trade and industry, or at a foreign university. All of these projects are, like the internal
projects, subject to the ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study
Regulations’. The external traineeship/research project is executed under supervision
and responsibility of two supervisors: one external tutor and one internal tutor who is
affiliated with the degree program concerned. Students should first find a supervisor
before making arrangements with external parties. More information about approval,
supervision and assessment can be found in ‘Student Placement (Internship) and
Literature Study Regulations’.
6.9.4 Thesis guidelines
In general, a thesis is handed in to the supervisor(s) in draft first, before finishing a
final version in which comments by the supervisor(s) have been taken into account.
Students should inform themselves of the presence of supervisors, when planning
dates for handing in draft and final versions. This is especially important in summer
and some months preceding summer. Supervisors may be absent during these times
(due to e.g. meetings abroad or holidays), and will therefore not be able to amend and
assess a thesis at short notice. The first page of a report/thesis should include
statement of:
The title of the report or thesis;
The author and date of publication;
The name of the organisation at which the project was done;
The name of the internal supervisor;
The name of the second internal supervisor, or external organisation’s supervisor;
The credits.
More information about approval, supervision and assessment can be found in
‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study Regulations’.
6.10 Further study and career prospects
6.10.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market
Spending part of the study in external traineeships and research projects is a good
way to prepare for and familiarise oneself with the labour market. In addition,
orientation towards the labour market is facilitated by so-called 'bedrijvendagen'
(businesses' days), organised by NiBi, and by attending seminars given by people
from trade and industry, that are organised every year at a different Dutch university.
More information on NiBi can be found on the Dutch website www.nibi.nl
116 Life Sciences
Each year, the 'Stichting Bèta Bedrijvencontactdag Amsterdam' (SBBA) organises a
business contact day intended for MSc and PhD students in Sciences at the Vrije
Universiteit (VU) and the Universiteit van Amsterdam (UvA). This day is
customarily organised in March or April and students receive an invitation,
programme, and registration form beforehand. Businesses and companies present
themselves and inform students about career perspectives, either at information
booths or by plenary seminars. Students can also request a personal appointment with
representatives of a certain company by sending in their cv. This may result in an
invitation for an interview at one of the 'gesprekkendagen' organised in May. More
information on SBBA can be obtained at www.sbba.nl
6.10.2 Postgraduate degree programmes
The master degree gives access to a number of PhD degree programmes (AIO- or
OIO-opleiding) at the Vrije Universiteit, or elsewhere.
PhD degree programmes
PhD-programmes are organised within a number of research schools within the
faculty:
Graduate School Neurosciences Amsterdam (ONWA)
Graduate School and Research Center BioCentrum Amsterdam
The PhD programme always consists of carrying out a research project, leading to a
PhD thesis/dissertation, and of several compulsory or elective course modules. For
more information on PhD-programmes and Research Schools please refer the
internet: http://www.falw.vu.nl > onderzoeksinstituten.
Neurosciences (MSc) 117
118 Life Sciences
7 Biomolecular Sciences (MSc)
7.1 Programme
7.1.1 Programme, variants and study load
The Master's programme Biomolecular Sciences is a programme for students with a
research-oriented profile. It trains students with bachelors ranging from biomedical
sciences and biology to chemistry, physics, mathematics and engineering, for a
Master’s degree at the interface between these disciplines. The focus is on the issue
how molecules lead to biological function in health and disease. It therewith covers
genetics, microbiology, structural biology, cell physiology, molecular biology,
biochemistry, biophysics, biomathematics, genomics, bioinformatics, immunology
and infection.
The programme offers a choice between two variants:
Systems Biology (Top Master variant)
Molecular Cell Biology
The programme is only available in a full time setting. The study load is 120 credit
points (or study points = stp.) divided over 2 years (60 points per year). One credit
point equals 28 hours of study (in conformity with the European Credit Transfer
System, ECTS) and consists of actual participation in lectures and practical courses,
preparation and other homework, doing fieldwork and laboratory work, writing of
reports, and studying for interim examinations. The study load of each of the course
modules is stated at the course descriptions in this guide. All students need to ask
approval for their exam programme prior to the start, more information is given in the
paragraph 'Programme approval'.
Online information with respect to the Biomolecular Sciences programme and course
module descriptions can be found at http://www.studiegids.vu.nl> Aard- en
levenswetenschappen > MSc Biomolecular Sciences
7.2 Admission
7.2.1 Admission requirements Biomolecular Sciences
The conditions for admission are described in the Academic Regulations for the
Master's programmes (AER).
Students with a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology or Biomedical Sciences from a
Dutch university will receive direct admission to the Master's programme in
Biomolecular Sciences - Molecular Cell Biology.
Students with a Bachelor’s degree obtained at a Dutch university or institute of higher
education, other than the qualification as specified above, will not receive direct
admission to the programme in question. However, they may be admitted to the
programme on the basis of a decision to that effect taken by the examination board of
the Master’s programme. The examination board may make additional demands on
the student before granting admission to the Master’s programme.
Students in possession of a degree obtained at an institution outside of the
Netherlands, which is equivalent to the required Bachelor's degree, may be admitted
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 119
to the programme on the basis of a decision to that effect taken by the examination
board of the Master’s programme. The examination board may make additional
demands on the student before granting admission to the Master’s programme.
In all cases, the final decision rests with the examination board.
7.2.2 Additional admission requirements top variant Systems Biology
The programme admits students with bachelors from the disciplines biomedical
sciences, biology, chemistry, physics, mathematics, engineering, and biochemistry.
When admitted to the master Biomolecular Sciences, the additional criterium for the
top master variant is passing the first course of the program (portal course).
Students with a bachelor other than biomedical sciences, biology, chemistry or
biochemistry (such as physics, mathematics or engineering) should be admitted to
another master first (e.g. Bioinformatics) and pass the portal course before they can
be admitted to the Biomolecular Sciences top master variant Systems Biology.
7.2.3 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
The examining board may decide to admit the student to certain interim examinations
of an MSc programme (specified in AER) even before he or she has successfully
completed the BSc degree or the premaster traject.
A BSc student at the Vrije Universiteit is admitted to certain interim examinations of
the MSc programme Biomolecular Sciences provided that:
the student started the BSc programme not earlier than study year 2003-2004;
the student has completed all courses in the first and second year within the
appropriate BSc programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
the student has accumulated at least 168 credit points within the appropriate BSc
programme at the Vrije Universiteit.
The maximum period for which a student without a BSc degree can participate in
components of the master's programme is 12 months, calculated from the beginning
of the academic year. Students that started the above mentioned BSc programme
before September 2003 but have not finished the BSc programme, do not have access
to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in components of
the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year 2007-2008.
7.3 Study advice and guidance
7.3.1 Master co-ordinators
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. The co-ordinators, are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is good at our faculty, providing for easy
exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
The MSc co-ordinator is the persons to approach with questions to which the faculty
Study Guide, meetings with the programme co-ordinator(s) or faculty information
meetings provide no answers. But the MSc co-ordinator is also the contact person for
admittance to the programme, can help to set up a customised study plan and gives
approval of programmes for graduation application.
120 Life Sciences
Biomolecular Sciences, top master variant Systems Biology
The co-ordinator for the master Biomolecular Sciences, variant Systems Biology is dr
K. Krab. Dept. of Molecular Cell Physiology (room M-254, science building). Phone
(020) 598 7168. E-mail systemsbiology@falw.vu.nl. Address: Institute of Molecular
Cell Biology, Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De
Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Biomolecular Sciences, variant Molecular Cell Biology
The co-ordinator for the master Biomolecular Sciences, variant Molecular Cell
Biology is ms.dr H.S. van Walraven. Dept. of Structural Biology (room H-225,
science building). Phone (020) 598 7165. E-mail rieky.van.walraven@falw.vu.nl.
Address: Institute of Molecular Cell Biology, Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences,
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The
Netherlands
7.3.2 Student counsellor
Student counsellors are the persons to approach in the case of special personal
circumstances affecting one’s studies, for example an illness or family circumstances.
The student counsellor for Biomolecular Sciences is drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a,
phone (020) 598 7012, e-mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays
and Thursdays from 12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
7.4 Systems Biology (Top Master variant)
7.4.1 General aspects
The top masters programme Systems Biology focuses on the issue of how a
functioning living cell arises from the collaboration of inanimate molecules and
herewith depends more on fundamental biophysics, biochemistry and
biomathematics.
This programme is organised by institutes in the Biocenter Amsterdam, and at present
involves collaboration between groups at the Faculties of Earth and Life Sciences
(FALW) and of Exact Sciences (FEW) of the Vrije Universiteit, groups from the
University of Amsterdam (Faculty of Science), the National Research Institute for
Mathematics and Computer Science (CWI) and the Institute for Atomic and
Molecular Physics (AMOLF).
More information can be found at the websites: www.falw.vu.nl and
www.systembiology.net/topmaster.
7.4.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to prepare students for an internationally oriented
research carrier in the field of systems biology (e.g. leading to a PhD thesis). These
students will have a solid background in the many disciplines that interact in the field
of systems biology, and will have the knowledge, skills and insight required to
operate as an independent professional within that field. In addition, they will have
developed a critical attitude towards research, including the ethical and socially
relevant aspects of science.
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 121
7.4.3 Final attainment levels
The end credentials of this top masters curriculum include those of the basic variant
(Cell Biology) of the master Biomolecular sciences.
According to these, the qualified master:
has knowledge about terminology, state of the art of theory and research topics in
the biomolecular and cell biological discipline of specialisation
can apply this knowledge in the design of research and in solving emerging
problems
has the ability to use the principles from the different disciplines (such as
mathematics, physics, chemistry and biochemistry) to tackle molecular- and cell
biological problems
has insight in the place of molecular cell biology and biomolecular sciences in
biology, biomedical science and science in general
has familiarity with general scientific journals such as Nature, Science or PNAS,
and international journals in the fields of biochemistry, molecular biology and cell
biology
has insight in the scientific and social relevance of current research in
biomolecular sciences
can design and execute experiments in the different fields and analyze the results
is able to note down and report on the results of these experiments
can collaborate with other researchers from the same and other disciplines
has sufficient knowledge of mathematical and statistical methods applicable to the
field
has command of the use of computer software relevant for the field
has command of advanced research techniques and laboratory procedures
is able to acquire independently biological or medical biological information,
(with emphasis on biomolecular and cell biological aspects) and can analyse,
summarize and critically evaluate this information
can select and order information, distinguish between major and minor points,
and recognize connections
can think multidisciplinary
can analyze and evaluate independently and critically planning, execution and
results of research
can design and write research plans
can report orally and in written form on research
can apply scientific knowledge on issues in society
contributes to scientific discussions about plans, results and consequences of
research
can evaluate his or her own functioning, both by reflection and in discussions
with others
can reflect on ethical aspects of research and applications of research and on
implications in decision making.
In addition to these, the qualified top master:
has proven excellence as researcher in the quantitative life sciences and systems
biology
has proven understanding of physical chemical and organizational principles of
life
122 Life Sciences
has proven expertise with the modern experimental, conceptual and modelling
methods for the Biomolecular Sciences and Systems Biology
has insight in the most important biomathematical, biophysical, biochemical,
biological, and biomedical topics of the moment, and in how these can be
approached
has a unique and excellent profile at the interface between the exact sciences and
the life sciences
will participate in a local and international network of young life scientists with
an interest in BioMolecular Integration or Systems Biology.
7.4.4 Programme
The top master programme aims for the integration of the training of students with
diverse backgrounds to a well-defined set of abilities for the interdisciplinary area
Systems Biology. Accordingly, the programme is in principle homogeneous and all
its elements are defined (i.e. compulsory). Because the backgrounds are diverse it is
possible that some of the courses overlap for some of the students with courses they
followed in their earlier studies. In these cases, in consultation with the examining
board an alternative may be chosen from what is available and of sufficient quality in
the Biocenter Amsterdam.
The programme of Biomolecular Sciences - Systems Biology consists of the
following components, with the study load for each component given in credits This
applies to all first year students who register for a Master’s programme for the first
time in 2006-2007.
General compulsory courses, 9 credits total
Scientific Writing in English (471023), 3 credits
Ethics (470707), 3 credits
History of Life Sciences (471017), 3 credits
Research projects, 57 credits total
Orientation Research Project, 9 credits
International Research Project, 48 credits
Systems Biology-specific compulsory courses (54 credits)
Portal Course (470616), 6 credits
Central Course, 45 credits total
Current Topics on Systems Biology (470623), 3 credits
All students need to ask approval for their exam programme prior to the start, more
information is given in paragraph 'Programme approval'.
Details of the Systems Biology-specific courses
Portal course: entry course of mathematics and physics for the biologist and medical
student, and biology for the physics / chemistry / mathematics bachelor (6 credits)
Central course: from molecules through integration to life (45 credits).
This central course contains the following elements:
Modelling: Ab Initio Models (6 credits)
Sequence Analysis (6 credits)
Molecular Cell Physiology and Function (6 credits)
Biological Fluorescence (6 credits)
System Identification of Dynamic Systems (6 credits)
Intracellular Networks (6 credits)
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 123
Physics of Biological Systems (6 credits)
Philosophy of Systems Biology (3 credits)
Current topics on Systems Biology: A series of lectures on systems biology (3
credits)
The following scheme gives an overview of the courses for the year 2006-2007.
Week Name Code Credits
36-39 Portal Course 470617 6
40-43 Modelling: Ab Initio Models 470618 6
44-47 Sequence Analysis 470619 6
48-51 Molecular Cell Physiology and 470616 6
Function
2-3 History of Life Sciences 471017 3
4-5 Ethics 470707 3
6-9 Biological Fluorescence 470609 6
10-13 System Identification of 470621 6
Dynamic Systems
14-17 Intracellular Networks 470622 6
18-21 Physics of Biological Systems 470620 6
22-26 Philosophy of Systems Biology 470121 6
various Current Topics on Systems 470623 3
Biology
various Scientific Writing in English 471023 3
International research project
The top master programme includes one research exchange project carried out in two
laboratories (one being part of the Biocenter Amsterdam and the other in one of the
collaborating International Centers of Excellence in the field of systems biology). The
project will encompass both aspects of systems biology: practical work in the
laboratory, and modelling. In preparation for this project, the student will do a
literature survey on the subject of the project.
7.5 Molecular Cell Biology
7.5.1 General aspects
With the Master’s Biomolecular Sciences - Molecular Cell Biology students can
further develop their skills and performance in molecular and cellular research and
prepare themselves for an (inter)national research position. The Master’s programme
Molecular Cell Biology has been developed for students with a Bachelors degree in
Biology or Biomedical Sciences or any other relevant Bachelor's degree (for instance
Biochemistry or HLO) and is organized by the Institute for Molecular Cell Biology
(IMC) of the Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences (FALW) in collaboration with the
Faculty of Exact Sciences of the Vrije Universiteit and the VU Medical Center
(VUmc).
Biomolecular Sciences – Molecular Cell Biology is only offered as a full time
Master’s programme and the language of tuition is English. The Master’s programme
124 Life Sciences
is worth 120 credits. The credits are divided over two years of study, each comprising
60 credits.
7.5.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to equip the student with the knowledge, skills and
insight required to operate as an independent professional within the field of
Biomolecular Sciences – Molecular Cell Biology and to be a suitable candidate for a
subsequent course of study leading to a career in research. Having completed the
programme, the student should have developed a critical scientific approach and an
awareness of the ethical and societal aspects of Molecular Cell Biology.
7.5.3 Final attainment levels
Master’s graduates possess an academic attitude and academic skills. This means that
Master’s graduates are able to:
Independently acquire information in a biological or medical biological field
(with emphasis on biomolecular and cell biological aspects), and to analyse,
summarize and critically evaluate this information.
Select and order information, to distinguish essentials from trivialities, and to
make associations.
Think in multidisciplinary terms, and to possess an understanding of other
disciplines (and sub-disciplines) that are important to their own specialism.
Independently and critically analyse research, both in relation to its design and
performance, and to the results obtained.
Draw up a research plan, giving details of experimental design, performance and
analysis.
Produce a written report and a verbal presentation of the research in English.
Apply their scientific knowledge to social questions.
Make an intrinsic contribution to scientific discussions relating to research plans
or to discussions of research results.
Evaluate their own performance, both introspectively and in discussion with
others.
Reflect on the ethical aspects of research or its uses, and include these
deliberations in the decision-making process.
Knowledge
Mastery of the field’s conceptual framework, understanding of the state of the art
in terms of developing theories and insight into the most important current
research issues in the biomolecular and cell biological subdiscipline.
Can apply this knowledge in the design of research and in solving emerging
problems.
Has the ability to use the principles from the different disciplines (such as
mathematics, physics, chemistry and biochemistry) to tackle molecular- and cell
biological problems.
An appreciation of the place of molecular cell biology and biomolecular sciences
in biology, biomedical science and science in general.
A familiarity with general scientific journals such as Nature, Science or PNAS,
and international journals in the fields of biochemistry, molecular biology and cell
biology.
An appreciation of the scientific and social relevance of the biomolecular and cell
biological field, and of current research in this area.
Skills
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 125
Understand and summarize scientific literature.
Design and execute experiments in the fields of biomolecular sciences and cell
biology and analyse the results.
Command of advanced research techniques and laboratory procedures.
Record and report on the results of these experiments.
Collaborate with researchers from the same and other disciplines.
Command of the use of computer software relevant for the field.
Sufficient knowledge of mathematical and statistical methods applicable to the
field.
7.5.4 Programme
This programme gives a thorough grounding in the subjects and methods of the
Institute of Molecular Cell Biology (IMC), as well as providing a solid preparation
for one or more traineeships. The programme of Biomolecular Sciences - Molecular
Cell Biology consists of the following components, with the study load for each
component given in credits This applies to all first year students who register for a
Master’s programme for the first time in 2006-2007.
General compulsory courses, 9 credits total
Scientific writing in English (471023), 3 credits
Ethics (470707), 3 credits
History of Life sciences (471017), 3 credits
Research projects, 66 credits total
First research project, 30-36 credits
Second research project, 30-36 credits
Thesis based on literature survey, 9 credits
Molecular Cell Biology-specific compulsory courses (18 credits)
Optional courses (18 credits)
Students are free to earn their 18 credits for optional study by taking courses within
the Master’s programme, or Capita Selecta. All students need to ask approval for their
exam programme prior to the start, more information is given in paragraph
'Programme approval'.
The following scheme gives an overview of the courses and capita for the year 2006-
2007.
126 Life Sciences
Week Name Code Credits
General compulsory courses
various Scientific Writing in English 471023 3
2-3 History of Life Sciences 471017 3
4-5 Ethics 470707 3
Compulsory courses, at least 3 from:
36-39 Protein Science or 470145 6
Integrative Bioinformatics and 470611 6
Genomics
40-43 Genomes and Gene Expression 470614 6
44-47 Cell Structures and Functions or 470615 6
Developmental Biology 470613 6
48-51 Molecular Cell Physiology and 470616 6
Function or
Extreme Biology 470509 6
6-9 Biological Fluorescence 470609 6
Capita Selecta, optional
Caput Molecular Biotechnology 470604 6
Caput Cellular Protein Trafficking 470605 6
Caput Epigenetics 470606 6
Caput Structural Biology 470607 6
Caput Protein Structure as Molecular 470120 6
Basis of Disease
Capita Selecta are offered on individual basis throughout the year
7.5.5 Elective options
Courses from other MSc programmes
The scope for optional components in the various programmes involves opting for
components of the Master's programme not yet taken. As an alternative, the optional
component may also be partly or completely fulfilled by taking components from
other university Master's programmes. This alternative requires the prior permission
of the examining board. Students should send a written request, accompanied with a
course description (in Dutch or English), amount of credits, academic level (MSc or
BSc, beginners or advanced), the course code and a motivation to the examination
board well before the start of the course. Before granting permission, the examining
board will evaluate the content, academic level and cohesion of the programme.
Courses from BSc programmes
The optional component can also be partly fulfilled by taking components not yet
taken belonging to the Bachelor's programme at the Vrije Universiteit, with a
maximum of 12 credits. Students should send a written request, accompanied with a
course description (in Dutch or English), academic level (1st, 2nd or 3rd year's
course), the course code and credits, and a motivation to the examination board well
before the start of the course.
Extension of research project
The examining board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional studies to
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 127
extend a research project. The student must request this to the examining board in
writing preferably before the start, but at least 8 weeks before the end of the research
project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to the work in question.
Minor
With regard to optional courses, it is also possible for students to channel their
opportunities for optional studies into taking a minor subject. The choice of a minor
subject has to be submitted to the examining board for approval. The scope of the
minor subject has to be a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 18 credits.
7.6 Registration for courses and interim examinations
7.6.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations
Students must register for participation in all course modules and other programme
components at least four weeks before they start, by means of TIS. Newly enrolled
students to our faculty are exempted from this rule for course modules of the first
period of the university calendar (September- October). They should, however,
register for courses from the second period onwards.
Students must, in addition to registration for courses, also register for interim
examinations, and re-sits thereof, by means of TIS. Registration windows for exams
are opened until 1 week before the examination date. Cancelling your earlier
registration can, therefore, also be done until 1 week before the examination.
More information about the regulations and about TIS can be found in chapter School
of Life Sciences and also on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: >
Studenten > Reglementen > Regels inschrijven TIS > 'Procedure for registration in
TIS'.
7.7 Programme proposal and approval
7.7.1 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student, to improve
long-term organisation of the courses (number of lecturers and availability of lecture
rooms on the basis of estimated students) and to prevent disappointment about
rejection of the programme by the examination board near the end of the programme,
when a student applies for the final examination and certificate (graduation).
The student submits a programme proposal, also known as master plan, with the
intentional components, prior to the start of the master programme or at the latest one
month after the start. This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator (dr.
K. Krab or dr. H.S. van Walraven). Students should submit their final proposal nine
months after the start of the programme, but at least before the start of the second
research project/ work placement/internship. The master co-ordinator checks if the
intended programme meets the requirements stated in the Academic and Examination
Regulations (AER). If the programme does not meet the requirements, the master co-
ordinator rejects the proposal and, if necessary, gives the student information about
fulfilling the requirements. The master co-ordinator can also advise students about the
possibilities to request approval from the examination board for deviate programmes.
128 Life Sciences
Forms for programme proposals/master plan can be obtained from the master co-
ordinator.
7.7.2 Programme approval and final examination
In order to complete an MSc examination, the student’s individual programme,
comprised of all educational components to be incorporated in the exam, will have to
be approved by the master co-ordinator. The programme should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) of the
academic year in which the examination is taken. The master co-ordinator checks if
all programme elements have been finished successfully. If the programme is
approved, students can apply for their final examination at the study secretariat. If all
requirements are met, the application is sent to the examination board. The
examination board will make a final decision on fulfilment of all demands judged
from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with regulations in the
AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed.
Contrary to above, the examining board may approve of programme components
stated in AERs that are not older than three years preceding the year in which the
exam is taken, including AERs of the five-year degree programmes which preceded
the present bachelor-master programmes. Any changes (for instance in optional
course modules) in a programme that has already been approved of, require re-
approval by the examination board.
More information about the final examination (graduation) and certificate can be
found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
7.8 Examination board
7.8.1 Examination board
The examination board handles admission requests to the degree programmes,
approval of examination programmes, exemptions from sitting interim exams,
determines the result of the final examination, et cetera. Students are advised to
consult their master coordinator or student counsellor about the feasibility of their
request before they submit a request to the examination board. Written requests can
be addressed to the administrative secretary of the Examination Board for the
programmes in Biomolecular Sciences, dr. H.S. van Walraven, Vrije Universiteit,
Faculteit ALW, De Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam. Students should take into
account that examining board meets once every 4-6 weeks. Correspondence to the
board should be sent well before its meeting dates (at least one week). For graduation,
different terms apply.
More information about the examining board, final examination (graduation) and
certificate can be found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
7.9 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
7.9.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
The faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature
Study Regulations’ which has reference to programme components in which students
more or less independently carry out a research project that is concluded with the
writing of a report or thesis. Details with respect to this regulation can be consulted
on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > student > Master’s programmes
> General info all programmes > Student placement/internship and literature
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 129
regulations and forms master's Life Sciences. Both supervisors and student are
strongly advised to read the regulations well prior to the start of the project. Some
excerpts are given below.
Approval of projects
Prior to participating in any work placement/internship and thesis, both student and
two faculty staff members involved should fill out a written application and
agreement form. This form (for traineeships, internships, research projects) can be
downloaded from the above-mentioned web page. The form concerns details on
supervision, amount of time to be invested, allotted study credits, safety regulations,
etc. The application and agreement form should include a description of the project.
The forms have to be handed in at the co-ordinator of the master programme. The
master co-ordinator approves or rejects the projects on behalf of the examination
board.
Assessment
The final assessment work placement/internship and thesis is established according to
the assessment form. This form can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web
page (is part of the document including the approval and agreement form).In order to
have the mark registered by the study secretary, the student should hand in one copy
of the thesis and an evaluation form, to the student secretary.
Work placement/ Research project/ Master thesis
The faculty does not have a service office specifically providing information about
the possible subjects for, and organisations at which to execute a traineeship, research
project, or master thesis. Please ask any of the faculty staff members and master co-
ordinators for options inside and outside university.
7.9.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project
A number of projects can be executed outside the university proper, for instance in
trade and industry, or at a foreign university. All of these projects are, like the internal
projects, subject to the ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study
Regulations’. The external traineeship/research project is executed under supervision
and responsibility of two supervisors: one external tutor and one internal tutor who is
affiliated with the degree program concerned. Students should first find a supervisor
before making arrangements with external parties. More information about approval,
supervision and assessment can be found in ‘Student Placement (Internship) and
Literature Study Regulations’.
7.9.3 Thesis guidelines
In general, a thesis is handed in to the supervisor(s) in draft first, before finishing a
final version in which comments by the supervisor(s) have been taken into account.
Students should inform themselves of the presence of supervisors, when planning
dates for handing in draft and final versions. This is especially important in summer
and some months preceding summer. Supervisors may be absent during these times
(due to e.g. meetings abroad or holidays), and will therefore not be able to amend and
assess a thesis at short notice. The first page of a report/thesis should include
statement of:
The title of the report or thesis;
130 Life Sciences
The author and date of publication;
The name of the organisation at which the project was done;
The name of the internal supervisor;
The name of the second internal supervisor, or external organisation’s supervisor;
The credits.
More information about approval, supervision and assessment can be found in
‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study Regulations’.
7.10 Further study and career prospects
7.10.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market
Spending part of the study in external traineeships and research projects is a good
way to prepare for and familiarise oneself with the labour market. In addition,
orientation towards the labour market is facilitated by so-called 'bedrijvendagen'
('businesses' days), organised by NiBi, and by attending seminars given by people
from trade and industry, that are organised every year at a different Dutch university.
More information on NiBi can be found on the Dutch website www.nibi.nl
Each year, the 'Stichting Bèta Bedrijvencontactdag Amsterdam' (SBBA) organises a
business contact day intended for MSc and PhD students in Sciences at the Vrije
Universiteit (VU) and the Universiteit van Amsterdam (UvA). This day is
customarily organised in March or April and students receive an invitation,
programme, and registration form beforehand. Businesses and companies present
themselves and inform students about career perspectives, either at information
booths or by plenary seminars. Students can also request a personal appointment with
representatives of a certain company by sending in their cv. This may result in an
invitation for an interview at one of the 'gesprekkendagen' organised in May. More
information on SBBA can be obtained at www.sbba.nl
7.10.2 Postgraduate degree programmes
The master degree gives access to a number of PhD degree programmes (AIO- or
OIO-opleiding) at the Vrije Universiteit, or elsewhere.
PhD degree programmes
PhD-programmes are organised within a number of research schools within the
faculty:
Graduate School Neurosciences Amsterdam (ONWA)
Graduate School and Research Center BioCentrum Amsterdam
Netherlands Research School for the Socio-Economic and Natural Sciences of the
Environment (SENSE)
School for Atmospheric and Maritime Research (SAMO).
The PhD programme always consists of carrying out a research project, leading to a
PhD thesis/dissertation, and of several compulsory or elective course modules. For
more information on PhD-programmes and Research Schools please refer the
internet: http://www.falw.vu.nl > onderzoeksinstituten.
Biomolecular Sciences (MSc) 131
132 Life Sciences
8 Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and
Life Sciences (MSc)
8.1 General
8.1.1 Programme, specialisations and study load
The programme of the master Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in
Health and Life Sciences (MPA) focuses on conducting research on the interface of
science and society aiming to contribute to the solution of complex societal problems.
The Master programme MPA provides, besides strengthening of the bachelor
scientific background, a broadening of the knowledge and skills in disciplines such as
policy science, sociology, management studies, and sciences and societal studies.
Students learn to analyse (complex) societal problems related to the health and life
sciences; to effectively communicate and collaborate with researchers of different
scientific disciplines (other than health and life sciences) and societal actors; and to
formulate strategies to solve (complex) societal problems by conducting
interdisciplinary research.
Within the Master programme MPA students can specialise within three
specialisations:
Health & Life sciences-based Policy
Health & Life Sciences-based Management and Entrepreneurship
International Public Health
The programme is only available in a full time setting. The study load is 120 credit
points (or study points = stp.) divided over 2 years (60 points per year). One credit
point equals 28 hours of study (in conformity with the European Credit Transfer
System, ECTS) and consists of actual participation in lectures and practical courses,
training sessions, writing of reports and studying for interim examinations. The study
load of each of the course modules is stated at the course descriptions in this guide.
The course language is English, but when only Dutch speaking students participate in
the course, the course language will be Dutch.
All students need to ask approval for their exam programme prior to the start, more
information is given in paragraph 'Programme approval'.
Online information with respect to the programme and course module descriptions
can be found at http://www.studiegids.vu.nl> Aard- en levenswetenschappen > MSc
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences and
http://www.mpa.vu.
8.1.2 Aim
The aim of the programme is to provide students with the knowledge and skills
required to operate as an independent professional within the field of policy,
management and entrepreneurship in the health and life sciences, and to be a suitable
candidate for a subsequent course of study leading to a career in research. Having
completed the programme the student should have developed a critical scientific
attitude and competences. The specific knowledge and skills acquired in the
programme are listed below.
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences 133
(MSc)
8.2 Admission
8.2.1 Admission requirements
Admission to the Master Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in the
Health and Life Sciences is given to students with a certification from the Vrije
Universiteit of:
Bachelor of science in Biology
Bachelor of science in Biomedical Sciences
Bachelor of science in Health Sciences
Bachelor of science in Medical Natural Sciences
Bachelor of science in Medical Informatics
Bachelor of science in Bio-Informatics
Bachelor of science in Bio-Chemistry
Bachelor of science in Pharmaceutical sciences
on the condition that they have basic knowledge of policy and management processes
(as evident by the course programme followed). In case of deficiency students can
obtain the relevant knowledge through a self-study package followed by an exam
prior to the start of the academic year.
Students who are in the possession of a Bachelors degree of a Dutch University other
than the degrees mentioned above, or students with an other bachelor degree from the
Dutch higher vocational qualification (HLO) do not have direct admission to the
Master programme. When students are only deficient in basic knowledge of policy
and management processes, they can obtain the relevant knowledge through a self-
study package followed by an exam prior to the start of the academic year. In case of
serious deficiency, the examination board has the right to decide that the student
should take the pre-master class. The duration of the pre-master class depends on the
qualification and is 60 credits maximum.
Students with a Bachelor of science degree from a foreign university are welcome to
apply, the admissions board will assess their application.
For all students with a higher vocational qualification the VU holds that they are
required to conduct a pre-master assessment, but the result is not binding.
8.2.2 Participation in master courses without a BSc degree
The examining board may decide to admit the student to certain interim examinations
of an MSc programme (specified in AER) even before he or she has successfully
completed the BSc degree or the premaster traject.
For study year 2006-2007 a BSc student at the Vrije Universiteit is admitted to certain
interim examinations of the MSc programme Health Sciences provided that:
the student started the BSc programme not earlier than study year 2003-2004;
the student has completed all courses in the first and second year within the
appropriate BSc programme at the Vrije Universiteit;
the student has accumulated at least 168 credit points within the appropriate BSc
programme at the Vrije Universiteit.
The maximum period for which a student without a BSc degree can participate in
components of the master's programme is 12 months, calculated from the beginning
134 Life Sciences
of the academic year. Students that started the above mentioned BSc programme
before September 2003 but have not finished the BSc programme, do not have access
to components of the MSc programme. The rules for participation in components of
the MSc programme without BSc will be accentuated for study year 2007-2008.
8.3 Final attainment levels
8.3.1 Final attainment levels
The MSc graduate possesses an academic attitude, skills and competences on research
in the interface of science and society aiming to contribute to the solution of complex
societal problems. This means that Master’s graduates have the following
competences:
Analysis of complex societal problems related to 'health and life sciences' from
both the own beta-discipline as well as relevant gamma-discipline
Effective collaboration and communication with researchers of other scientific
disciplines (other than 'health and life sciences') and with societal actors
Formulation of strategies to solve (complex) societal problems by executing
interdisciplinary research.
Knowledge
Knowledge and insights of the beta-discipline beyond the level of bachelor
knowledge
Knowledge of and insight into important concepts and theories in the field of
policy sciences, management studies, sociology, philosophy and science and
technology studies
Insights in the relation of these gamma disciplines with natural sciences-
especially 'health and life sciences'
Familiarity with scientific journals in the field of policy and management studies
as well as Science, Technology and Society studies
Knowledge and insights in relevant concepts and theories for effective
communication and collaboration
Knowledge and insights in interdisciplinary research aiming to solve complex
societal problems
Understanding of the concepts and current state-of-the-art with respect to theory
development, as well as to have insight in the most important research questions
and methodological aspects, within interdisciplinary research.
Insights into the scientific and societal relevance of interdisciplinary research
Insight in the methodological aspects of interdisciplinary research.
Insights in group processes and methods and techniques to mange processes
effectively
Skills
Acquire relevant information in the field of Health and Life sciences and relevant
gamma-disciplines, by conducting literature study and empirical research
independently.
Critically analyse and evaluate both new and existing knowledge independently.
Contribute to scientific discussions on planning of research or on research results.
Integrate knowledge and insight of the beta and gamma disciplines.
Communicate and collaborate with researchers of diverse scientific disciplines as
well as professionals from industry, public health, policy makers and citizens.
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences 135
(MSc)
Explain fundamental assumptions and theoretical insights from the beta discipline
to both scientific and non-scientific target groups.
Present the findings of the research both written and orally.
Set up research design including background, aim, research questions,
methodology and workplan of the research.
Work in project teams.
Formulate solutions for societal problems taking into account the ethical and
normative questions.
Select, adapt, combine and apply methods and techniques in interdisciplinary
research and to critically evaluate these independently.
Develop own learning objectives and evaluate his or her own functioning, both by
self-reflection and in discussions with others.
Ability to obtain new knowledge and skills in future work situations.
8.4 Study advice and guidance
8.4.1 Master co-ordinator
Each master degree programme, or specialisation within a degree programme, has its
own co-ordinator. The co-ordinators are members of faculty staff that have been
appointed specific co-ordination, information and advisory tasks with respect to
students or candidate students in a specific study programme. In general, personal
contact between faculty staff and students is good at our faculty, providing for easy
exchange of information, help and advice, and guidance in case of individual
problems. Do not hesitate to contact your specific co-ordinator whenever you need.
The MSc co-ordinator is the persons to approach with questions to which the faculty
Study Guide, meetings with the programme co-ordinator(s) or faculty information
meetings provide no answers. But the MSc co-ordinator is also the contact person for
admittance to the programme, can help to set up a customised study plan and gives
approval of programmes for graduation application.
The general co-ordinator for the master Management, Policy-Analysis and
Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences (master co-ordinator) is dr. M.B.M.
Zweekhorst. Address: Faculty of Earth and Life Sciences, Department Biology and
Society, De Boelelaan 1085, Room U-546, phone (020) 5987033, e-mail
marjolein.zweekhorst@falw.vu.nl.
8.4.2 Student counsellor
Student counsellors are the persons to approach in the case of special personal
circumstances affecting one’s studies, for example an illness or family circumstances.
The student counsellor for Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in
Health and Life Sciences is drs. H. Eenhoorn, room C-148a, phone (020) 598 7012, e-
mail hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl. Office hours on Tuesdays and Thursdays from
12:00 - 2:00 pm, or by appointment.
8.5 Programme
136 Life Sciences
8.5.1 General programme
The Master MPA is a two-year programme and consists of 120 credits. The course
language is English, but when only Dutch speaking students participate in the course,
the course language will be Dutch.
The Master’s examination programme consists of the following components, with the
study load for each component given in credits. This applies to all first year students
who register for a Master’s programme for the first time in 2006-2007.
Compulsory courses (33 credits):
Analysis of governmental policy (6 credits)
Communication, Organization and Management (6 credits)
Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods (6 credits)
Managing Science and Technology in Society (6 credits)
Scientific writing in English* (3 credits)
History of Life sciences* (3 credits)
Ethics* (3 credits)
Optional courses (12 credits)
Beta-orientated course (6 credits)
Two internships* (60 credits)
Thesis* (9 credits)
*These parts are compulsory for all Master students in the Life and Health sciences
The programme for students started in 2005-2006 is:
Compulsory courses (33 credits):
Analysis of governmental policy (6 credits)
Communication, Organization and Management (6 credits)
Business Management (3 credits)
Research Methods (6 credits)
Science, Technology and Society Studies (3 credits)
Scientific writing in English* (3 credits)
History of Life sciences* (3 credits)
Ethics* (3 credits)
Optional courses (18 credits)
Two internships* (60 credits)
Thesis* (9 credits)
*These parts are compulsory for all Master students in the Life and Health sciences
MPA students can specialise in three specialisation:
Health & Life sciences-based Policy
Health & Life sciences-based Management and Entrepreneurship
International Public Health
To obtain the annotation for a certain specialisation on the master degree certificate,
students need to select at least 12 credits courses from the set of courses specified for
every specialisation. In addition, students need to write their thesis (9 credits) and
conduct at least one of their internships (30 credits) within the specialisation. Of
course it is also possible to do a ‘free’ programme.
8.5.2 First year
First year students start the Master's programme with two compulsory courses,
followed by some optional courses, the beta-orientated course and another
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences 137
(MSc)
compulsory course. Next. students conduct their internship. The programme for first
year courses in 2006-2007 is as follows:
Week Courses C/O Code Credits
36-39 Analysis of Governmental Policy C 470571 6
40-43 Communication, organisation and C 470572 6
management
Beta-orientated course from other C
Master programmes
48-51 Business Management in Health O 470584 6
and Life Sciences
2-5 Qualitative and Quantitative C 470582 6
Research methods
various Scientific Writing in English C 471023 3
(in first or second year)
C= compulsory, O= optional
No courses are programmed in week 44-47. Student can choose a bèta oriented course
from an other MSc programme.
8.5.3 Second year
Second year students combine compulsory with optional courses. These optional
courses are designed to deepen knowledge of certain areas. The choice of courses will
depend on the students' interests and the focus of the internship.
The programme for second year courses in 2006-2007 (for students that started the
MSc programme in 2005-2006) is as follows:
Week Courses C/O Code Credits
36-39 Research Methods C 470577 6
40-43 Containment Strategies for O 470127 6
Infectious Diseases
40-41 Interpersoonlijke Communicatie O 991000 3
42-43 Interactieve Communicatie O 470562 3
44-45 Science, Technology and Society C 470553 3
Studies
46-47 Clinical Development and clinical O 470574 3
trials
Interactive Health Assessment O 470578 3
48-51 Entrepreneurship in Health and Life O 470575 6
Science
Health Globalisation and Human O 470818 6
Rights
Interactive Research in Practice O 470579 6
2-3 History of Life Sciences C 471017 3
4-5 Ethics C 470707 3
various Scientific Writing in English C 471023 3
(in first or second year)
C=compulsory, O=optional
138 Life Sciences
The programme for second year courses in 2007-2008 (for students that start the MSc
programme in 2006-2007) will be presented in the study guide for study year 2007-
2008.
8.5.4 Specialisation Health and Life Science-Based Policy
This specialisation offers the opportunity to become an expert in the field of policy.
Career opportunities are policy preparation at government and different public health
organisations or as a scientific researcher at the university.
Programme of specialisation Health and Life sciences-based Policy is as follows:
Week Courses Code Credits
42-43 Interactive Communication 470562 3
46-47 Interactive Health Technology Assessment 470578 3
48-51 Interactive Research in Practice 470779 6
Caput: Interactive Science and Technology 470568 3
Policy
Caput: Knowledge Integration & Patient 470569 3
Participation
For a specialisation all above listed courses and Capita Selecta have to be finished
successfully.
8.5.5 Specialisation Health and Life Science-Based Management and Entrepreneurship
The specialisation Health & Life science-based Management and Entrepreneurship
prepares students for a career in a pharmaceutical company, e.g. as a Clinical
Research Assistant and advisor, or to establish one's own business.
Week Courses Code Credits
46-47 Clinical Development and Clinical Trials 470574 3
48-51 Business Management in Health and Life 470584 6
Sciences
48-51 Entrepreneurship In Health and Life 470575 6
Sciences
Caput: Criteria for Corporate Social 470564 3
Responsibility
Caput: Success Factors in Sustainable 470581 3
Innovations by SME's
For a specialisation all above listed courses and Capita Selecta have to be finished
successfully.
8.5.6 Specialisation International Public Health
The specialisation International Public Health (IPH) has a special focus on public
health from a global perspective. This orientation prepares students for a career at a
university, ministry, non-governmental or international organisation.
Week Courses Code Credits
40-43 Containment Strategies for Infectious 470127 6
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences 139
(MSc)
Diseases
48-51 Health Globalisation and Human Rights 470818 6
2-5 Nutrition and Infectious Diseases 470816 6
Caput Institutionalizing Participatory 470567 3
Approaches in the South
Caput Dilemmas in the Implementation of 470565 3
Public Health Programmes
For a specialisation all above listed courses and Capita Selecta have to be finished
successfully.
8.6 Elective options
8.6.1 Elective options
Course modules listed for the various specialisations are considered elective optional
modules. Student can choose from any of these coursed within their free elective
programmes. one course that is not listed under one of these specialisations but can
also be chosen is:
Caput: Democratization of technology development, code 470580, 3 credits.
The examination board can, to a limited extent (no more than 6 credits), grant the
student permission to use the time that is normally reserved for optional courses to
extend a period of work placement. The student must request this to the examination
board in writing preferably before the start, but at least 8 weeks before the end of the
research project. The request must be underpinned by reasons related to the work in
question.
8.7 Registration for courses and interim examinations
8.7.1 Registration for courses and interim examinations
Students must register for participation in all course modules and other programme
components at least four weeks before they start, by means of TIS. Newly enrolled
students to our faculty are exempted from this rule for course modules of the first
period of the university calendar (September- October). They should, however,
register for courses from the second period onwards.
Students must, in addition to registration for courses, also register for interim
examinations, and re-sits thereof, by means of TIS. Registration windows for exams
are opened until 1 week before the examination date. Cancelling your earlier
registration can, therefore, also be done until 1 week before the examination.
More information about the regulations and about TIS can be found in chapter School
of Life Sciences and also on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: >
studenten > Reglementen > Regels inschrijven TIS > 'Procedure for registration in
TIS'.
8.8 Programme proposal and approval
140 Life Sciences
8.8.1 Programme proposal (master plan)
Every student needs to ask for approval of his/her intended Master's programme prior
to the start of the study, to improve planning of the study by the student, to improve
long-term organisation of the courses (number of lecturers and availability of lecture
rooms on the basis of estimated students) and to prevent disappointment about
rejection of the programme by the examination board near the end of the programme,
when a student applies for the final examination and certificate (graduation).
The student submits a programme proposal, also known as master plan, with the
intentional components, prior to the start of the master programme or at the latest one
month after the start. This proposal has to be handed in at the master co-ordinator (dr.
M. Zweekhorst). Students should submit their final proposal nine months after the
start of the programme, but at least before the start of the second research project/
work placement/internship. The master co-ordinator checks if the intended
programme meets the requirements stated in the Academic and Examination
Regulations (AER). If the programme does not meet the requirements, the master co-
ordinator rejects the proposal and, if necessary, gives the student information about
fulfilling the requirements. The master co-ordinator can also advise students about the
possibilities to request approval from the examination board for deviate programmes.
Forms for programme proposals can be obtained from the master co-ordinator.
8.8.2 Programme approval and final examination
In order to complete an MSc examination, the student’s individual programme,
comprised of all educational components to be incorporated in the exam, will have to
be approved by the master co-ordinator. The programme should meet the
requirements stated in the Academic and Examination Regulations (AER) of the
academic year in which the examination is taken. The master co-ordinator checks if
all programme elements have been finished successfully. If the programme is
approved, students can apply for their final examination at the study secretariat. If all
requirements are met, the application is sent to the examination board. The
examination board will make a final decision on fulfilment of all demands judged
from the registered study results of the candidate, in agreement with regulations in the
AER. The board then determines whether the exam is passed.
Contrary to above, the examining board may approve of programme components
stated in AERs that are not older than three years preceding the year in which the
exam is taken, including AERs of the five-year degree programmes which preceded
the present bachelor-master programmes. Any changes (for instance in optional
course modules) in a programme that has already been approved of, require re-
approval by the examination board.
More information about the final examination (graduation) and certificate can be
found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'
8.9 Examination board
8.9.1 Examination board
The examination board handles admission requests to the degree programmes,
approval of final examination programmes, exemptions from sitting interim exams,
determines the result of the final examination, et cetera. Students are advised to
consult their master coordinator or student counsellor about the feasibility of their
request before they submit a request to the examination board. Written requests can
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences 141
(MSc)
be addressed to the administrative secretary of the Examination Board for the MSc
programmes in MPA: drs. C. Heuvelman, Vrije Universiteit, Faculteit ALW, De
Boelelaan 1085, 1081 HV Amsterdam, e-mail ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl. Students
should take into account that examining board meets once every 4-6 weeks.
Correspondence to the board should be sent well before its meeting dates (at least one
week). For graduation, different terms apply.
More information about the examining board, final examination (graduation) and
certificate can be found in the chapter 'School of Life Sciences'.
8.10 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
8.10.1 Work placement/internship and thesis regulation
The faculty has drawn up a specific ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature
Study Regulations’ which has reference to programme components in which students
more or less independently carry out a research project that is concluded with the
writing of a report or thesis. Details with respect to this regulation can be consulted
on the internet page: http://www.falw.vu.nl under: > student > Master’s programmes
> General info all programmes > Student placement/internship and literature
regulations and forms master's Life Sciences. In addition the ATHENA institute has
set some specific rules and regulations concerning the MPA internships, these
regulations will be handed out during the first course in September. Some excerpts
are given below.
Finding an Internship
The internship coordinator (drs. Ciska Heuvelman) can advise you which internship
would suit your interests and ambitions best. You can make an appointment to discuss
your plans and assess the available options. She can also inform you about the
possible subjects for, and organisations at which to execute a traineeship, research
project or master thesis.
Approval of projects
Prior to participating in any work placement/internship and thesis, both student and
two faculty staff members involved should fill out a written application and
agreement form. This form (for traineeships, internships, research projects) can be
downloaded from the above-mentioned web page. The form concerns details on
supervision, amount of time to be invested, allotted study credits, safety regulations,
etc. The application and agreement form should include a description of the project.
The forms have to be handed in at the internship co-ordinator of the master
programme. The master co-ordinator approves or rejects the projects on behalf of the
examination board.
Assessment
The final assessment work placement/internship and thesis is established according to
the assessment form. One part of assessment is the presentation of the internship, this
will be graded in the 'Internship evaluation week', attendance is compulsory as part of
the programme.
The Assessment form can be downloaded from the above-mentioned web page (is
part of the document including the approval and agreement form).In order to have the
142 Life Sciences
mark registered by the study secretary, the student should hand in one copy of the
thesis and an evaluation form, to the student secretary.
8.10.2 External work placement/traineeship/research project
A number of projects can be executed outside the university proper, for instance in
trade and industry, or at a foreign university. All of these projects are, like the internal
projects, subject to the ‘Student Placement (Internship) and Literature Study
Regulations’. The external traineeship/research project is executed under supervision
and responsibility of two supervisors: one external tutor and one internal tutor who is
affiliated with the degree program concerned. Students should first find a supervisor
before making arrangements with external parties. More information about approval,
supervision and assessment can be found in ‘Student Placement (Internship) and
Literature Study Regulations’.
8.10.3 Thesis guidelines
In general, a thesis is handed in to the supervisor(s) in draft first, before finishing a
final version in which comments by the supervisor(s) have been taken into account.
Students should inform themselves of the presence of supervisors, when planning
dates for handing in draft and final versions. This is especially important in summer
and some months preceding summer. Supervisors may be absent during these times
(due to e.g. meetings abroad or holidays), and will therefore not be able to amend and
assess a thesis at short notice. The first page of a report/thesis should include
statement of:
The title of the report or thesis;
The author and date of publication;
The name of the organisation at which the project was done;
The name of the internal supervisor;
The name of the second internal supervisor, or external organisation’s supervisor;
The credits.
8.11 Further study and career prospects
8.11.1 Orientation towards a career and the labour market
Spending part of the study in external traineeships and research projects is a good
way to prepare for and familiarise oneself with the labour market. In addition,
orientation towards the labour market is facilitated by so-called 'bedrijvendagen'
(businesses' days), organised by NiBi, and by attending seminars given by people
from trade and industry, that are organised every year at a different Dutch university.
More information on NiBi can be found on the Dutch website www.nibi.nl
Each year, the 'Stichting Bèta Bedrijvencontactdag Amsterdam' (SBBA) organises a
business contact day intended for MSc and PhD students in Sciences at the Vrije
Universiteit (VU) and the Universiteit van Amsterdam (UvA). This day is
customarily organised in March or April and students receive an invitation,
programme, and registration form beforehand. Businesses and companies present
themselves and inform students about career perspectives, either at information
booths or by plenary seminars. Students can also request a personal appointment with
representatives of a certain company by sending in their cv. This may result in an
invitation for an interview at one of the 'gesprekkendagen' organised in May. More
information on SBBA can be obtained at www.sbba.nl
Management, Policy-Analysis and Entrepreneurship in Health and Life Sciences 143
(MSc)
8.11.2 Postgraduate degree programmes
The master degree gives access to a number of PhD degree programmes (AIO- or
OIO-opleiding) at the Vrije Universiteit, or elsewhere.
PhD degree programmes
PhD-programmes are organised within a number of research schools within the
faculty:
Graduate School Neurosciences Amsterdam (ONWA)
Graduate School and Research Center BioCentrum Amsterdam
Inter University Centre for Geo-ecological Research (ICG)
Netherlands Research School for the Socio-Economic and Natural Sciences of the
Environment (SENSE)
School for Atmospheric and Maritime Research (SAMO).
The PhD programme always consists of carrying out a research project, leading to a
PhD thesis/dissertation, and of several compulsory or elective course modules. For
more information on PhD-programmes and Research Schools please refer the
internet: http://www.falw.vu.nl > onderzoeksinstituten.
Interuniversity research school
• Science and Technology in modern culture (WTMC)
This school is more specific for of the graduates of MPA master programme
144 Life Sciences
9 Programme components
subject Advanced Methods in Public Health Research
code 470801
lecturer prof.dr. J.W.R. Twisk
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim After this course, the students will understand the basic principles of multiple
regression analysis (both the building of association models and prediction
models), multilevel analysis and longitudinal data analysis. Furthermore,
they will be able to perform these techniques with standard software
packages: level 3
content In the lectures several aspect of advanced methodology will be introduced
and discussed. In the computer-practical, these advanced methods will be
applied with several software packages, such as SPSS, MLwiN and STATA.
In the last part of the course, the students will get a complicated dataset and
they have to answer a complicated research question. The results of their
analyses must be written in a 'short' paper and must be presented in an oral
presentation. The following advanced methodological topics will be
discussed:
Multiple regression analysis
Association models/ Prediction models
Multilevel analysis
Longitudinal data analysis
form of tuition Lectures
Computer practical
Research assignment
Oral presentation
Writing part of a scientific paper
literature Sheets of the lectures
Twisk JWR. Applied longitudinal data analysis for epidemiology. A
practical guide. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2003.
Twisk JWR. Applied multilevel analysis. A practical guide. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2006
mode of assessment Written exam
Oral presentation
Paper
entry requirements Students must have knowledge of 'standard' linear, logistic and Cox-
regression analysis.
remarks Course will be taught in Dutch!
subject Advanced Microscopy and Vital Imaging
code 470756
co-ordinator dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
lecturer Several lecturers
credits 2
period 2nd semester, contact co-ordinator
content Location: BioPartner Center Maastricht, Oxfordlaan 70, Maastricht, Room
0.926
Programme components (MSc) 145
Topics:
Using optical tweezers for the study of cytoskeleton-based force
generation
Basic microscopy and image aquisition
Microscopic techniques, including fluorescence, phase contrast,
polarization microscopy and differential interference contrast (DIC)
Confocal scanning laser microscopy
Live cell imaging using GFP-technology in combination with CSLM
Two-photon laser microscopy for the three-diimensional study of tissues
Mechanical protperties of cells measured by Atomic Force Microscopy
Electron cryo-microscopy : probing into the living cell
Vital imaging of calcium-fluxes : application in thrombus formation
Application of design-based stereology in neuroscience
remarks For further information, please contact Dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
subject Advanced Molecular Immunology and Cell Biology
code 470656
lecturer prof.dr Y. van Kooyk (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 4.9.2006 - 29.9.2006
aim To understand cellular interactions within the immune system and how
molecular diversity is generated to regulate immune responses.
To acquire insight into the various strategies of host immune responses
against pathogens, and how pathogens escape proper immune responses.
To acquire insight into the various strategies of the host to positively or
negatively affect immune responses during cancer.
To understand the mechanism by which the immune system regulates
either immune activation or tolerance induction.
To acquire insight in the mechanism of cell migration within the immune
system.
To apply the acquired knowledge and interpret scientific literature and
scientific hypotheses of each of the topics described above.
content Immunology is a rapid growing field of research in medicine and attracts a
lot of attention for its contribution in various diseases such as infection
diseases, cancer and auto-immunity. The course will give the student the
opportunity to enhance the knowledge on the scientific aspects within the
field of immunology. Special focus lays on the immunological processes
underlying homeostasis control i.e.. tolerance induction, immunity, antigen
presentation and processes that lead to the development of inflammatory
diseases (infection diseases through pathogens), auto-immunity (neuro-
immunology) and cancer. As this is an advanced course in the field of
immunology, and will go into depth particular on molecular details, students
should be familiar with basic immunology preferably via a previous basic
training course in immunology.
form of tuition The course covers immunological processes at the molecular level, and
consists of lectures, selfstudy and workshop. In the latter part students will
read review articles as well as primary scientific articles on the subjects and
discuss in groups opposing views on the molecular immunological processes
that occur in the different stages of homeostasis and disease control. The
146 Life Sciences
large variety of modern mmunological tools will be discussed which will
facilitate the studied scientific articles. The first three weeks include lectures,
selfstudy and workshops, whereas the last week covers mainly selfstudy and
the exam.
literature Immunobiology by Janeway, 6th edition (Chapter 1 till 11)
Syllabus which covers recent reviews and scientific articles in the
specialize fields as described above (ca 10 euro)
mode of assessment Both lectures and workshops are compulsory, and form part of the material
that covers the exam, as well as Chapter 1 till 11 of Janeway.
Active Participation in discussion is part of the appraisal Written exam at the
end of week 4 include 10 `essay `questions.
entry requirements Bachelor's course immunology
target audience Students with a keen interest to study immunological processes that form a
basis for a variety of occurance of diseases. In particular those that cover the
interaction between host pathogen, host -tumor and homeostatic control.
remarks A solid base on knowledge on immunology is compulsory before start of the
study.
subject Advanced Neurogenomics
code 470717
lecturers prof.dr. A.B. Smit; prof.dr. M. Verhage (FELS, course coordination:
matthijs@cncr.vu.nl)
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim This course is aimed at introducing various techniques which find ample use
in integrated Neurosciences. Various tools and technologies will be
explained and used in order to answer questions related to the function of
genes in the nervous system and how they contribute to higher order
processes important for functioning of circuitry or behavior.
content This is a largely practical course. You will be executing a small research
project aimed at illustrating today¿s research into gene function. The
experiments involve gene expression analysis (transcripts, proteins), and
genotypic and phenotypic analysis (genotyping, cel biology, behavior).
Theoretical underpinning of concepts and methods will be achieved by using
examples from recent literature. The Neurogenomics course (MN 1st year) is
obligatory for this course.
form of tuition lectures, discussion of papers, demonstrations, practicals.
literature To be distributed during the course.
mode of assessment Examination and presentations of the work performed.
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology, Neurogenomics (470706).
remarks Language: tuition in English
naam Algemene didactiek / pedagogiek
code 990001
studiepunten 9
periode Het vak beslaat 2 semesters (een heel studiejaar). Startmomenten zijn aan het
begin van de semesters: in september en in februari.
inhoud Bij algemene didactiek / pedagogiek spelen de leservaringen op school een
Programme components (MSc) 147
belangrijke rol. Daarmee in samenhang komen algemene onderwijskundige
en pedagogische inzichten aan de orde, onder andere via literatuurstudie. Er
wordt geoefend met en gereflecteerd op het begeleiden van leerprocessen.
Het gaat daarbij om onderwerpen als orde houden, verschillen tussen
leerlingen en leerstijlen. We onderscheiden 5 rollen die een leraar goed moet
kunnen vervullen:
de professional
de ontwerper van onderwijs
de uitvoerder van onderwijs
de pedagoog
het teamlid / de collega
Met welke rol gestart wordt hangt af van de persoonlijke startcompetenties
van de student, studenten maken een persoonlijk ontwikkelingsplan en
houden hun eigen leerproces bij in het digitaal portfolio. Reflectie op het
eigen leerproces en dat van medestudenten neemt een belangrijke plaats in.
werkwijze werkcolleges op maandag
literatuur Een reader wordt uitgereikt bij aanvang van de colleges.
toetsing Er zijn twee deeltoetsmomenten: aan het eind van elk semester een
mondeling naar aanleiding van het samengestelde portfolio.
entreevoorwaarden Dit vak is alleen te volgen als onderdeel van de universitaire
lerarenopleiding.
subject Analysis of Governmental Policy
code 470571
lecturers prof.dr. J.T. de Cock Buning (co-ordinator); various lecturers
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim To acquire critical knowledge regarding different policy models and
theories
To master the correct use of central concepts in political and policy
discourses.
To further deepen your analytic skills with respect to the critical
assessment of a complex societal question or dilemma in the health and
life science;
To learn to integrate science-specific knowledge with the knowledge and
skills of other disciplines of the social sciences
To practice skills in data collection and analysis
To learn to set up valid lines of argumentation;
To learn to translate research findings into policy recommendations;
To get experienced in writing a policy advisory report;
To improve your communication skills;
To improve your skills in working effectively in a project team, through
team building, team analysis and feedback.
content The course starts with a focus on the various theoretical concepts and models
concerning policy analysis, both on governmental as institional level.
Furthermore you will learn, under supervision, to apply and practice these
concepts and models in a project assignment In a project team of about ten
148 Life Sciences
students you are confronted with a relevant policy problem from an external
commissioning institution (e.g. a non-governmental organisation, a Ministry,
an advisory council). You conduct an interdisciplinary analysis on the basis
of which you provide advice. Specific attention is paid to working in a
project team and team building. For this purpose evaluation exercises are
organised. Other practical training sessions during the course comprise
setting up a research plan, interviewing techniques, labelling and analysis of
information, and effectively writing. At the end of the course, you prepare an
advice report. On the last day of the course you present the report to the
representative of the external institute. In a presentation your team will
highlight the main results of your analysis and defend the recommendations
you propose.
form of tuition Lectures, Training; Project assignment
literature Reader
mode of assessment Written exam and Individual evaluation based on personal performance in
the project group, and assessment of various group products (report and
presentation).
target audience Compulsary course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-differentiation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences. Optional course for Master students
Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical Sciences.
remarks Basic knowledge in policy processes is required. If deficient, students can
obtain the relevant knowledge through a self study package. Attendance is
compulsory. For information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Animal experimentation (Proefdierkunde voor onderzoekers)
code 311172
credits 3
co-ordinators H. Griffioen; J. Wolters; W. Florijn; M. Berendsen; I. Boumans;
T. de Cock Buning; P. Dortant; A. van Halteren; J. van der Harst;
C. Hendriksen; H. van Herck; P. Kroon; A. Maas; drs. M. van der Meulen;
R. Ottenhof; C. Pool; P. Reuzel; P. Rooymans; M. van der Valk; F. de Jong;
M. Tanck; W. Wadman
period September 2006, 27 November thru 8 December 2006. Further course data
will be announced on Blackboard.
aim The course is focused on the respectful and responsible use of laboratory
animals in biomedical research.
content It consists of: legal, ethical and social aspects of animal tests; comparative
biology and zoological techniques of most used laboratory animals; lodging
and care taking; pathology, genetics, anesthesiology; experimental
techniques, experimental set-up and statistics; aspects of stress and
immunology research; alternatives for animal testing and exam.
form of tuition The course will be given in Dutch. Papers are in Dutch too. During the
course, lectures and hands-on workshops alternate with demonstrations,
videos and discussions.
literature The theoretical part of the course is covered by a multi-author textbook
(which has been translated into several other languages): L.F.M. van
Zutphen, V. Baumans and A.C. Beynen (eds.), Principles of Laboratory
Animal Science: A contribution to the humane use and care of animals and
the quality of experimental results, Elsevier Science Publishers, Amsterdam,
Programme components (MSc) 149
1993 (1st ed), 2001 (2nd ed). Also additional information is given with hand-
outs from presentations, etc.
mode of assessment In order to obtain the certificate, course members must attend all lectures of
the course and pass the exam.
entry requirements The participant must have graduated in one of the biomedical studies
mentioned in the Law on Animal Testing, or must comply with entrance
requirements: for specifications please contact the DEC-secretariat.
Admission for this course requires at least training which meets the legal
requirements of 500 SBU biological basic subjects (of which 200 SBU
comparing anatomy/ zoology and 200 SBU comparing physiology). 1 week
fulltime study = 40 SBU¿s. (SBU = Studie Belasting Uur = one hour study
load) Also master students can participate on the course, but they must have
a strong motivation for laboratory animal experimentation. It should be
proven that they do, did, or have done a scientific training, in which animal
experimentation plays a role.
target audience The course is required by law for every researcher conducting animal tests
(art.9 Law on Animal Testing). Also master students Oncology and other
biomedical masters with strong motivation to work in laboratory animal
experimentation can participate in the course.
remarks Application by contacting the DEC secretariat AMC/UvA, tel. 020-5667113
or the Course coordinator I. Boumans: I.J.Boumans@amc.uva.nl/ tel. 020-
5666479. Students must apply by the coordinator of their own master.
subject Aquatic Ecology
code 450137
lecturer dr.ir. J.E. Vermaat
credits 6
period 1
content Commonalities versus specific features of aquatic ecosystems: lakes, rivers,
estuaries, the sea. Interactions between water body and surrounding land
(catchment). A systems perspective: important processes and the role of
biota: marginal or crucial? Interactions among biota in the foodweb
(predation, competition) and otherwise (the role of engineers or keystone
species, mutuality, mutualism). Aquatic biodiversity: what does it mean?
Biota as indicators of water and sediment quality in rivers and lakes. Aquatic
ecology for water quality and quantity management.
form of tuition Plenary lectures (5 x 4 = 20 hrs), comparative fieldwork: spatial gradient
analysis of aquatic ecosystem: Nieuwe Meer, Amsterdamse Bos or Drinking
Water Reservoir Loenderveen (8 hrs), excursion Water Board or NIOO-
Centre for Limnology (8 hrs), student seminars (4 hrs), literature study.
literature Lecture notes (Vermaat -- Aquatic Ecology), chapters from Kalff J, 2002.
Limnology, Prentice Hall., selected articles.
mode of assessment Written test, oral presentation (content and quality), fieldwork/fieldtrip report
entry requirements BSc level of Biology or a BSc level in Earth Sciences
target audience MSc students with a BSc level of Biology or a BSc level in Earth Sciences
interested in ecological and ecohydrological processes
remarks Taught in English upon request.
150 Life Sciences
subject Behavior and Cognition
code 470709
lecturers prof.dr. Ph. Scheltens (co-ordinator, VUmc); prof.dr. W.G.J. Hoogendijk
(VUmc)
credits 5
period 02.10.2006-17.11.2006
aim Providing the master student, independently of her/his primary training, with
a solid basis in the core themes of Neurology and Psychiatry.
content From a clinical point of view, the following chapters of Principles of
Neuronal Science (Kandel el., 2000, McGraw Hill) will be dealt with: The
Neural Basis of Cognition: Integration of sensory and motor function: the
association areas of the cerebral cortex and the cognitive capabilities of the
brain; From nerve cells to cognition: the internal cellular representation
required for perception and action. Arousal, Emotion, and Behavioral
Homeostasis: Brain stem, reflexive behavior, and the cranial nerves; Brain
stem modulation of sensation, movement, and consciousness; Seizures and
epilepsy; Sleep & Dreaming; Disorders of sleep and wakefulness; The ANS
and the hypothalamus; Emotional States and Feelings; Motivational and
Addictive States. Language, Thought, Mood, Learning and Memory:
Language and the aphasias; Schizophrenia; Disorders of Mood: Depression,
Mania, and Anxiety Disorders; Learning and memory; Cellular mechanisms
of learning and the biological basis of individuality.
form of tuition Research lectures, practicals, demonstrations.
literature Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM (2000) Principles of Neural Science
(4th edition), McGraw Hill: New York; ISBN 0-07-112000-9. [Ch1-3, Ch44-
51, Ch58-63]
mode of assessment Written examination; open end questions.
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology.
remarks Language: Tuition in English. Practicals and demonstrations are compulsory.
Application: course coordination (p.scheltens@vumc.nl)
subject Behavioral Genetics
code 815055
credits 5
lecturer dr. D. Posthuma
period week 47-51 2005 and week 2-3 2006
aim To provide the Master of Neuroscience students with a solid basis in human
behavior genetics and to provide an overview of empirical results.
content Behavior genetics focuses on the inheritance of individual differences in
complex traits. Such traits are most likely influenced by multiple genetic and
environmental factors. The effects of genetic and environmental factors may
be additive or interactive and lead to individual differences in complex traits
and diseases that are quantitative rather than qualitative.
In this course theory and principles from population genetics and biometrical
genetics will be introduced, including genetic and cultural inheritance of
complex phenotypes. Designs of family, adoption and twin studies and their
applications to variation in cognitive abilities, personality and psychiatric
disease will be discussed. Examples from these domains are analysed by the
students during computer practicals.
Programme components (MSc) 151
The advances in molecular genetics have generated substantial progress in
identifying the genetic basis of heritable traits using genetic association
studies and linkage approaches. Both approaches will be reviewed. Practical
exercises will guide the student through some of the basic tasks facing
anyone whose work might be facilitated by an improved understanding of the
online resources that make sense of annotated genomes.
form of tuition Lectures, computer practicals
literature To be announced.
mode of assessment Written examination; open-end questions.
Practical assignments and papers during the course.
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology
remarks Language: tuition in English
Attending the practicals is compulsory
Application: Course coordination (d.posthuma@psy.vu.nl)
naam Bioinformatics
code 470725
lecturers prof.dr. A.B. Smit; prof dr P. Heutink (co-ordinator); drs. P. van Nierop;
others
studiepunten 6
aim To provide students with a solid basis of data mining, data analysis and
software tools to explore the genome with a specific emphasis on the genetic
and functional analysis of genes expressed in the nervous system.
content The course will address the various aspects of informatics analysis of the
genome and will address the following topics:
- The in silico search for genes and gene variants which are underlying
neuronal physiology and pathology.
- Functional assignment of genes
- Gene expression analysis of neuronal cells and brain areas using gene
expression profiling
- The analysis of proteins (proteomics) and complexes thereof.
- Computational gene and protein network analysis
- Evolutionary approaches to brain function
- The introduction of various tools and databases relevant to neuro bio-
informatics
form of tuition Lectures, in silico experiments and computer practicals
literature to be announced
mode of assessment Written examination; Tests; open end questions.
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology, Neurogenomics course.
period 12.03.2007-08.06.2007
remarks Language: tuition in English. Application: Course coördination
(pim.van.nierop@falw.vu.nl)
subject Biological fluorescence
code 470609
lecturers dr.ir. Y.J.M. Bollen (co-ordinator); prof.dr. A.J.W.G. Visser (and guests)
credits 6
152 Life Sciences
period 05.02.2007-02.03.2007
aim Goals:
To introduce students into the application of various fluorescent methods to
tackle biochemical problems.
Students should be able to
plan and conduct experiments utilizing fluorescent techniques to tackle
own questions
evaluate results on the basis of recent literature
Students should know
theoretical principles and application of different fluorescence methods
content Theory:
Theoretical fundaments and practical applications of (time-resolved)
fluorescence spectroscopy and microscopy will be covered.
Practical:
laboratory work with several different fluorescent methods, including a
unique one (PEFFLS) which has been developed within the department
of Structural Biology
Interpretation and evaluation of results will be carried out on site by
course participants, assisted by lab personnel
form of tuition Lectures
Tutorials/discussions of book material, lecture notes
Laboratory work: students work in small groups (2-3 persons) within the
departments labs
literature Reader (ca 5 Euro)
mode of assessment Active participation (February 2007).Written report
entry requirements Bachelor Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, Medical Biology plus
topmaster portal course, or equivalent
target audience Students with Bachelor Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, Medical
Biology with a strong interest in the interface between these disciplines
remarks The course is taught in the English language, and involves much direct
contact with the professors and associate professors.
subject Biophysics of the Heart and Circulation
code 470754
co-ordinator dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
lecturer various lecturers
credits 2
period 2nd semester, contact coordinator
content The most important task of the cardiovascular system is its transport
function. For large distances flow is the best transport process. For small
distances diffusion is appropriate. The heart consists of many contracting
muscle fibres in a complex arrangement, a conduction system that causes
these fibres to contract in a well synchronised order and valves. Together
they form an efficient pump.
Between the bloodstream and the vessel wall there is a strong interaction.
The elasticity of the vessel wall plays a role in the coupling between heart
and arterial system. The transport of oxygen, substrates and metabolites
enables efficient chemical reactions in the body to sustain life in continuous
varying circumstances.
In the course the basic physical properties of the contractile proteins, the
Programme components (MSc) 153
individual muscle fibres and the total heart will be taught as well as the
fundamentals of blood flow in the capillaries, the arteries and veins.
Attention will be given to the interesting physical characteristics of blood.
Electrical processes at the membranes of the cells of the conduction system
trigger the onset of contraction of the individual muscle fibres of the heart.
These electrical processes will be discussed in detail as well as the origin and
explanation of the electrocardiogram.
Special attention will be given to measuring systems and devices in the field
of heart and circulation, like ultrasound imaging devices, Doppler- and
Rontgen techniques. Also on the menu are cardiovascular implants, like
pacemakers, defibrillators, artificial blood vessels and heart valves.
mode of assessment The course considers a few lectures, group meetings were problems would be
solved considering the subject matters presented, and a few practices or
demonstrations.
The programme will attend one week.
remarks For further information, please contact Dr. A.A. van Lambalgen.
naam Business Management in Health and Life Sciences
code 470584
co-ordinator prof.dr. E.H.J.H.M. Claassen
lecturers prof.dr. E.H.J.H.M. Claassen; dr. H. Smit (CIMO); guest lecturers
studiepunten 6
aim To acquire insight in different legal entities in which to organise a company
or enterprise.
To get acquainted with:
- financial and legal aspects,
- patents and alternative valorization methods
- marketing and sales aspects of businesses;
To acquire insight in Human Resource Management models;
To get acquainted with different models of financing;
To learn to think and act in line with economic and sustainability issues for
the company;
To get experienced with SWOT (Strength, Weakness, Opportunities,
Threats) analysis in the life science value chain by conducting a SWOT
analysis of a pharmaceutical company.
content Increasingly, health students will be confronted with a corporate way of
thinking in health organisations. To function in such an environment it is
critical that students have basic knowledge of fiscal and legal entities and
organisational forms of corporate structures (including start-ups).
Furthermore, they have to understand what motivates decision makers and
financial officers in different companies (also geographical differences). This
course comprises a theoretical and a practical part. The theoretical part
consists of interactive classes with various experts from the field. Topics that
will be dealt with in detail include: intellectual property, portfolio
management, finance, risk capital, grants and subsidies, team building and
people management, different legal entities, fiscal and legal aspects when
starting a new company, SWOT analysis in the life sciences and clinical
trials. The practical part consists of bringing the knowledge acquired during
the classes into practice by writing an extended SWOT analysis of a
154 Life Sciences
pharmaceutical company.
form of tuition Lecturers, self study, assignment
literature Reader
mode of assessment Written exam, assessment of paper (SWOT analysis)
target audience One of the preferred elective courses for Master students Health
Sciences,differentiation Policy and Management in health care; Optional
course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), Health Sciences and
M/CE-differentiation of the Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health
sciences, Biomedical Sciences.
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
remarks Module in English. For information and application:
ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Caput Cellulair Protein Trafficking
code 470605
lecturer prof.dr. B. Oudega (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period In consultation, contact the co-ordinator
aim The aim of this theoretical coarse for master students is to study a number of
relatively short, recent and snappy review papers in the area of protein
secretion and cellular protein trafficking, and by doing so to give the students
insight into the principles and mechanisms by which prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells target and insert proteins into membranes or into subcellular
organelles, and into the extracellular environment. An additional goal of this
coarse is to learn about the similarities between different organisms and
about common mechanisms with respect to protein secretion and trafficking.
Furthermore the application of this knowledge and research in medical
sciences and in biotechnology is highlighted. The emphasis is on bacterial
systems.
End terms for the student:
To know and to understand the biochemical principles and molecular and
cellular processes that play a role in protein targeting to biomembranes.
To know and to understand the biochemical principles and molecular and
cellular processes that play a role in the insertion of proteins into
biomembranes and in the biogenesis of membrane proteins.
To know and to understand the biochemical principles and molecular and
cellular processes that play a role in the transport of proteins through
biological membranes and into the extracellular environment.
content Biogenesis of inner membrane proteins in E. coli
Targeting and assembly of periplasmic and outer membrane proteins
Protein translocation across membranes
The type I secretion system
Biology of type II secretion
Type III export: new uses for an old pathway
Type IV secretion
Autotransporters
The two-partner secretion mechanism
The TAT protein export pathway
Programme components (MSc) 155
form of tuition - Initial contact with the docent, introduction into the reading material
- Self-study of the papers
- Possibly additional contact with the docent
literature Reader with different short reviews, available through the docent.
mode of assessment Written exam with assay questions
target audience Master students Life Sciences, Biology, BMS, BMW, etc.
subject Caput Criteria for Corporate Social Responsibility
code 470564
lecturers prof.dr. J.T. de Cock Buning (co-ordinator); dr. H. Smit
credits 3
period In consultation
aim To understand the aims and options of corporate social responsibility.
To acquire an understanding for sustainable entrepreneurship (especially
from the life sciences young scientists start their own small business or
they join pharmaceutical and other life science industries).
To obtain insight into international accreditation criteria (SA 8000 and
ISO 14001 certification).
To formulate your own criteria and apply these critically to the
sustainability annual report of a given company.
content This caput addresses the different checklists used by international audit
institutions to certify a company as being a "sustainable company". We will
discuss and analyse some key articles in which the authors analyse the basic
philosophy of sustainable entrepreneurship and the relationships between
sustainability criteria and economic performance. Some criteria are obvious,
like no child labour, no investments in weapons, while other criteria, like the
triple P concept (performing in a balance between People, Planet and Profit),
need further definition. Specific sustainability criteria for benchmarking and
several methods to rate the sustainability performance of a company will be
discussed.
form of tuition In about five sessions (half day) over a period of two weeks the participants
analyse individually a scientific key article and discuss their summary and
analysis with the other participants (who also prepare these articles).
Together you design your own set of sustainability criteria to audit a
company. Finally, you apply your own set of criteria to a given sustainability
annual report of a life science company.
literature Selected articles.
mode of assessment Individual performance during the discussion of the articles (quality of your
analysis) by others. Your individual analysis of your own article. Team
performance and benchmarking of the sustainability annual report of a life
science company.
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
Entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-differentiation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. diff. International Public Health).
remarks Minimum number of three students. Some knowledge regarding policy,
management and entrepreneurship is advised. For information and
156 Life Sciences
application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Caput Democratization of Technology Development
code 470580
lecturer prof.dr. G. Ruivenkamp (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period In consultation
aim To acquire understanding of the co-creation of social-economic and
technological developments;
To acquire knowledge of core concepts of a critical-theoretical analysis of
technology developments;
To acquire competencies for applying the acquired theoretical knowledge
in a study of specific cases of life-science developments
content Biotechnology and genomics are considered as key technological
developments in today¿s knowledge-based society. Since the recombinant
DNA technology became applicable in 1973, vast new possibilities were
opened to apply and change different biological agents, as micro-organisms,
enzymes, plant and animal cells for the commercial manufacturing of a large
variety of substances in the pharmaceutical, agriculture and food production
sector. While an intensive pro-anti debate emerged on the application of
biotechnology in agriculture and food production, the introduction of
biotechnology in the pharmaceutical sector went comparatively smoothly. In
this course it will be investigated whether this difference depends on the
presence (or absence) of participatory technology development in the
different sectors or on other issues such as the different ways in which
innovations are presented and communicated to client groups.
After a short introduction on the pro-anti debate of the applications of
biotechnology in the agricultural sector and the efforts of some
multistakeholder platforms to develop a "third" approach (tailor-made
biotechnologies for endogenous developments), the students will investigate
the developments in the pharmaceutical sector and will compare the debates
on some specific biotech applications in the pharmaceutical sector with the
debates in the agricultural and food production sector. By introducing
theoretical concepts like hegemony, micro-politics, subversive rationality
students are encouraged "to go beyond" what appears to be and what really
is. Core question to be answered is: Whether or not the presence (absence) of
a debate on a specific biotech application is the result (or not) of a
democratic technological development.
form of tuition Lectures, self-study and three discussion meetings.
literature Selected scientific articles
mode of assessment Individual assessment of a written article
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
Entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-differentiation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. diff. International Public Health).
remarks Minimum number of three students. Some Basic knowledge of science and
technology studies, applied to biotechnology and genomics is required. For
information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl.
Programme components (MSc) 157
subject Caput Dilemmas in the Implementation of Public Health Programmes
code 470565
lecturers prof.dr. E.J. Ruitenberg (co-ordinator); drs B. Bissumbar
credits 3
period In consultation
aim To obtain insight in organization, management and policy in the field of
Public Health in the South, with a specific focus on vaccines
To acquire insight in the constraints in the implementation of Public
Health programmes i.e. vaccination programmes in the South
To apply the acquired insight in the implementation of results and
interpretation and to evaluate the efficacy of vaccines
To assess constructively and systematically strategies to solve the
constraints and to improve the efficacy of vaccination programmes
through national and international organization
content This 2-weeks course will increase your knowledge in the North-South
relation and particularly on the implementation of Public Health Programmes
in the South with focus on international context. Furthermore, the course will
give you an overall overview of the organization and policy strategies of
organizations involved in the implementation public health programmes.
Special attention is given to analyzing the dilemmas and challenges in public
health and to generate ideas for future development. The analysis will focus
on i) the experiences in working in the field and community based health
programmes i.e. vaccination programmes; ii) the constraints and
opportunities of the various implementation strategies.
form of tuition This theoretical course comprises self study and three discussion meetings.
After a short introduction you study various scientific articles that are then
critically analyzed and discussed in a subsequent meeting.
literature Selected chapters and scientific articles.
mode of assessment Written exam and individual assessment through evaluation assignments
target audience Optional course for Master students Health Sciences, Biology or Biomedical
sciences (e.g. diff. International Public Health) Management, Policy Analysis
and Entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), or M-differentiation
of the Health, Life and Natural Sciences.
remarks Minimum number of three students.
For information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Caput Epigenetics
code 470606
lecturer dr. J.M. Kooter
credits 6
period At any time, after appointment
aim Acquire knowledge of the biochemistry and dynamics of DNA Modification
and Chromatin Modification (DM&CM) and of the role these epigenetic
mechanisms have on gene expression and inheritance of traits. Important is
the insight students will get about the role of epigenetics in various biological
processes in human, animals, plants, fungi, and bacteria.
content Non-mendelian inheritance of traits
Biochemistry of DNA methylation
158 Life Sciences
Biochemistry of histone modifications and chromatin structure
Composition of chromatin and chromatin remodeling
Somatic and gametic cell inheritance of epigenetic information
Cellular memory by means of polycomb-group proteins
Role of DM&CM in gene expression
Role of epigenetics in cancer and other diseases
Role of DM&CM in sex-chromosome inactivation and activation
Role of DM&CM in gene-dosage compensation
Role of DM&CM in genomic / parental imprinting
Cloning of animals and epigenetics
Impact of non-coding RNAs / RNA interference on DM&CS
modifications
DNA methylation as genomic defense mechanism
Epigenomics
Epigenetic effects of diet and environmental factors
Genetically identical but epigenetically different individuals
Role of epigenetics in evolution
Methods to analyze DM&CM
form of tuition Self-study and tutorials / discussions with lecturer
literature Review and Research articles which will be provided. It is advised to study
the chapters on DM&CM and gene expression of the book, Molecular
Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al.
mode of assessment Written exam
entry requirements Bachelor courses: Genetics (Genetica) and Molecular Developmental
Biology (Moleculaire ontwikkelingsbiologie)
target audience Master students: Biomolecular Sciences, Biology, Bio-Medical Sciences,
Oncology, and Biochemistry
subject Caput Institutionalising Participatory Approaches in the South
code 470567
lecturer dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst (co-ordinator)
credits 3
period In consultation
aim To develop a detailed understanding of the importance of participation
strategies for sustainable development
To understand the difficulties that have been identified for
institutionalising interactive approaches within existing organisations
To obtain insight into different strategies to institutionalize interactive
approaches.
To acquire knowledge on the learning organisation.
content During the past three decades participation has become increasingly visible
as an issue in development. It is recognized that participation is a key
element in poverty eradication and sustainable development. Methodologies
to enhance participation are now commonly used in development projects
and `participation¿ has become a development orthodoxy. However, it is one
thing to acknowledge the effectiveness of participatory approaches, but
another to apply these approaches consistently over longer periods of time.
This requires institutionalisation of these approaches within the organisations
concerned, so as to build the necessary capacity. Most organisations are not
well adapted to the application of participatory approaches. Some
Programme components (MSc) 159
organisational change is therefore likely to be necessary if participatory
approaches are to be institutionalised successfully. In this theoretical course
you study in depth scientific literature about various theoretical concepts and
practical experiences of institutionalisation processes of interactive
approaches that were undertaken by organisations in the South.
form of tuition This theoretical course comprises self study and three discussion meetings.
After a short introduction you study various scientific articles that are then
critically analyzed and discussed in a subsequent meeting.
literature Selected scientific articles.
mode of assessment Individual assessment though an exam.
target audience Optional course for Master students Health Sciences, Biology or Biomedical
sciences (e.g. diff. International Public Health) Management, Policy Analysis
and Entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), or M-differentiation
of the Health, Life and Natural Sciences.
remarks Minimum number of three students. Basic knowledge on organisation and
management is required. For information and application:
ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Caput Interactive Science and Technology Policy
code 470568
lecturer dr. J.E.W. Broerse
credits 3
period In consultation
aim To obtain insight into the emergence of interactive policy processes in the
field of science and technology;
To develop a detailed understanding of various methodologies for
implementing interactive policy processes;
To understand the difficulties, which have been identified for the
implementation of interactive policy processes in the field of science and
technology, and how these may be overcome;
To acquire in-depth knowledge about how to assess the effectiveness of
interactive policy processes; and
To apply the acquired knowledge to critically analyse interactive policy
processes.
content Governments in today¿s knowledge-based society need to respond
adequately to rapid societal and technological changes and complex social
problems. These new demands on government have led to the emergence of
interactive approaches to policy development, also in the field of science and
technology policy. In this theoretical course you study in depth scientific
literature about various theoretical concepts and practical experiences of
interactive policy processes in the field of science and technology. Questions
are addressed such as: When is a policy process considered `interactive¿?
What are the reasons for applying an interactive approach to policy
development? Why is it difficult to apply interactive policy approaches
effectively? How can the quality of interactive policy processes be
improved?
form of tuition This theoretical course comprises self study and three discussion meetings.
After a short introduction you study various scientific articles that are then
160 Life Sciences
critically analysed and discussed in a subsequent meeting.
literature Reader with selected scientific articles.
mode of assessment Individual assessment through an exam
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
Entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-specialisation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health Sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. specialisation. International Public Health).
remarks Knowledge of policy analysis is required. Minimum number of three
students. For information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Caput Invasion Ecology and Dynamic Biogeography
code 470117
lecturer prof.dr. R. Hengeveld
credits 6
period 08.01.2007-06.04.2007 (one day per week contact time)
aim Firstly, to achieve that students have a solid basis in the science of
biogeography, especially the dynamic and autecological principles
underlying range dynamics of species. Secondly, that students know how to
analyse biogeographical papers using causal-analytical methodology.
Thirdly, that students can apply these principles and methodologies to
understand and predict ecological invasions.
content At present many species, especially ectotherms, are shifting their distribution
range as a consequence of environmental change. For example, the tiger
spider, Argiope bruennichi, is now reported from North Holland and
Gelderland, whereas before 1980, it occurred only in Limburg and Brabant.
Although the ecological consequences of many range changes are usually not
immediately obvious, there are also examples in the literature in which the
invasion of an exotic species has had disastrous effects on the local flora or
fauna. The question arises, how can invasions be described, understood,
predicted, and their consequences assessed? The science of invasion ecology
aims to develop a solid basis for understanding the mechanisms of range
changes. The course provides a general introduction to the methodology of
biogeographical dynamics and emphasizes climate as a basis of explanation.
By concentrating on spatial ecological processes, the course aims to unify
some of the diverse and apparently unrelated biogeographical phenomena .
form of tuition The course is designed to be as interactive as possible. We meet one day per
week (12 times in total) and discuss, part by part, the literature. Students
prepare these sessions by reading the designated pages. In addition, students
choose a scientific paper of their interest and discuss this as well, trying to
link the paper with the theory. At the end of the course an essay is written
about the topic treated in the paper and this essay is presented in the group.
literature "Dynamic Biogeography" by R. Hengeveld, Cambridge University Press,
ISBN 0-521-43756-3
"The Dynamics of Biological Invasions" by R. Hengeveld, Chapman & Hall,
ISBN 0-412-31470-3
mode of assessment Presence and motivation during the discussion sessions, quality of the essay
and the presentation
entry requirements BSc level in Biology
target audience MSc students in Biology or Ecology
remarks Taught in English upon request
Programme components (MSc) 161
subject Caput Knowledge Integration and (patient) Participation
code 470569
lecturers dr. J.E.W. Broerse (co-ordinator); dr. J.F. Caron-Flinterman
credits 3
period In consultation
aim To acquire in-depth understanding of different types of knowledge. and
their specific characteristics and values;
To acquire detailed knowledge concerning models on knowledge
integration and transdisciplinarity, and their key concepts;
To acquire the ability to translate from theory to practice with respect to
participation strategies.
content This course increases your theoretical knowledge about different types of
knowledge and their respective role in the health and life sciences. The role
of these different types of knowledge is changing over the past two decades
because of the emergence of a so-called knowledge-based society in which
knowledge integration and transdisciplinarity are becoming important
concepts. During this 2-weeks course you will read various scientific articles
on different visions and models to describe and facilitate knowledge
integration. Specific attention is paid to the role and value of `lay¿
knowledge (of patients) for research in the health and life sciences. You will
analyse various articles about different practices of patient participation in
health research. You will address questions, such as who should participate,
when, how and why, in order to realize patient participation in health
research in the most effective way.
form of tuition This theoretical course comprises self study and three discussion meetings.
After a short introduction you study various articles that are then critically
analysed and discussed in a subsequent meeting.
literature Selected scientific articles.
mode of assessment Individual assessment through an exam
target audience Optional course for Master students Health Sciences, Biomedical Sciences,
Management, Policy Analysis and Entrepreneurship in health and life
sciences (MPA) or M-differentiation of the Health, Life and Natural Sciences
Masters programmes.
remarks Minimum number of three students.
For information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Caput Molecular Biotechnology
code 470604
lecturer prof.dr. B. Oudega
credits 6
period In consultation
aim The aim of this theoretical coarse is to get insight into the principles,
methods, and applications of recombinant DNA technology with respect to
the broad field of medical and industrial biotechnology. To this end the
students study a book.
162 Life Sciences
End-terms:
To know and to understand the biochemical and fundamental principles
and methods used in molecular biotechnology; as well as the most recent
developments in that area of science.
To know and to understand the newest molecular techniques and
biotechnological applications of microbial an viral systems.
To know and to understand the most recent developments, the up-to-date
techniques and applications in eukaryotic systems including plants,
animals and human beings.
content The molecular biotechnology evolution
Molecular biotechnology biological systems
DNA, RNA, and protein synthesis
Recombinant DNA technology
Chemical synthesis, sequencing, and amplification of DNA
Manipulation of gene expression in prokaryotes
Recombinant protein production in eukaryotic cells
Directed mutagenesis and protein engineering
Molecular diagnostics
Microbial production of therapeutic agents
Vaccines
Synthesis of commercial products by recombinant microorganisms
Bioremediation and biomass utilization
Plant-growth-promoting bacteria
Microbial insecticides
Large-scale production of proteins from recombinant microorganisms
Genetic engineering of plants: methodology
Genetic engineering of plants; applications
Transgenic animals
Human molecular genetics
Human gene therapy
Regulating the use of biotechnology
Patenting biotechnology inventions
form of tuition Initial contact with the docent, introduction into the book
Self-study
Possibly additional contact with the docent
literature Molecular Biotechnology; principles and applications of recombinant DNA;
Bernhard R. Glick and Jack J. Pasternak. ASM Press, Washington, D.C. last
version (3rd). VU book store or library.
mode of assessment Written exam with essay questions.
target audience Msc students Biology, MBW, MBS, Life Science, etc
subject Caput Protein Structure as Molecular Basis of Disease
code 470120
lecturer dr. D. Bald (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period In consultation
aim Overview of recent advances in research of molecular disease based on
protein structure;
Knowledge of the relation between protein structure/(mal-) function;
Programme components (MSc) 163
Knowledge of the relation protein (mal-) function/disease.
Screening/evaluation of scientific literature.
content Suggested topics are:
Cancer/p53
Multi-Drug Resistance proteins
Anti-Influenza drugs
Tuberculosis drug targets
Anti-aids drugs
Ion-channel proteins in disease
Energy metabolism and disease
You may suggest other topics related to protein structure/function, please ask
the docent for more information.
form of tuition You receive several original publications on a recent topic in protein
structure/disease (see above) from the docent. You study these papers and
based on them assemble more information (data-base search etc.) about
research in the field . Finally you can either write up your results in a review-
style paper or give an oral presentation.
literature Publications from the docent and database search/ literature survey
mode of assessment Oral or written presentation (choice)
target audience Masterstudents Biomolecular Sciences, Biomedical Sciences, Biology,
Pharmaceutical Sciences, Medical Natural Sciences
recommended Relevant Bachelor degree (see admission to masters)
background knowledge
subject Caput Structural Biology
code 470607
lecturer dr.ir. Y.J.M. Bollen
credits 6
period Continuously, contact lecturer
aim To obtain knowledge about a topic in the field of protein structure and
protein dynamics that currently attracts a lot of attention. To learn how to
present and discuss scientific research.
content One of the following topics:
Molecular motor proteins
Adaptation of microorganisms to extreme environments
Prion proteins
Multi-Drug Resistance proteins
Fluorescent proteins
form of tuition Self study, contact with lecturer is possible following an appointment
literature A number of recent scientific papers will be provided
mode of assessment Oral discussion with the lecturer
entry requirements See entry requirements for the specified MSc programs.
target audience MSc students "Biology", "Biomolecular Sciences" and "Biomedical
Sciences"
remarks The oral discussion with the lecturer can be done in English or in Dutch.
subject Caput Success factors in sustainable innovations by SME's
code 470581
lecturers prof.dr. E. Masurel (co-ordinator); various lecturers
164 Life Sciences
credits 3
period In consultation
aim To acquire understanding of specific aspects of sustainable innovations
by small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the health and life
sciences.
To develop skills to understand the link between theory and practice.
content In this course the emphasis is on success factors in the process of sustainable
innovation by small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the health and
life sciences. With sustainable innovations we mean the introduction of new
products, services or processes with relevance in the field of sustainability.
The latter is translated into finding a balance between firm performance and
the impact their production has on people and the planet. There is already a
considerable body of knowledge about the relationship between SMEs and
innovation, also some information on sustainable entrepreneurship by SMEs
and on sustainable innovations is available. But there is much less known
about sustainable innovations by SMEs. Small businesses are not just little
big businesses. Therefore, attention will be paid also to qualitative aspects of
SMEs: short-term focus, local and regional impact, family businesses etc.
form of tuition Discussion sessions, in which the lecturer(s) will present the main outcomes
of previous research. Field research, based on which the students will present
their cases.
literature Selected scientific articles
mode of assessment Case presentation and exam
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
Entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-specialisation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. spec. International Public Health).
remarks Minimum number of three students. For information and application:
ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Care and Prevention Research
code 470806
lecturers prof.dr. M.W. van Tulder (contact lecturer); dr. F.R.M. Portrait;
dr. T.L.S. Visscher; guest lecturers
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim The objective of this course is for students to learn methods for designing
and conducting research in the fields of health care and prevention.
End terms
The student:
Has acquired knowledge related to the pros and cons of various study
designs for evaluation of effectiveness and implementation of preventive
and therapeutic interventions, and is able to apply these study designs.
Is able to identify relevant scientific studies.
Is able to critically appraise scientific publications in the field of health
care and prevention.
content This MSc course focuses on methods and techniques of scientific studies
related to both health care and prevention. Relevant study designs are:
observational studies (cross-sectional, longitudinal) and experimental studies.
Programme components (MSc) 165
Topics to be covered:
Searching the literature; optimal use of Pubmed and other useful
databases.
Effectiveness studies of new and existing preventive and therapeutic
interventions aiming at potential and real health gain.
Systematic reviews of observational and experimental studies.
Guidelines and implementation; Studies on evaluation of implementation
strategies.
form of tuition Few plenary sessions. Students will work independently on exercises.
literature Syllabus.
mode of assessment Students will have to complete a written examen and two exercises. The final
score will consist of the written examen (60%) and the two exercises (20%
each).
entry requirements Students should have basic knowledge of the principles and methods of
observational studies, experimental studies, and systematic reviews.
target audience Students with a BSc degree in Health Sciences at the VU. Students with a
comparable BSc degree; this is to the discretion of the course management
(contact well before the start of the course).
subject Cell Structures and Functions
code 470615
lecturers various lecturers; dr. J. Luirink (co-ordinator; joen.luirink@falw.vu.nl);
prof.dr. B. Oudega; dr. I.M. van Die
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim The aim of the course is to refresh and deepen the knowledge of the students
in a number a selected areas of Molecular Cell Biology. These areas are the
complex structures and functions of the living cell and subcellular organelles
and compartments, especially membranes, intracellular compartments,
membrane proteins, transport processes, protein sorting, trafficking and
secretion, vesicle transport, cytoskeleton and cell division. In these specific
areas the students will get detailed knowledge and insight in the most recent
research data, theories and findings. Also the impact of up-to-date molecular
cell biological research on medical sciences, understanding of disease and
drug development as well as medical oriented biotechnology will get
attention. Furthermore the students will get information on a number of
methods and techniques, such as isolation and growth of cells, protein
isolation and characterization, proteomics, molecular interaction/crosslinking
an visualization of cells and cell components.
form of tuition In the first part of the course (one week) students will study and discuss in
working groups part III (methods) and part IV (internal organization of the
cell) of the book: "Molecular Biology of the Cell" (Alberts et al.). Chapter by
chapter the students will be guided through the book and questions will be
answered.
In the second part of the course (about two weeks) specific topics (protein
trafficking, protein insertion into membranes, membrane protein channels,
glycosylation and quality control) will be studied and discussed with
lecturers and guest researchers. Each lecturer will present lectures and
166 Life Sciences
discuss with the students very recent research papers and developments in the
specific area of interest. The reviews and papers will be presented in advance
in a course syllabus.
The third part (last week) of the course will be used to study and to prepare
for the exam. The exam will be an "open slabs" exam.
literature Molecular Biology of the Cell (Alberts, Johnson, Lewis, Raff, Roberts,
Walter) Fourth edition. GARLAND SCIENCES.
A course syllabus with recent reviews and papers presented by the
lecturers and guest researchers.
mode of assessment A written exam with assay questions in which the syllabus can be used.
entry requirements A bachelor degree in biology. medical biology, biomedical sciences,
biochemistry or in a related undergraduate curriculum. Basic (bachelor)
knowledge of cell biology, microbiology, molecular biology and molecular
genetics is a good start.
target audience Masterstudents Biomedical Sciences, Biomolecular Sciences or Biology
subjectClinical Aspects of Cardiovascular & Peripheral Vascular Diseases
code470755
co-ordinatordr. A.A. van Lambalgen
lecturervarious lecturers
credits2
period2nd semester, contact coordinator
contentTopics:
Coronary artery disease: ischemic syndromes
Hypertension
Cardiomyopathies
Heart Failure
Valvular disease
Epidemiology and prevention
Arrhythmias
Aortic and peripheral vascular disease
Inflammation of the heart
Location: VU medisch centrum (VUmc), 6th floor (Afdeling 6D):
Colloquium room Cardiology (6D-107)
remarks For further information, please contact Dr. A.A. van Lambalgen.
subjectClinical Development and Clinical Trials
code 470574
lecturersprof.dr. E.H.J.H.M. Claassen (co-ordinator); guest lecturers
credits3
period13.11.2006-24.11.2006
aim To acquire knowledge and skills with respect to the understanding of issues
and regulation concerning clinical development of pharmaceutical products
for human preventive and therapeutic use.
content In this two-week course a diversity of subjects relevant for clinical trials are
presented and discussed. Topics include: Role and objectives of clinical
development within the product development programme; Overview of the
Programme components (MSc) 167
various clinical development phases; Clinical development strategies and
plans; Ethics in clinical research ; Marketing input in clinical research;
Regulatory framework and guidelines; Quality assurance in clinical trials;
The role of clinical pharmacology in drug development; Drug interactions;
pharmacodynamic and metabolic interactions; Role, objectives, aims and
design of exploratory, dose ranging and dose finding studies; Objectives,
aims and design of confirmatory studies; Health economics in confirmatory
trials; Role of biometrics in clinical development; Designs for randomized
clinical trials; Safety and efficacy parameters; Quality of life assessments;
Clinical project management organization; Planning in clinical development;
Budgeting; Clinical trial administration; Role and interaction of clinical
development with other disciplines involved in product development.
form of tuition Lectures and self study
literature Reader
mode of assessment Individual assessment through an exam
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-differentiation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. diff. International Public Health).
remarks For information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Clinical Immunology
code 470655
coördinator prof.dr Y. van Kooyk (Afd Molecular Cell biologie en Immunolgie, VUmc,
tel +31-20-4448080/8084, email: y.vankooyk@vumc.nl)
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim To understand immunopathogenic processes that play a role in the onset
and chronicity of three immunological diseases, that cover allergy, auto-
immunity and infection diseases, such as celiac disease, rheumatoid
arthritis and AIDS.
To acquire insight in both clinical parameters as well as basic scientific
principles that play a role in these diseases.
To acquire insights in the currently used treatments to reduce disease
activity.
To understand the mechanism by which the immune system regulates
these diseases, and how one could modify immune response to the
benefit of the patient.
To apply the acquired knowledge of scientific literature and scientific
hypotheses of each of the topics described above by presenting it to their
fellow students.
content During the course three immunological diseases will be discussed: celiac
disease, rheumatoid arthritis and AIDS, each for the duration of a week. The
week will start with a clinical introduction into the features of the disease by
a practicing clinician at the VUmc, who illustrates the symptoms in patients
that have these diseases. Based on this introduction questions will be
formulated and within small groups students will formulate answers through
literature search. During the week more lectures will be given on the
immunological mechanisms that play a role during these complex diseases.
168 Life Sciences
These lectures highlight molecular immunological tools used, as well as
novel strategies such as genomics-proteomics profiling of the disease, the use
of animal models that mimic disease, as well as vaccine development and
treatment methodology of the diseases. Through selfstudy and literature
searching students will try to answer the questions via a written assay of 2-3
pages and an oral presentation for their fellow students, which is scheduled at
the friday.
form of tuition The course covers immunological processes as well as clinical parameters
both at the molecular as well as the cellular level and will discuss both innate
and adaptive immune responses. The course consists of lectures, selfstudy
and workshop. In the latter part students will present their anwers on
questions based on literature searching and reading of reviews as well as the
lectures. For the duration of one week one disease will be discussed, whereas
the last week covers mainly selfstudy and the exam.
literature Immunobiology by Janeway 6the edition;
Hand-out which contains recent reviews specialized on the
immunological diseases discussed (ca 10 Euro).
mode of assessment Both lectures and workshops are compulsory, and form part of the material
that covers the exam.
Active participation in discussion is part of the appraisal.
Written exam at the end of week 4 include 10 'assay' questions.
entry requirements Bachelor's course 'Immunology' (Immunologie)
target audience MSc students with a keen interest to study immunological processes within
the complexity of diseases such as allergy, rheuma and AIDS.
remarks A solid base on knowledge on immunology is compulsory before start of the
study.
subject Clinical Nutrition
code 470814
lecturers ir N.J. Wierdsma; ir. H.M. Kruizenga (co-ordinator);
dr. R.J.M. Strack van Schijndel MD; dr. A.A. van Bodegraven MD
credits 6
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
aim After finishing this course students can place nutritional therapy in the
context of clinical practice.
This course will focus on disease related malnutrition, obesity and disease
outcome, energy requirements, body composition and dietary assessment.
These topics will be applied to several chronic diseases (cancer, lung
diseases, gastrological diseases). Application of the knowledge in performing
clinical consultations and presenting arguments for the chosen nutritional
treatment are important elements of this course.
This course supplies the knowledge and competency needed to perform
clinical nutritional research and (nutrition related) clinical policy tasks.
content Organisation of the clinical practice
The role of nutrition in the medical treatment
Disease related malnutrition
Effects of obesity on disease outcome
Energy requirements and dietary assessment in clinical patients
Body composition in clinical practice
Programme components (MSc) 169
Possibilities and impossibilities of clinical nutritional research
Determining energy requirements and body composition
Common chronic diseases
Application of the knowledge in
performing a clinical nutritional consultation
presenting a patient in a clinical environment
presenting arguments for the chosen treatment
evaluating own interventions
form of tuition Lectures, practical experience, weekly conferences in which each student
studies and presents a case (analogue to the procedure in the hospital),
literature assignments, problem oriented education, 2 x bedside teaching
(several possibilities: e.g. intensive care, oncology, internal medicine,
gastroenterology)
literature Gibney MJ, Elia M, Ljungqvist O, Dowsett J, The Nutrition Society
Textbook Series: Clinical Nutrition. 2005 Blackwell Publishing, UK
mode of assessment Assignments (25%), presentations (25%) and a written exam (50%).
entry requirements Nutrition & Health I or equivalent level.
target audience MSc students with basic training in health sciences and/or nutrition. The
course is a component of the differentiation programme Health and Nutrition
in the MSc Health Science.
remarks This course is taught is Dutch.
subject Cognition and Attention
code 815056
credits 5
period 2
lecturer dr. W. Donk (FPP)
aim The aim of the course is to introduce students to major research topics and
research methods in the area of attention.
content Various themes will be discussed including the exogenous and endogenous
control of attention and eye movements, auditive and crossmodal attention,
attention and inhibition, attention and memory, mental workload, individual
differences, the neuroscientific approach of attention, and attentional
disorders.
form of tuition Lectures, class discussion, and demonstrations. Students are expected to be
prepared to discuss the literature assigned for each class.
literature Johnson, A., & Proctor, R.W. (2004). Attention. Theory and Practice.
London: Sage Publications.
mode of assessment Written examination: open end questions
entry requirements None
remarks Language: tuition in English
subject Communicatiewetenschappen
code 471006
docenten dr. J.F. Hoorn; dr. C.M. Koolstra (cursusleider); prof.dr. J.T.J.M. Willems
credits 6
170 Life Sciences
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim Introduction to basic concepts of communication science;
Introduction to communication processes from interpersonal,
organizational and social perspectives;
Introduction to research methods that are often used in communication
science (content analysis, survey and experiment);
Learn to describe communication processes in scientific terms in order to
use theories and produce elementary predictions.
(level indication: 1 (2)
content We live in a "communication society". According to EU-estimates over half
of the working society is involved in one or other form of communication.
These people are sometimes called communication workers. In order to
communicate in a meaningful way in a communication society, one does not
need just communication skills (like writing, speaking and illustrating), but
also insight in the mechanisms, patterns, ideas and presumptions that
underlie communication processes. What is communication? Which media
are important? What is a target group? What is interactive communication?
What is the effectiveness of public campaigns?
Naturally, an introduction to communication science is insufficient to train
you as a communication scientist; you would need several years of study for
that. But basal knowledge of and insight in communication processes is
necessary to communicate adequately with communication scientists, for
instance when starting a campaign or evaluating it.
form of tuition A combination of lectures, seminars and home-study.
literature Severin, W. J. & Tankard, J. W. (2001). Communication theories: Origins
methods and uses in the mass media. New York: Longman (5th ed.).
Some recent scientific articles (on Blackboard).
mode of assessment Participation during seminars;
A group assignment;
A written exam, consisting partly of multiple choice and partly of open
questions.
The group assignment and the written exam will count equal (50%) for
the final mark. Reexamination is possible for each part seperately.
target audience All Master's students of FALW and FEW, plus 3rd year Bachelor's students
Algemene gezondheidswetenschappen.
remarks The course is taught in Dutch.
subject Communication, Organization and Management
code 470572
lecturers dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst; prof.dr. C.J. Hamelink (co-ordinator); others
credits 6
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim To get acquainted with communication theories
To obtain in-depth understanding on communication from the perspective
of sharing and influencing results
To acquire knowledge on organizational structures and designs
To get acquainted with important theories on organizational structures
Programme components (MSc) 171
(e.g. Mintzberg)
To acquire insight into different management practices in the health and
lifescience sector;
To obtain insight in motivation methods and conflict management
To gain insight and to practice leadership
To improve communication skills
To practise team management
content The world of organizations in the health and life science sector is fast
changing in part by quickly evolving technology and increasingly complex
societal questions. A growing number of students with a beta degree become
managers/professionals in these organizations. During this course students
learn how to be effective performers both individually and in teams within
organizations. This requires understanding the macro aspects of
organizational behavior, which of necessity involves managerial skills and
ways of strategic thinking. Next to the theoretical part, the students learn
practical skills associated with managerial success, e.g. how to engage in
group-based planning. During two weeks the students become a project
manager of a project team (second year course `Biomedisch/Biologie Beleid¿
en (Kennis)management, Beheer en beleid¿ Health Sciences) that has been
given the assignment to write a policy advisory report.
form of tuition Lectures, self study, training workshops project assignment
literature "Management and organizational behaviour", Wendy Bloisi (European
edition), McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN 0-07-709945-1
mode of assessment Written exam and assessment of the functioning as a team manager. Note:
the grades for both parts must at least be sufficient (6)
target audience Compulsory course within the Masterprogramme Management, Policy
Analysis and entrepreneurship for the health and life sciences (MPA) and the
M-differentiation of Health, Life and Natural Sciences Masters programmes.
Optional course for Master students in Biomedical Sciences, Health Sciences
and Biology.
remarks Attendance is Compulsory. Basic knowledge of Analysis of Governmental
Policy . For information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Communicationcampaigns and Research
code 470129
lecturer drs. A.M. Baars (cursusleider, am.baars@fsw.vu.nl)
credits 6
period 08.01.2007-02.02.2007
aim In this course students will analyze existing research data of a health
communication campaign. With these data they will test their hypotheses
based on literature.
form of tuition workgroup
literature Articles. Titles will be announced during the first meeting. Students can
download these articles via www.ubvu.nl
mode of assessment Research rapport (50%)
Individual paper (50%)
172 Life Sciences
entry requirements Experience with SPSS is required
target audience Masterstudents Gezondheidswetenschappen and third year Bachelorstudents
Communicationsciences
naam Community Genetics
code 470812
docenten mw.prof.dr. M.C. Cornel (cursusleider); drs. A.M.C. Plass (en gastdocenten)
lecturer others
studiepunten 6
aim Genetics and genomics may lead to a new understanding of genetic
contributions to human disease and the development of rational strategies for
minimizing or preventing disease phenotypes altogether. However,
translation appears to lag behind: the new genetics will not revolutionize the
way in which common diseases are identified or prevented.
This course aims to give an overview of current and future applications of
medical genetics/genomics in health care. The student analyses current
debates on pros and cons of these applications, as well as scientific
developments in genetics/genomics and Technology Assessment related to
these potential applications.
content Existing genetic care in clinical genetic centres, genetic screening and
prenatal diagnosis is studied. Future scenario¿s are debated, including the
development of tailored prevention programs. From the American text book
topics will be selected that are currently relevant for Dutch Health Care.
Students analyse the state of affairs for these topics in the Netherlands, the
stakeholders and parties involved in the debate, the positions taken by
parties, to what extent an offer in health care exists or could be developed,
what discussions are relevant, and report in a paper and oral presentations.
form of tuition Self-study
Presentations on book chapters and journal articles followed by
discussions in small working groups
Writing essay
Lectures
literature Khoury MJ, Burke W, Thomson EJ. Genetics and Public Health in the 21st
century. Using Genetic Information to Improve Health and Prevent Disease.
Oxford University Press, 2000.
mode of assessment Paper and oral presentation (50%), written examination (50%).
entry requirements Not compulsory but advised is the bachelor course "Volksgezondheid en
Genetica".
target audience BSc Health Sciences, BSc in any other biomedical area combined with
interest for science & society.
period 08.01.2007-02.02.2007
remarks If foreign student register, the course language will be English. More
information: Martina Cornel, mc.cornel@vumc.nl
subject Containment Strategies of Infectious Diseases in Global Context
code 470127
co-ordinator drs B. Bissumbar
lecturers prof.dr. E.J. Ruitenberg (co-ordinator); drs. B. Bissumbhar;
dr. J.E.W. Broerse
Programme components (MSc) 173
credits 6
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim To understand how health intervention strategies are formulated.
To acquire insight into the role of international institutions, such as the
WHO, governmental advisory bodies, relevant professionals, executing
institutions, NGOs and communities in designing and carrying out health
interventions.
To understand which barriers are important when implementing
containment strategies for infectious diseases, with a focus on
vaccination programmes.
To acquire insight into a variety of theoretical concepts and methods in
health communication, their effects and the problems that may arise in
poor health settings.
To apply the acquired insight in theoretical concepts and methods to
interpret results, evaluations and the efficacy of programs
To learn methods and techniques to plan health interventions at
community level in an interactive way (through transdisciplinary
research).
content This course covers developments in intervention strategies used to address
health needs in the North, in the South and in an international context.
Containment strategies for infectious diseases, in particularly vaccination
programmes and health communication, provide specific areas of attention.
The containment strategies to be discussed include both programmes for
known infections, including vaccination strategies and in case of absence of a
vaccine, diagnosis and treatment strategies, and unknown emerging
infections, including isolation, prevention and communication strategies.
You learn how to analyse bottlenecks and opportunities of the different
implementation strategies, how to interpret the results and to evaluate the
implementation of programmes. In addition, you will take part in a group
project. Here you learn how to design research and implementation strategies
at community level in an interactive way. Furthermore, students have to write
an essay based on a topic related to infectious diseases e.g. tuberculosis,
malaria, HIV/AIDS etc.
form of tuition Lectures, group project, essay, self-study
literature Reader/syllabus
mode of assessment Individual exam and an essay
target audience Compulsory course within the Master differentiation International Public
Health; optional course for students in other differentiations of the Masters
Health Sciences, Biomedical Sciences, and Management, Policy Analysis
and entrepreneurship in health and life sciences.
remarks For more information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Current topics on systems biology
code 470623
co-ordinator dr. K. Krab (klaas.krab@falw.vu.nl)
credits 3
content A series of lectures on systems biology given by international lecturers.
target audience MSc student Biomolecular Sciences sepcialisation Systems Biology.
remarks Please contact the course co-ordinator for more information.
174 Life Sciences
naam Developmental Biology
code 470613
lecturers prof.dr. R.E. Koes (co-ordinator, ronald.koes@falw.vu.nl); dr. A.R. Stuitje;
dr. R.F.G. Toonen; dr.ing. E.J. Souer
studiepunten 6
aim This course aims to provide an overview of the concepts, major features, and
genetic mechanisms underlying animal and to a lesser extent plant
development.
content The classroom format (the first two weeks) will be a mixture of seminars,
lectures and self-tuition. During the first week emphasis will be on early
developmental patterns in vertebrate model systems such as mouse and zebra
fish and invertebrates such as the fruitfly and the role of key genes that
control the fate of embryonic stem cells and the general body plan.In the
second week the lectures will focus on molecular mechanisms of general
brain development.
The first two weeks of this course will overlap with that of the master course
on Developmental Neurobiology of the Vertebrate Brain. The theoretical
aspects will be tested by a written exam.
The third and the fourth week of this course will focus on practical aspects of
research technology in developmental biology using zebra fish as a model
system in combination with studying up to date research papers on selected
subjects. The students will present oral presentations of their practical and
literature research at the end of the fourth week.
form of tuition Lectures, seminars, practicals.
literature Selected book chapters and review articles (handouts ± 15 euro)
mode of assessment Written exam (50%), Oral presentations (50%)
entry requirements Developmental Biology (B300)
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
remarks Maximum student number is 15. Tuition will be in English. If all participants
speak and understand Dutch well, the course will be given in Dutch.
subject Developmental Neurobiology of the Vertebrate Brain
code 470713
lecturer dr. R.F.G. Toonen (FELS, course coordination (ruud@cncr.vu.nl))
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim This course intends to give insights in the developmental mechanisms of
neural circuits and their plasticity during early and late development. The
following issues will be covered: Molecular mechanisms of general and brain
development, positional information systems such as the hox-genes,
mitogenic activity of embryonic and adult stem cells in relation to
neurogenesis, neuronal migration, neuronal differentiation, axonal growth,
synapse formation, critical periods of development and experience dependent
plasticity during embryonic and adult life. These topics are discussed while
considering the adequate research technology.
form of tuition Lectures, seminars, master classes
The first two weeks will be shared with the Master Developmental Biology
and will consist of lectures on general developmental biology in the first
week and developmental neurobiology in the second. The last two weeks will
Programme components (MSc) 175
focus on master classes and student presentations on specific topics in
developmental neurobiology.
literature Handouts will be distributed at the beginning of the course
mode of assessment Written exam. Oral presentation of seminar task.
entry requirements Neurobiology, Developmental Biology
remarks language: tuition in English. Max student number: 15
subject Dynamic Energy Budgets
code 470503
lecturer prof.dr. S.A.L.M. Kooijman (course co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 08.02.2007 - 19.04.2007
content A quantitative theory for processes of energy uptake and use by organisms is
discussed. For more information see http://www.bio.vu.nl/thb/deb/course/deb
form of tuition Tele-course, form of tuition to be discussed with the course co-ordinator.
literature See http://www.bio.vu.nl/thb/deb/course/deb
mode of assessment Software package DEB tool will be used to exercise the practical application
of the DEB theory
target audience Master and PhD students in natural sciences & mathematics
remarks For more information see http://www.bio.vu.nl/thb/deb/course/deb.
subject Emotional and Cognitive Neuroscience
code 470711
lecturer prof.dr. W.G.J. Hoogendijk
credits 4
period 15.01.2007-01.02.2007
aim Kennis van de belangrijkste stoornissen in emotionele en cognitieve functies
en de daaruit voortvloeiende psychiatrische klachtenbeelden.
content Aansluitend bij het thema van het Centre for Neurogenomics and Cognitive
Research (CNCR) zal het accent van de cursus liggen op angst (e.g. emotie
en stress), de bijbehorende depressie en angststoornissen (paniek,
gegeneraliseerde angst, fobie en PTSD), attentie (e.g. bewustzijn en
geheugen) en de bijbehorende stoornissen (e.g. ADHD). Naast zelfstudie, zal
er een programma worden aangeboden, waarin de bespreking van de
respectievelijke hoofdstukken uit het leerboek (H 47-51 en H 60-61) wordt
gecombineerd met videodemonstraties van psychiatrische stoornissen
(locatie Valeriusplein).
form of tuition De verschillende onderdelen zullen mondeling getoetst worden tijdens de
betreffende dagdelen. Het zal hier met name gaan om de mate waarin de
student actief participeert in het onderwijs en blijk geeft de verplichte
literatuur te hebben bestudeerd.
literature Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000, 4th
edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9 [Ch 47-51 - Ch 60-61].
mode of assessment Oral examination
entry requirements Behavior and Cognition (470709)
remarks Since most educational material in this course, such as videotapes with
patients, are in Dutch the course will be entirely in Dutch.Aanwezigheid is
verplicht (minimaal 80% van de tijd).Aanmelding : cursuscoördinator
(Witteh@ggzba.nl)
176 Life Sciences
subject Entrepreneurship in Health and Life sciences
code 470575
lecturers dr. H. Smit; guest lecturers; prof.dr. E. Masurel (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
aim To get acquainted with the various aspects of entrepreneurship
To learn to integrate beta knowledge with knowledge of various other
scientific fields such as, management, organization, finance, marketing
To learn to translate (bio) medical findings and business ideas into
commercial value
To become updated about the present situation and future developments
of the international health- and life sciences based business sector
To learn about business ethics and corporate social responsibitly.
To learn how to think as an entrepreneur
To learn how to start up your own company
To get experienced in writing a business plan
To learn how to work effectively in a business team
To improve your communication as well as management skills
content During this course you will focus on various dimensions of modern
entrepreneurship. You will work on several assignments including the
generation of your own business ideas and the analyses of a pharmaceutical
company. The main part of the course will be dedicated to "making a
business plan for a real startup company in the health and life sciences". You
will do this in a business team that will be formed by 4 or 5 students. The
creation of this real-case based startup company and the feedback you will
get during this process from (former) entrepreneurs and business advisors is
aimed to give you a broad overview of the many aspects of entrepreneurship
in Health and Life sciences.
Theoretical concepts of the course `Business Management in the health and
Life Sciences¿ are applied and deepened and various skills are further
practiced. At the end of the course your will present your business plan to an
expert panel of investors and other specialists.
form of tuition Training; Project assignments, workshop.
literature Reader + Handbook `Starting up¿ ¿ achieving success with professional
business planning
mode of assessment Individual evaluation based on the assignments, personal performance in the
business team, and assessment of the content and the presentation of the
business plan.
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-differentiation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences.
remarks Attendance is compulsory. Prior Knowledge: Business Management in
Health and Life sciences. For information and application:
ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Environmental Genomics & Adaptation
code 470506
Programme components (MSc) 177
lecturers dr. H. Schat; dr. D. Roelofs (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim Students will be able to:
Describe different molecular genetic techniques to study gene expression
and genomic variation in response to environmental stimuli.
Explain how to use these techniques in ecological and physiological
research.
Analyze experimental data generated by genomics research and knowing
the possibilities for follow-up research.
Find and analyze genomic data in databases on internet.
Describe the functional significance of genomic variation for organisms
and populations in natural environments.
Explain the evolutionary consequences of such variation for species
abundance, community diversity, and the evolution of speciation.
content Researchers in ecology and physiology are making extensive use of
molecular techniques. Environmental genomics can be used to advance our
understanding of how organisms make functional responses to changes
within their local environment and its consequences for species abundance,
community diversity, and the evolution of speciation. In this course we will
focus on:
Regulated gene expression. Which genes are turned on in response to
environmental change, and what do they do?
Differences in the molecular basis of fitness among individuals. Is there
intraspecific variation in gene expression in response to environmental
change, and is this variation adaptive?
Evolutionary consequences of genomic variation. What are the
ecosystem-, community-, and population-level consequences of the
molecular transformations performed by these genes?
Reference will be topics covered by chapters in the book `An Introduction to
Ecological Genomics¿ and include molecular adaptation to drought, genetic
marker development and analytical methods, evolution of metal tolerance,
speciation genetics.
form of tuition Lectures. A seminar discussing recent literature, practical training and self
study
literature N. M. van Straalen and D. Roelofs 2006. An Introduction to Ecological
Genomics. Oxford University Press.
mode of assessment Oral presentation of a research paper. Results of assignments. Written exam.
target audience MSc-student
subject Ethics in life science
code 470707
lecturers prof.dr. J.T. de Cock Buning (co-ordinator); guest lecturers
credits 3
period 22.01.2007-02.02.2007
aim To provide a toolbox of ethical instruments to analyze properly moral
problems related (to one's own) research in the life sciences.
content Researchers in the life sciences generate the knowledge that builds the future
of our society. Therefore, professional academics should be accountable for
178 Life Sciences
their decisions, experimental designs and presentation of results. In this short
course, the principles of justification will be illustrated with cases and invited
lectures by experts from the fields of health, ecology and biotechnology. In
addition the methodology of ethical audits (as performed by companies as
KPNG and Ernst & Young to evaluate the integrity of organizations) will be
simulated by the students on the invited life science company Novo Nordisk.
Finally, as a group training project, an ethical audit is done upon one¿s own
life science departments of the VU.
form of tuition Lectures, workgroups, group assignment with presentation
literature Reader
mode of assessment (1) Degree of intellectual participation in the workgroups; (2) exam; (3)
written and (4) verbal presentation of the group assignment
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology
target audience Compulsory course for all MSc students Life Sciences, with exception of
MSc students Biomedical Science with differentiation Public Health
research ( for them the couse Ethics in public health is compulsory) and MSc
students Health Sciences.
remarks Language: tuition in English, part of the workgroups are in Dutch. All
presentations and plenary discussions in English .Attendance is compulsary.
subject Ethics in public health
code 470805
docent prof.dr. E. van Leeuwen (course co-ordinator, VUMC, tel 4442764, e-mail
e.vanleeuwen@vumc.nl)
credits 3
period 08.01.2007-19.01.2007
aim Analysing and understanding the ethical aspects of public health research,
enabling students to make responsible decisions in research
content Recent case studies will be analyzed by students concerning topics as life
style enhancement, health policy and preventive health care. Student
presentations will be discussed in plenary sessions. Three sessions are
dedicated to discussion of actual developments in the ethics of public health,
like freedom of choice, respect for autonomy, force and coercion, justice, and
the ethics of healthcare research.
target audience Compulsory course for master students in Biomedical Science,
differentiation Public Health Research.
subject Experimental and Clinical Neuroendocrinology
code 470700
lecturer mw.prof.dr. H.A. Delemarre-van de Waal (VUmc, course coordination
h.delemarre@vumc.nl))
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim The aim of the course is to provide the students not only with a solid basis in
the fundamentals of neuroendocrinology, but also with knowledge of recent
developments and current research in this field of neurosciences.
content The course includes an understanding of structure and function of the
hypothalamo-pituitary axis in relation to growth, stress, reproduction as well
as to autonomic-endocrine and immune-endocrine interactions. Diseases of
Programme components (MSc) 179
the hypothalamus and pituitary will be discussed, with special emphasis on
central regulation of growth, puberty, reproduction, obesity and stress, sexual
orientation and gender identity, taking both an experimental and clinical
point of view.
form of tuition Lectures, workgroups, practicals, demonstrations
literature Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000,
4th edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9. (Ch 49)
Selected papers to be handed out during the course
mode of assessment Written examination; open questions. Practical task and presentation
entry requirements BSc Biology, BSc Medical Biology, BA Biological Psychology, BA
Neuropsychology
remarks Language: tuition in English
subject Experimental Design and Analysis
code 470505
lecturers dr. J.H.C. Cornelissen; dr. M.P. Berg (and others); dr.ir. P.M. van Bodegom
credits 6
period Study year 2007-2008
aim After the course, students:
Are acquainted with possible experimental designs and can select the
most suitable design depending on experimental objective and hypothesis
Are acquainted with possible statistical analyses, understand the theory
and the assumptions underlying the various analyses and can test the
underlying assumptions
Can select the most suitable statistical analysis depending on the design
chosen and the statistical assumptions
Can interpret the chain of hypotheses, design and analysis to validate
hypotheses on -field- conditions and model behaviour
content A proper experimental design combined to a suitable statistical analysis is
essential to -ecological- science, even though it is considered by many as a
necessary evil. In this course, the whole chain of hypothesis and design to
analysis and interpretation is covered to allow students to apply these
techniques independently. The application -and not the mathematics- of the
techniques is the basis. Possible experimental designs are discussed in
relation to specific biological questions and hypotheses. The application of
statistical analysis is treated in relation to these designs. Theory and
especially the assumptions underlying the test are treated to the extent that
this information is necessary to apply the tests properly. Both -combinations-
of regression and analysis of variance techniques and multivariate analysis
techniques like PCA, similarity analysis and meta analysis are dealt with.
Other biological questions like classification issues, working with large
datasets, data reduction and multiple response variables are discussed.
form of tuition As application is central to this course, case studies, assignments and
working with real biological data is the core of this course. Starting of with
the research question, hypothesis and the lab/field/model situation a proper
design and statistical analysis are discussed. A specific case study, explained
by the researcher who performed that particular research, is used to follow
this chain of arguments. Theory, assumptions and tests are all treated in the
context of these case studies and are coupled directly to the case study and
180 Life Sciences
assignments. The course is finalised with a case study using your own
question and data, e.g. from your own BSc- or MSc-project, to which the
theory is applied.
literature Experimental design and data analysis for biologists by G.P. Quinn and M.J.
Keough, Cambridge University Press
mode of assessment Assignments and the report on the final case study
entry requirements Methodology and statistics¿ and `Research and statistics¿ or equivalent
statistics courses (contact lecturer in the latter case)
target audience Master students in Biology, Ecology or Earth Sciences and PhD students
with a deficiency in experimental design and statistics. The course is
obligatory for students in the MSc Ecology.
remarks Taught in English upon request
subject Experimental Neurophysiology
code 470714
lecturers prof.dr. A.B. Brussaard (FELS); dr. N. Burnashev (FELS course coordination
(mail.burnashev@falw.vu.nl))
credits 6
period 15.01.2007-09.03.2007
aim To acquire knowledge about the role of synaptic activity in the cellular
communication and neuronal network activity. To become acquainted and
get hands-on experience with state of art research problems and
electrophysiological techniques. To get an overview of the frontier of
experimental neurophysiology in an enriched research environment that is
known for its international reputation and publications in high impact
journals.
content A thorough review of the problems relating synaptic activity, the underlying
biophysical, molecular and pharmacological mechanisms to microcircuitry
function and neuronal network behavior. This overview will be created in a
'master class' environment, by participation in journal clubs and by
performing experiments in the lab. In addition, the students are asked to write
a minireview and to do a presentation on a hot research topic, using key
references from recent literature.
form of tuition Master class meeting and experiments in the lab
literature to be announced
mode of assessment Minireview and personal judgement
entry requirements Neurophysiology (300)
remarks Language: tuition in English
naam Extreme Biology
code 470509
lecturers dr.ir. A.H. de Boer (co-ordinator); dr. D. Bald; dr.ir. Y.J.M. Bollen
studiepunten 6
aim The student shall gain more in-depth knowledge about basic biological
processes by asking the following questions that relate to adaptations to
extreme environments:
how are cellular processes and individual molecules affected by physical
parameters like temperature, pH, salt, pressure, radiation, etc.,
why is it that certain cellular (e.g. membranes), and molecular
(proteins/DNA) processes become non-functional under certain physical
Programme components (MSc) 181
constraints,
how has nature solved these problems,
where are the limits and
can we exploit nature's extreme adaptations?
content Biology of extreme life forms, or living under extreme environmental
conditions, (in short extreme biology) has attracted more and more attention
in recent years. Reasons for this increased interest are diverse: scientific
curiosity (what solutions has nature come up with), medical interest
(cryobiology, sensor technology, enzyme technology), societal commitment
(finding solutions for pollution, climate changes), industrial applications
(novel enzymes with new applications) etc. The key question is how
extremophiles have adapted their enzymes/membranes/DNA structures etc.
that serve the same function, but operate under very different physical
constraints. The course will focus on life forms that have developed in
environments that we do not experience as `normal¿. `Normal¿ relates to
environmental factors like temperature, water, oxygen, pressure, radiation,
pH, salinity etc. Environments that are extreme with respect to these factors
are e.g. hot springs, ice, deep sea, deserts, acidic/alkaline or saline waters or
sites polluted by industry. At the end of the course the students must be able
to:
Identify and describe extreme environments
Describe the most important physical parameters that form a limitation
for biological processes
Understand why and how physical parameters affect specific biological
processes
Describe strategies developed by extremophiles to protect membranes,
protein structures and DNA.
Give examples of anatomical and physiological adaptations to extreme
environments
Give examples of possible applications of extreme biology in science,
industry, medicine, agriculture etc.
Use the knowledge to write a research proposal on a subject of choice.
form of tuition The course consists of lectures, workshops and presentations. Selected
chapters from a number of books will be used. In addition, lecturers will
discuss recent reviews and research papers with the students. The students
will use the last part of the course to write a reserach proposal aimed at an
extremophile topic of choice.
mode of assessment Written exam (50%), oral presentations, writing research proposal + poster
presentation (50%).
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences
target audience Master students Biomolecular Science, Biology and Biomedical Science with
an interest in the extra-ordinary forms of life.
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
remarks The course will be in English
subject Functional Brain Imaging
code 470715
lecturer prof.dr. C.J. Stam (VUmc)
credits 6
182 Life Sciences
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim The student will learn about the most important brain imaging techniques,
the principles on which they are based and practical applications in research
and patient care.
content In this course the structure and function of the brain will be studied on the
mesoscopic and macroscopic level. Three approaches can be distinguished:
neurophysiological techniques (EEG, MEG), neuroradiological techniques
(CT, MRI, fMRI, MRS) and techniques which involve the use of radio active
ligands (SPECT, PET). These techniques will be discussed in relation to
ongoing research at the VU University Medical Centre (memory and
cognitive dysfunction; fear and depression; methodological innovation of
brain imaging techniques).
form of tuition The student will spend three weeks at the different appartments (MEG
centre, department of radiology and PET centre) under the guidance of a
supervisor. The fourth week will be devoted to literature study.
literature Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM (2000) Principles of Neural Science
(4th edition), McGraw Hill: New York; ISBN 0-07-112000-9 [Ch22]
Gazzaniga MS Ivry RB, Mangun GR (2002) Cognitive neuroscience. The
biology of mind. (2nd edition), Norton & Company: New York [Ch4]
Wijnen F, Verstraten F (2001) Het brein te kijk. Verkenning van de
cognitieve neurowetenschappen, Swets & Zeitlinger: Lisse
A number of relevant reviews (to be announced at the start of the course).
mode of assessment General attitude during the course. Report in writing on a specific brain
imaging problem concerning a particular neurological disorder.
entry requirements Neurobiology (B200), Principles of Neuroscience (470701), Behavior and
Cognition (470709)
remarks Language: Tuition in English. Application: Course coordination
(cj.stam@vumc.nl)
subject Genome Analysis
code 430047
coördinator prof.dr. J. Heringa
lecturers prof.dr. J. Heringa; Gastdocenten
credits 6
period 1
aim A 1-month practical course about genome analysis. The corse provides an
introduction to the algorithmic and biological principles of genome analysis,
as well as practical implications.
content Goals
At the end of the course, the student will be aware of the major issues,
methodology and available algorithms in genome analysis.
At the end of the course, the student will have hands-on experience in
tackling biological problems in genome analysis.
Theory:
Sequence alignment, dynamic programming, database searching, and
further appropriate downstream genomics analysis techniques.
Practical:
A choice between assignments:
Phylogenetic profiling of a selected bacterial gene
Prediction of function of unknown ORF's in selected viruses or bacteria
Programme components (MSc) 183
Function prediction through interpolation of distances from Clusters of
Orthologous Groups (COGs)
form of tuition One-to-one assignment introductions
Hand-on support
If necessary: parts of bachelor course Genomics
literature E-course material and overheads
Gibson G and Muse, A primer of genome science, SV, Sinauer
Associates Inc Publishers, 2002, ISBN 0878932348 (pbk).
Durbin, R., Eddy, Sean R., e.a., biological Sequence Analysis,
Cambridge University Press, 350 pp., ISBN 0521629713.
Extra: Parts from the book; Claverie & Notrdame, Bioinformatics for
Dummies, Wiley Publishing, Inc., 2003, ISBN 0764516965
mode of assessment Assignment results and oral or written examination (depending on number of
course students).
entry requirements Bachelor course Genomics.
target audience Third or fourth year students Computer Science, Mathematics, Chemistry or
Physics
Masterstudents Biomolecular Sciences, Biology en Bio-Medical Sciences, all
with a strong interest in Bioinformatics.
remarks Active participation is required.
The course will be taught in English (master level) and Dutch (bachelor
level).
subject Genomes and Gene Expression
code 470614
lecturers dr. J.M. Kooter (coordinator, VU-FALW); guest lecturers
credits 6
period 02.10.2006 - 27.10.2006
aim To provide students with the latest facts and concepts of the various levels of
gene expression regulation in eukaryotes.
content The following topics will be covered:
Transcriptional regulation:
Genome organization: coding versus non-coding sequences
Composition and biochemistry of basic transcription machinery
Transcription initiation, elongation and termination
Regulatory sequences: promoters, enhancers, suppressors, boundaries
Application of comparative genomics in identifying cis-acting elements
Chromatin structure and histone modifications
DNA methylation and epigenetics
Nuclear structure and transcription factories
Transcription regulation through the cell cycle
Transcription regulation through development
Regulatory networks
Cellular memory: establishing and maintaining differentiation status
Non-coding RNAs and control of gene expression
Intergenic and antisense transcription
Techniques and applications
184 Life Sciences
Post-transcriptional regulation
RNA processing, including alternative splicing and its regulation
Nucleo-cytoplasmic RNA transport
RNA stability and degradation pathways
RNA interference (siRNAs and micro-RNAs)
Translation regulation
RNA-editing
Riboswitches
Techniques and applications
Analysis of gene expression
Human transcriptome
Single-gene analyses and techniques
Parallel analyses: micro-arrays
Micro-arrays: statistical analysis, data mining, applications
form of tuition This advanced Master course consists of formal lectures, working groups,
literature discussions. We aim for a highly interactive course
literature Book: will be announced
Chapters on gene expression regulation from the book: Molecular
Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al.
Hand-out with Research and Review articles
PPT-notes from lectures.
mode of assessment Written exam, literature discussion, and participation in working groups
entry requirements Bachelor Genetics and Molecular Developmental Biology
target audience Master students: Biomolecular Sciences, Biology and Bio-Medical Sciences
naam Gezondheid en psychosociale factoren bij ouderen
code 470803
docenten prof.dr. D.J.H. Deeg (coordinator); prof.dr. T.G. van Tilburg
studiepunten 6
periode 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
doel De cursus is bedoeld voor studenten met belangstelling voor de gezondheid
van ouderen en de wisselwerking tussen gezondheid en psychosociale
persoonlijke- en omgevingsfactoren. Het doel van de cursus is om inzicht te
krijgen in:
de gevolgen van een slechte gezondheid voor psychische copingbronnen,
sociale participatie (sociale relaties en sociale activiteiten) en sociaal-
economische status van ouderen
omgekeerd, de gevolgen van weinig psychische copingbronnen, een lage
sociale participatie en lage sociaal-economische status voor de
gezondheid van ouderen
de verklarende waarde van factoren die samenhangen met de levensloop
voor gezondheidsverschillen tussen ouderen bovenop huidige
psychosociale factoren.
Na deze cursus is de student in staat om:
enkele relevante theoretische modellen te beschrijven, zoals
"disengagement" (Cumming et al 1960), activiteiten (Havighurst 1963),
selectie vs. causatie (Stronks 1997), optimalisering door selectie en
compensatie (Baltes & Baltes 1990), sociale productiefunctietheorie
(Steverink 1997), levensloopmodellen (Kuh & Ben Shlomo 2004)
Programme components (MSc) 185
op grond van deze modellen een beschrijving te geven van de rol van
gezondheid in veranderingen in psychische copingbronnen, sociale
participatie, en sociaal-economische status met het ouder worden en vice
versa
gangbare verklaringsmodellen voor gezondheidsverschillen tussen
ouderen te onderscheiden (RIVM, erfelijkheid, etc.)
de aanvullende verklarende waarde aan te geven van psychosociale
(persoonlijke- en omgevings-) kenmerken voor de gezondheid van
ouderen, met onderscheid van direct- vs. buffereffect (Cohen & Wills
1985)
aspecten uit de levensloop te identificeren die tevens bijdragen aan de
verklaring van gezondheidsverschillen op oudere leeftijd.
inhoud In deze cursus worden conceptuele modellen en theorieën besproken die
behulpzaam kunnen zijn bij het begrijpen van de rol van gezondheid voor
psychosociale persoonlijke- en omgevingsfactoren en vice versa. Aan de
hand van beschikbare empirische gegevens worden de verschillende
theorieën op hun waarde geschat. In een beperkt eigen onderzoek toetst de
student specifieke hypothesen afgeleid uit één van de theorieën; data
hiervoor worden ter beschikking gesteld.
werkwijze Hoorcolleges: uiteenzetting van de hoofdlijnen van de literatuur
betreffende de theorieën
Werkcolleges: bespreken literatuur, opstellen hypothesen, presentatie
opzet werkstuk; presentatie en bespreken resultaten (aanwezigheid
verplicht); N.B. Bij een groot aantal studenten zullen een aantal van deze
activiteiten per thematische werkgroep worden georganiseerd
Opdracht: werkstuk met beschrijving theorie en de daaruit afgeleide
hypothese(n), data-analyse, en conclusie(s)
Zelfstudie en zelfstandige data-analyse
Globale tijdsindeling
Week 1: Hoorcolleges; bestudering relevante literatuur
Week 2: Werkcolleges (zie hierboven); (afhankelijk van aantal studenten)
start werkgroepen; einde week is globale opzet werkstuk gereed; start
statistische analyse
Week 3: Statistische analyse; Schrijven werkstuk; einde week zijn
statistische analyses gereed
Week 4: Schrijven werkstuk; presentatie en bespreking; inleveren definitieve
versie werkstuk
literatuur Wetenschappelijke artikelen (de oudere in syllabus, de recente te vinden op
Internet)
toetsing Beoordeling van opdrachten (80%) plus eindpresentatie (20%)
entreevoorwaarden Basale beheersing van SPSS, kennis van lineaire regressieanalyse
doelgroep Masterstudenten Gezondheidswetenschappen (differentiatie Public Health
Research), Sociaal-Culturele Wetenschappen en postdoctorale cursisten
epidemiologie
opmerkingen Meer informatie bij Dorly Deeg, djh.deeg@vumc.nl, 020 4446767; tijdige
186 Life Sciences
inschrijving vanwege gebruik Blackboard is gewenst
naam Gezondheidscommunicatie
code 470087
docenten dr M. Adriaanse; Gastdocenten; drs. A.M.C. Plass; drs. J. Veldhuis
(coordinator, e-mail: jolanda.veldhuis@falw.vu.nl, tel.: 020 5985583)
studiepunten 6
periode 04.06.2007 - 29.06.2007
doel Het doel van de cursus is om inzicht te krijgen in het communiceren van
gezondheidsboodschappen naar de hele samenleving of specifieke groepen
en het ontwikkelen van communicatieve interventies.
Na deze cursus is de student in staat:
de volgende begrippen te onderscheiden/definiëren:
communicatie/voorlichting, voorzieningen en regelgeving,
gezondheidsvoorlichting en gezondheidsbevordering.
een planningsmodel toe te passen op een concreet voorbeeld en de
valkuilen te onderkennen in de planning van gezondheidscommunicatie.
het belang van de analyse van gezondheidsproblemen voor de planning
van gezondheidscommunicatie te onderkennen, op te kunnen stellen en
de uitkomsten te interpreteren.
de gereedschappen van de voorlichter en de daarbij passende literatuur te
beschrijven en toe te passen op een concreet voorbeeld.
uitkomsten van een gedrags- en omgevingsfactorenanalyse van een
gezondheidsprobleem te interpreteren en te verwerken in een plan van
aanpak middels gezondheidscommunicatie.
inhoud In deze cursus worden de definities, concepten en theorieën rondom
gezondheidscommunicatie en gedrag uiteengezet, alsook een aantal
specifieke vormen van (gezondheids)communicatie: persuasief, informatief
en educatief, en bijbehorende kanalen (media; zoals TV, posters, etc.). Naast
het bieden van een theoretisch kader is deze cursus tevens gericht op de
praktische toepasbaarheid; o.m. analyse van een specifiek
gezondheidsprobleem als onderwerp voor een communicatiecampagne, het
definiëren van de doelgroep en het bedenken van een
communicatiestrategie/interventie.
werkwijze Colleges, werkcolleges, gastcolleges, opdrachten, zelfstudie
literatuur Syllabus en aanvullende literatuur bij de colleges
toetsing Beoordeling van de opdracht bestaande uit drie deelopdrachten plus een
presentatie (cijfers voor elk onderdeel vormen gemiddeld cijfer voor
opdracht) = 40 procent van eindcijfer cursus
Schriftelijk tentamen: multiple choice en open vragen = 60 procent van
eindcijfer cursus
Voor zowel de opdracht, als het tentamen dient een voldoende behaald te
worden!
doelgroep Keuze voor derdejaars studenten BSc Algemene
Gezondheidswetenschappen, premasterstudenten Algemene
Gezondheidswetenschappen en masterstudenten in 1 van de bètaopleidingen
in de specialisatie (wetenschaps)communicatie.
De cursus wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen voor studenten die de
masterspecialisatie Preventie en gezondheid willen gaan volgen, dus met
name bestemd voor alle premaster en bachelorstudenten die deze
Programme components (MSc) 187
masterspecialisatie willen gaan volgen.
opmerkingen Aanwezigheidsplicht: iedere student moet bij de opdracht minimaal eenmaal
presenteren en mag maximaal eenmaal afwezig zijn bij de werkcolleges
Maximaal aantal deelnemers in de cursus: 60 studenten
subject Glycoimmunology
code 311167
credits 3
co-ordinator dr. I.M. van Die
period 11 December - 22 December 2006
aim After the completion of the course, students will have aqcuired knowledge of
and insight in:
the molecular interactions of glycans with the innate immune system in
infectious disease.
the biosynthetic defects that cause aberrant glycosylation in cancer and
the correlational patterns between altered glycosylation and clinical
prognosis.
the role of endogenous lectins in the functional consequences of
interactions between aberrant glycans (on tumour cells) or foreign
glycans (on pathogens) with the innate immune system.
content The following topics will be discussed:
biological roles of glycans in the immune system
conservation and diversity of glycosylation patterns in different
organisms
classification and functions of carbohydrate binding proteins (lectins)
molecular interactions between glycans and lectins
role of glycans in infectious diseases, focussed on bacterial and parasite
infections
glycosylation changes in cancer and their biosynthetic basis
techniques and approaches in the study of glycan functions
application of glycans and glycoproteins as therapeutics in medicine
form of tuition 24 hours (12 self-study, 6 discussion group, 6 lecture). The course is
accessible for small groups of students. The course consists of:
self-study, in combination with contact-hours with the teacher
discussion sessions about recent publications
literature The course material consists of recent research publications and reviews and
chapters from "Essentials of Glycobiology", eds A. Varki et al., Cold Spring
Harbor laboratory Press.
mode of assessment Oral assessment, presentation of a recent publication.
target audience This course is optional for students of the Master Course in Oncology.
remarks Protein- and lipid-linked carbohydrates play critical roles in many cellular
functions and in disease. Prominent examples of their importance are found
in their role in regulation of immune functions, in infectious disease and in
tumour metastases.
Glycans occurring on the surface of pathogens differ in structure from
normal human glycans and may cause cellular and/or humoral immune
responses. Pathogen-derived glycans may be regarded as PAMPs
(pathogen associated molecular patterns), that are recognized by specific
receptors (lectins) on cells of the innate immune system. Upon
188 Life Sciences
interaction, these lectins transmit information about the pathogen, setting
thereby the scene for the development of a pro- or an anti-inflammatory
immune response.
Altered glycosylation is a universal feature of cancer cells, and certain
types of glycan structures are well known markers for tumour
progression. Although not much is known at present, it is becoming
evident that the abberant glycosylation is not simply the consequence of
disordered biology in tumour cells, since there is only a limited subset of
biosynthesis pathways correlated with tumour progression. Some of these
glycan alterations have a genetic basis.
Apply per email to the course coordinator: im.vandie@vumc.nl.
subject Health Geography
code 470094
lecturers prof.dr. H.J. Scholten; drs. M.A. Molendijk; drs. R. van Wilgenburg MSc
(Contact: Department: SPINlab, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Room 3A-38,
Tel. +31 20 5989066, Email:rwilgenburg@feweb.vu.nl
)
credits 6
period 27.11.2006 - 23.12.2006
aim By the end of this course, you should be able to:
1. identify and define the main geographical concepts related to the
geography of health;
2. have a critical appreciation of spatial perspectives in the geography of
health;
3. work with GIS software related to a case study (GIS project);
4. communicate your ideas clearly and concisely in written form (paper).
content During the course general aspects of GIS and health care will be dealt with.
The different components of GIS are treated and the ways in which these are
used in the solution of spatial problems. In addition, the students will work
extensively on a practical assignment with GIS, resulting in a paper. The
course will be concluded with a written exam (essay questions).
literature Gatrell, Anthony C., Geographies of Health: An Introduction, Blackwell
Publishers, 2002.
mode of assessment Participation in the working groups, lectures and practical work is
compulsory.
Students will be graded on the basis of GIS project (paper) and an exam.
The deliverables are a GIS project (paper, 40%of the grade) and an eam
(60% of the grade). The individual parts should at least be marked with a 5.0
and the final score must be a 5.5 in order to pass. Exact details on the GIS
project (including literature and assignment completion guidelines) and the
exam will be handed out during the course.
entry requirements Affinity with computers
target audience MSc students with basic training in health sciences and/or nutrition. The
course is a component of the differentiation programme Infectious diseases
and Public Health in the MSc Health Science and of the differentiation
programme Infectious diseases in the MSc Biomedical Sciences.
subject Health Law (Gezondheidsrecht)
code 470808
Programme components (MSc) 189
lecturers dhr J. Legemaate (, mw. B. frederiks (co-ordinator)); guest lecturers
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim (1) To provide a solid basis in understanding the background and starting-
points of legal regulation in health care, (2) to gain insight in the means and
possibilities to apply legal concepts and provisions in the actual practice of
care, prevention and/or research.
content The following topics will be addressed:
the regulation of patients' rights and quality of care;
the structure and organization of health care;
responsibilities and liabilities of health care workers and researchers;
the protection of privacy in health care;
medical research and population screening;
form of tuition Lectures, working-groups, assignment and self-study
literature Reader
mode of assessment Grade will be based on the assignment, presentation and a written exam.
target audience MSc students Health Sciences
remarks Course is taught in Dutch, English on request. This course is an optional
course within the Master Health Sciences.
subject Health promotion and disease prevention (Gezondheidsbevordering en
ziektepreventie)
code 470811
lecturers drs. A.M.C. Plass; dr. M.C. Adriaanse (co-ordinator); drs. J. Veldhuis (and
guestspeakers)
credits 6
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim To provide a solid basis in understanding elementary aspects of the theory,
research and practice in the field of health promotion & disease prevention.
content This course focuses on lifestyle, health behaviour, diseases and
environmental differences of individuals and populations. Primary aim is to
improve peoples¿ health status and quality of life by health promotion
interventions.
Some examples of the topics that will be addressed are:
Health promotion & disease prevention; concepts, definitions and history.
Theories of (changing) health behavior; illness perception, self-
regulation.
Risk perception; perceived risk(s) or threat and their relation with health
behaviour.
Health-related quality of life; the role of perceived mental and physical
health status.
Intervention mapping; designing theory- and evidence-based health
promotion programs.
Health promotion interventions; obesity & smoking in schools, alcohol
prevention, community & neighborhoods, diabetes mellitus.
form of tuition Lectures, guest speakers, assignment and self study.
literature Reader and additional course material provided on Blackboard.
mode of assessment Grade will be based on the assignment and a written exam, including
multiple choice and open-ended questions.
190 Life Sciences
entry requirements The following courses of the Bachelor Health Sciences are recommended:
'Preventie' and 'Gezondheidscommunicatie'.
target audience MSc students Health Sciences.
remarks Course is taught in Dutch, English on request; This course is compulsory
course within the Master specialization Prevention & public health.
naam Health Psychology (Gezondheidspsychologie)
code 470730
lecturer dr. I.H.M. Steenhuis (coördinator, email: ingrid.steenhuis@falw.vu.nl, room
O-551, De Boelelaan 1085, 020-5986948
)
studiepunten 6
aim To acquire knowledge and insight in health psychology issues
content Several central issues in health psychology will be discussed during the
course. In terms of prevention, tertiary prevention will be the focus of this
course. First, psycho-social aspects which are relevant in the treatment of
disease will be discussed, such as patient-provider communication and
compliance with a prescribed therapy or medical regiment. Next, psycho-
social aspects of management of (chronic) diseases will be discussed.
Besides issues of coping and self-management, the course will focus on
stigmatization of ill people (e.g. patients with HIV) and the role of social
support. Finally, the course will include some clinicial psychology, and
especially prevention issues in clinical psychology (e.g. prevention of
depression).
All subjects of the course will follow the same structure: to start with,
relevant determinants/causes of a problem (such as non-compliance or bad
coping skills) will be pointed out. After that, attention will be paid to
interventions, for both adults and children.
form of tuition Lectures, Guest Lectures from patients (in dutch), tutorials/discussion of
study materials, presentations by students, self-study
literature Reader and articles on blackboard
mode of assessment written exam and oral presentation
target audience MSc students Health Sciences.
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
remarks Taught in English upon request.
subject Health Technology Assessment and Health Economy
code 470807
lecturers prof.dr. M.W. van Tulder (contact); dr. F.R.M. Portrait;
prof.dr. M. Lindeboom
credits 6
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim The objective of this course on Health Technology Assessment & Health
Economics is: To introduce students to the field of Health Technology
Assessment and, in particular, to the field of economic evaluations and to
provide students with a greater understanding in specific key issues in health
economics.
End terms
The student is able to:
Perform statistical analysis of economic data, summarize and interpret
Programme components (MSc) 191
results of an economic evaluation, and to write a scientific report.
To critically assess and discuss economic aspects of major issues on the
health care market.
content During the first two weeks of this course, the students are introduced to the
field of Health Technology Assessment and in particular economic
evaluations. Topics that are covered are the different aspects of Health
Technology Assessment research, economic research questions, statistical
techniques for economic evaluations, and the interpretation and reporting of
results of economic evaluations. During practical workshops students will
perform an economic evaluation with real data to get some hands on
experience. Also, a published economic evaluation will be critically assessed
using a methodological checklist for economic evaluations.
The last two weeks of this course are devoted to the thorough understanding
of two main topics in Health Economics. The topics vary from year to year
and are close to the staff members' research interests. The course covers
topics such as equity issues in the health care sector, effects of childhood
circumstances on health at older ages, aging and the health sector, the
understanding of provider behavior, or the health sector in developing
countries. Both theory and evidence are examined. Participants are expected
to have a good prior understanding of the basic principles of Health
Economics (see Bachelor course on Health economics).
form of tuition Lectures and Workshops.
literature Drummond MF, Sculpher MJ, Torrance GW, O'Brien BJ, Stoddart GL.
Methods for the Economic Evaluation of Health Care Programmes. New
York: Oxford University Press, 2005
Syllabus.
mode of assessment The final grade will be based on a written scientific report (50%) and written
examination (50%).
entry requirements Students must have successfully completed the MSc course on Care &
Prevention Research and the Bachelor course on Health Economics.
target audience Students with a Bachelor degree in Health Sciences at the VU. Students with
a comparable Bachelor's degree; this is to the discretion the course
management (please contact well in advance).
naam Health, Globalisation and Human Rights
code470818
lecturersprof.dr. C.J. Hamelink (co-ordinator); guest lecturers
studiepunten 6
aim To acquire knowledge and understanding of the relationship between
global public health issues and the global protection of human rights.
To analyse how violations of human rights affect health and well-being.
To learn methods of human rights assessment in relation to innovations in
health technology.
To acquire insights into the cultural dimensions of human rights values in
relation to public health.
To understand how issues such as `free speech¿ and `access to data¿ are
relevant to the promotion of public health
content This course focuses on the human rights issues that are raised around the
192 Life Sciences
globe in connection with public health concerns. The course introduces the
students to the relevant UN human rights instruments on health and to the
mechanisms to promote and protect these rights. Special attention is given to
urgent human rights issues in situations where armed conflict deeply affects
people's health and well-being. During the course students will work on
practical assignments in a group project which focuses on the design of
international research and implementation instruments for the human rights
assessment of innovations in health technology. Within the context of current
globalisation processes the importance of local cultural insights into the
human rights/public health interaction will be discussed.
form of tuition Lectures, working groups, group project, self study
literature Reader
mode of assessment Assignments, group project, final paper
target audience Optional course for students in all differentiations of the Masters Health
Sciences, Biomedical Sciences, and Management, Policy Analysis and
entrepreneurship in health and life sciences.
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
remarks For more information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
naam History of Life Sciences
code 471017
docenten prof.dr. F.H. van Lunteren; dr. I.H. Stamhuis (coordinator)
studiepunten 3
aim Insight into the historical roots of recent practices and theories in the life
sciences.
Awareness of the role of social, economical, political and other factors.
Learning to deal with historical questions and literature.
content Some of the more conspicuous changes in the life sciences during the last
two centuries will be studied thematically. The first theme discusses the
changing role of laboratory and experiment. The second focuses on
Darwinian evolution and some of its social and religious consequences. The
third deals with the early twentieth century emergence of genetics and the
fourth with the subsequent rise of molecular biology. The last theme
discusses biological approaches toward society: eugenics (as a method for
social improvement) and sociobiology (as a foundation for secular ethics).
form of tuition Each day will start with a lecture. Five assignments must be made with help
of the texts of the reader. A blackboard site is available.
literature Reader.
mode of assessment Graded assignments.
period 08.01.2007 - 19.01.2007
naam In Vivo Neurophysiology
code 470727
lecturer A. Mulder
studiepunten 6
aim The aim is to provide insight in the neural coding of behavior. You will learn
about the most recent developments in behavioral neurophysiology from both
a technical and scientific viewpoint. You will get hands-on experience in
acquiring and analyzing neuronal activity recorded in a behavioral setting.
content The course will start with plenary lectures and will gradually merge into a
Programme components (MSc) 193
`master class¿ setting. In the plenary lectures, the theory and principles of
neural coding of behavior will be introduced and the history of behavioral
neurophysiology will be reviewed. In addition, a thorough review of the
neurophysiological underpinnings of learning & memory, attention and
decision-making will be presented. Last but not least, we will discuss the
technical aspects of unit recording during behavior.
In the master class setting, recent literature will be presented and discussed
by you. Gradually, more and more time will be spent in the lab where, by
means of practicals and demonstrations, you will get hands-on experience in
running a behavioral neurophysiological experiment. The final week will be
dedicated to data analysis, discussions and presentation of the results.
form of tuition Plenary lectures, literature discussions, demonstrations and practicals.
literature To be announced
mode of assessment Participation in discussions and practicals, presentations
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
remarks Limited to 10 master students. Language: Tuition in English. Application:
Course coordination (ab.mulder@vumc.nl)
subject Integrative Bioinformatics and Genomics
code 470611
lecturers others; prof.dr. J. Heringa (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim A theoretical and practical bioinformatics course about biological
sequence analysis. The course provides an introduction to the algorithmic
and biological principles of sequence analysis, as well as practical
implications.
Goals:
At the end of the course, the student will be aware of the major issues,
methodology and available algorithms in sequence analysis.
At the end of the course, the student will have hands-on experience in
tackling biological problems in sequence analysis.
content Theory:
Dynamic programming, database searching, pairwise and multiple
alignment, probabilistic methods, pattern matching, evolutionary models,
and phylogeny.
Practical:
A choice between assignments:
Phylogenetic profiling of a selected bacterial gene
Prediction of function of unknown ORFs in selected viruses or bacteria
Co-evolution of selected prokaryotic operons as measured through
metabolic distances of the products
Function prediction through interpolation of distances from Clusters of
Orthologous Groups (COGs)
Regulation
form of tuition Assignment introductions
Computer practicals
Hands-on support
If necessary: parts of bachelorcourse genomics
194 Life Sciences
literature E-course material and overheads
Part from the book: Introduction to bioinformatics, Attwood & Parry-
Smith, Longman, 1999; ISBN 0 582 327881
Parts from the book: Understanding the Control of Metabolism, Fell,
Portland Press, 1997, ISBN 1 85578 047
Parts from the book Bioinformatics for Dummies, Claverie & Notredame,
Wiley Publishing, Inc., 2003; ISBN 0 7645 1696 5
mode of assessment Active participation, assignment results and oral or written exam (depending
on number of course students)
target audience Masterstudents Biomolecular Sciences, Biology en Bio-Medical Sciences
recommended Bachelor course Genomics
background knowledge
remarks The course is taught in English
subject Interactive Communication
code 470562
coördinator prof.dr. J.F.G. Bunders-Aelen
lecturers drs. B.J. Regeer (and others); drs. F. Kupper; prof.dr. C.J. Hamelink
credits 3
period 16.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim To acquire insight into the need for different ways of (professional)
communication
To understand the dilemmas and constraints, which have been identified
for interactive communication
To establish and put into practice a framework for analyzing interactive
communication
To practice skills in interactive communication
content Changes in society have resulted in a growing need for (more) interactive
communication. Within this course we analyze the change from Public
Relations as a one way stream (such as Postbus 51 commercials) to
interactive communication (such as debates, conversations) at three levels.
First of all, we assess the changes which have occurred within the societal
context which reduced the success of the one-way stream. What does the
transformation of the industrial society towards the network society mean for
communication strategies? And, what limitations are faced by interactive
communication at the macro-level (such as lock-in, resilience, institutional
tradition). Secondly, what does this mean for communication instruments?
For example, what is the difference between one-way and two-way
communication? How do you recognize the difference between a genuine
open dialogue and a debate between different points of view? Thirdly, what
are the constraints of interactive communication at the individual level? How
can you recognize these within conversations and debates? Assessment of the
relations and connections between the different levels forms an essential part
of the course. Students will gain insight into the relevant theoretical concepts
underlying the need for interactive communication.
form of tuition Lecturers, self study, workshops, training workshops and individual
assignments.
literature Reader
mode of assessment Individual assessment based on assignments and active participation
Programme components (MSc) 195
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M/CE-differentiation of
the Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. diff. International Public Health).
remarks Attendance of workshops and training workshops is compulsory. For
information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subjectInteractive Health Technology Assessment
code 470578
lecturerprof.dr. G.J. van der Wilt (co-ordinator)
credits3
period12.11.2006-24.11.2006
aim To learn the difference between interactive HTA and conventional HTA
in terms of theoretical concepts, assumptions, objectives, and methods.
To improve your skills in collecting data through interviews.
To learn how to reconstruct interpretive frames of stakeholders,
distinguishing between their judgement of (technological) solutions,
problem definitions, background theories, and normative preferences.
To improve your skills in translating claims and concerns of stakeholders
in research questions.To improve your skills in finding relevant
information and assessing its validity.
To improve your skills in conducting a project as a team.
content In this course you learn how to conduct an interactive health technology
assessment. `Interactive¿ here refers to interaction among different
stakeholders: people who (1) are involved in the development or
manufacturing of a technology, (2) use it as part of their professional work,
(3) may experience the benefits or burdens of the technology, (4) are
responsible for the appropriate use and funding of the technology, etc. People
with different perspectives on a technology may have rather different ideas as
to what it is that makes it valuable. As evaluator, you may have to decide,
then, who the audience of your assessment is: for whom are you conducting
the assessment, whose questions are going to be addressed? Such a decision
determines for whom the results of your assessment will be relevant (and
valid). iHTA aims to circumvent this problem by achieving a greater degree
of consensus among stakeholders as to the relevant issues that need to be
addressed. Basically, the interaction is about the question: `What is it that we
don¿t know, and that matters?¿ In other words: what is it that we need to
know about this technology, in order to appreciate its value? iHTA also
differs from conventional approaches in HTA in that it is problem-oriented,
rather than technology-oriented. It aims to retrieve what is considered
problematic about a particular situation, and what solutions are envisaged
and preferred by the various stakeholders. After a brief introduction and
training, you will be taking interviews with stakeholders. You will analyse
your data and present them to your colleague-students, who have been
interviewing other stakeholders. You will search the literature for answers to
questions that came up during the interviews. Together, you are going to
write a brief report on a particular subject of topical interest. The report will
contain the state-of-the-art as well as important issues that need to be
addressed. The main findings will be presented during a final meeting.
196 Life Sciences
form of tuition Lectures, workshops, self study
literature Reader
mode of assessment Assessment is based on the contribution of the overall project and on the
basis of an individual exam.
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M-differentiation of the
Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. diff. International Public Health).
remarks Basic knowledge of Health Technology Assessment is advised. For more
information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Interactive Research in Practice
code 470579
lecturers prof.dr. J.F.G. Bunders-Aelen (co-ordinator); drs. F. Kupper;
drs. A. Roelofsen
credits 6
period 3.10.05-28.10.05
aim To further deepen your analytic skills with respect to the assessment of a
specific societal problem;
To acquire insight into the theory and practice of interactive research;
To practice skills in data collection and analysis;
To learn to set up valid lines of argumentation;
To improve your communication skills;
To acquire insights into specific methods and techniques of interactive
research;
To improve your skills in working effectively in a project team, through
team building, team analysis and feedback;
To get experienced in conducting interactive research.
content In this course, you learn to apply theoretical concepts about interactive
research and to practice various interactive research skills. The course starts
with a few days deepening the central concepts of interactive research,
followed by the project. In a group of about ten students you participate in a
current interactive research project which is executed at the department
Biology and Society. In the research various skills are practiced, such as
focusgroups, dialogues, Delphi techniques. Specific attention is paid to your
personal skills of interactive research. At the end of the course, you prepare a
report to present your findings. In a power-point presentation your team will
highlight the main results of your analysis and defend the recommendations
you propose.
form of tuition Training; Project assignment
literature Reader
mode of assessment Individual evaluation based on personal performance in the project group
target audience Optional course for Master students Management, Policy Analysis and
Entrepreneurship in health and life sciences (MPA), M/CE-differentiation of
the Health, Life & Natural Sciences, Biology, Health sciences, Biomedical
Sciences, (e.g. diff. International Public Health).
remarks Basic knowledge of (interactive) policy processes and policy analysis and
relevant research skills required. Attendance is compulsory. For information
and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
Programme components (MSc) 197
naam Interfacultair keuzevak Ontwikkelingsvraagstukken
code 60000010
studiepunten 6
contacturen 28 (28 hoorcollege)
in de basiscursus
periode 1, 2, 3 en 4
coördinator drs. J.J.F. Heins (e.a.)
periode 1e en 2e periode -basiscursus op de donderdagmorgen
3e en 4e periode -vervolgtraject, het dagdeel varieert
doel Vanuit verschillende disciplines informatie bieden op het gebied van
ontwikkelingsvraagstukken.
inhoud Dit interfacultaire keuzevak bestaat uit een basiscursus en een vervolgtraject.
De basiscursus (voor 6 ects) omvat een serie van 12 hoorcolleges, waarin
vanuit verschillende disciplines informatie geboden wordt over
ontwikkelingsvraagstukken en het thema Kennis, informatie en innovatie.
Sleutels voor mondiale ontwikkeling? De eerste 6 colleges bieden
basisinformatie, terwijl in de laatste 8 bijeenkomsten het thema meer centraal
zal staan. Het vervolgtraject (3 tot 12 ects) kan ingevuld worden met een
studiereis naar Suriname (onder voorbehoud), het deelnemen aan het
simulatiespel Africulture over rurale ontwikkeling in Afrika, of met het
schrijven van een werkstuk over een onderwerp naar keuze.
literatuur Potter, R.B., R. Binns, J.A. Elliott & D. Smith, Geographies of
Development. 2e druk, Harlow, UK: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall,
2004, met uitzondering van de hoofdstukken 5 & 8
Heins, J.J.F. & B.G. Keuper (red.) Rozen in de woestijn, voorbeelden van
succesvolle ontwikkeling. 2003, themabundel Ontwikkelingsproblematiek
nr. 13, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
Websiteartikelen bij de hoorcolleges
toetsing schriftelijk tentamen
75 %
essay
25 %
opmerkingen Een informatieboekje met nadere beschrijving van basiscursus en
vervolgtraject is aan te vragen bij: Mw. G.E. Heemskerk, Faculteit der
Economische Wetenschappen en Bedrijfskunde (FEWEB), Afd. Algemene
en Ontwikkelingseconomie (AOE), De Boelelaan 1105, 1081 HV
Amsterdam, kamer 4A-33, tel. 020-5986140, e-mail: iko@feweb.vu.nl. Zie
ook de website:
subject International Comparative Analyses of Health Care Systems
code 470820
lecturer dr. R.J.T. van Rijsselt (course co-ordinator)
credits 6
subject Interpersoonlijke communicatie
code 991000
lecturer drs. I. Pauw
credits 3
198 Life Sciences
period 28-11-2005/09-12-2005
aim Development of:
insight in interaction processes/ how communication takes place in
groups;
skills for communicating in groups effectively, especially in management
roles.
content This module is concerned with gaining insight in interaction patterns that
take place in a group. Your own contribution to the communication as a
member of a group and your possibilities to fulfill a "leader's role" are
discussed.
We work with the Interpersonal Teacher's Behavior Model, which is used in
the secondary teacher training program but which is also applicable in other
situations. Effects of the "leader's" behavior on that of group members are
analyzed. Also, "effective" behavior will be trained.
form of tuition Seminars and workshops during which video images will be analyzed;
identifying interaction patterns; training/rehearsing of behavioral skills.
literature F. Oomkes: Communicatieleer. ISBN 9053525378, plus articles issued
during meetings.
mode of assessment On the basis of an assignment (e.g. via a video fragment), of which the
results will be displayed in the portfolio.
entry requirements none
target audience All Master's students of FALW and FEW.
remarks Course is taught in Dutch. Maximum participants: 20.
subject Intracellular Networks
code 470622
coördinator dr. K. Krab
lecturers drs. F.J. Bruggeman; prof.dr. H.V. Westerhoff; dr. K. Krab (co-ordinator);
prof.dr. J. Heringa; dr. J.L. Snoep
credits 6
period 02.04.2007-27.04.2007
aim To train the students to analyse networks of cellular processes in terms of
systems properties (System Biology). Integration of knowledge about
individual processes and (spatial, temporal and organisational) structure of
networks in biological systems.
content Enzyme kinetics; Metabolic and Hierarchical control Analysis; properties of
metabolic and signalling networks. Analysis of quantitative kinetic models of
such networks ('Silicon cells').
form of tuition Lectures, self-study and computerpractical.
literature Lecture notes (ca. 10 euro)
mode of assessment Written exam and computer assignment.
target audience Masterstudents with a background in Bioloogy, Medical Biology,
Bioinformatics, Physics and Mathematics with an interest in the quantitative
analysis of the behaviour of biological systems.
remarks The course is taught in the English language
subject Introduction into Cardiovascular Pharmacology
code 470751
co-ordinator dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
lecturer various lecturers
Programme components (MSc) 199
credits 2
period 2nd semester, contact coördinator
content Day 1:
Introduction;
Pharmacodynamics I;
Autonomic nervous system.
Day 2
Parctical Paracetamol;
Biotransformation;
Pharmacodynamics II;
Pharmacodynamics III.
Day 3
Discussion results Paracetamol;
Computer simulations;
Neurohormones.
Day 4
Oxidative stress;
Routes of administration.
Day 5
Pharmacology of ion channels;
Evaluation, questions.
remarks For more information please contact Dr. A.A. van Lambalgen.
naam Live Cell Imaging
code 470726
lecturers dr. H.D. Mansvelder; dr. R.F.G. Toonen; various lecturers
studiepunten 6
aim This course will provide the student with theoretical and practical knowledge
to utilize emerging imaging technologies in neuroscience
content Advances in light microscopy, digital image processing, and the development
of a variety of powerful fluorescent probes present expanding opportunities
for investigating the nervous system, from synaptic spines to networks in the
brain. This intensive laboratory and lecture course will provide participants
with the theoretical and practical knowledge to utilize emerging imaging
technologies. The primary emphasis of the course will be on vital light
microscopy. Students will learn the principles of light microscopy, as well as
use of different types of electronic cameras, laser scanning systems,
functional fluorophores, delivery techniques, and digital image-processing
software. In addition to transmitted light microscopy for viewing cellular
motility, the course will examine a variety of molecular probes of cell
function, including calcium-sensitive dyes, voltage-sensitive dyes, photo-
activated ("caged") compounds, and exocytosis tracers. Issues arising in the
combination of imaging with electrophysiological methods will be covered.
Particular weight will be given to multi-photon laser scanning microscopy
and to newly available biological fluorophores, especially Green-Fluorescent
Protein (GFP) and its variants.
form of tuition Masterclass meetings, hands-on experiments in the lab in small groups and
lectures
literature 1. Selected chapters from Yuste and Konnerth: Imaging in Neuroscience and
200 Life Sciences
Development: A Laboratory Manual
2. Selection of primary scientific papers
mode of assessment oral presentation, written report and exam
entry requirements Neurobiology, Principles of Neuroscience (470701)
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
remarks Maximum number of participants: 10. Language: tuition in English.
Application: Course coordination H. Mansvelder (huib@cncr.vu.nl) and R.
Toonen (ruud@cncr.vu.nl)
naam Management in Health Organisation
code 470822
coördinator dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst
lecturers prof.dr. J.F.G. Bunders-Aelen; dr. H. Wels; dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst; others
studiepunten 6
aim To get acquainted with important theories on organizational structures
and to acquire knowledge on organizational structures in health
organizations
To acquire insight in different management practices
To obtain insight in motivation methods and conflict management and
specific problems in health organizations
To acquire insight into strategic management
To gain insight in and to practice leadership
To improve communication skills
To practise team management
content Organizations in the health science sector are changing rapidly, partly due to
newly emerging technologies and increasing societal compexity. A growing
number of students with a degree in health sciences become
managers/professionals in health organizations. During this course students
learn how to be effective performers both individually and in teams within
health organizations. This requires understanding the macro aspects of
organizational behavior, which of necessity involves managerial skills and
ways of strategic thinking. Next to the theoretical part, the students learn
practical skills associated with managerial success, e.g. how to engage in
group-based planning. During two weeks the students become a project
manager of a project team (third year course `Beleid en Management in de
gezondheidszorg' of the Bsc. Health Sciences or the Bsc. Gezondheid en
Leven) that has been given the assignment to write a policy advisory report.
form of tuition Lectures, self study, training workshops, project assignment
literature "Management and organizational behaviour", Wendy Bloisi (European
edition), McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN 0-07-709945-1and a reader
mode of assessment Written exam and assessment of the functioning as a team manager. Note:
the grades for both parts must at least be sufficient (6)
target audience Optional course for Master students in the specialisation in `Policy and
Organisation in Health care' in Health Sciences and other specialisations in
Health Sciences.
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
remarks Attendance is Compulsory. Preferably students have attended the BSc course
`Beleid en Management'. For information and application:
ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
Programme components (MSc) 201
subject Mastercourse Immunity
code 311103
credits 6
co-ordinators prof.dr. R.J. Scheper (Dept of Pathology); prof.dr. R.H.J. Beelen (Dept of
Molecular Cell Biology)
(Questions regarding the course: lm.vddobbelsteen@vumc.nl; regarding
internships in Tumor Immunology and Experimental Pathology:
rj.scheper@vumc.nl, or (tumor-) Immunology and Molecular Cell Biology
rhj.beelen@vumc.nl)
period 2 October - 27 October 2006 (week 40 to 43)
aim Expanding knowledge obtained during the introductory course on
Immunology, focusing on implications for several disease processes.
Trainings in ways to study primary and secundary immunological
literature on selected immune disorders.
Introduction to critical research questions regarding immunological
aspects of various diseases.
Final level, the student should be able to:
Explain how and to which extent immune defense mechanisms are
disturbed in a broad variety of clinically relevant disease processes.
Point out which diagnostic methodologies provide the information which
is most relevant to the selection of therapeutic interventions.
Summarize pros and cons of preventive and therapeutic measures.
content Chapters 10 - 14 and Appendix I of Janeway's `Immunobiology`, also used
for the introductory course. After having dealt with the fundamentals in the
first parts of the book, these chapters focus on infectious diseases, immune
deficiencies, allergies and hypersensitivity disorders, autoimmune diseases,
graft rejection, tumorimmunology, and therapeutic and technical issues,
respectively.
form of tuition Independent study (approx. 120 hrs), complemented with training sessions
first, during the initial lecture and discussion sessions (up to 6 x 2 hours)
knowledge on the first 9 Chapters will be refreshed and rehearsed.
Subsequently, the above mentioned chapters, including Appendix I, will be
studied and discussed. Moreover, small-scale working group sessions are
scheduled to provide highly interactive discussions on recent literature
selected in order to highlight cutting edge research questions (2 x 4 hours).
literature Janeway, Travers, Walport and Shlomchik: Immunobiology, 6th edition,
Garland Science Eds (approx 73 EUR). Complementary literature on selected
topics will be provided during the course.
mode of assessment The course will be closed off with a written assignment based on answering
essay questions. The course takes place yearly (next opportunity October
2006), with written finals at the end of each course, and in December.
target audience This course is compulsory for the Differentiation Immunology in the Master
Biomedical Sciences. Given the broad relevance of immunology in life
sciences this course also provides excellent opportunities for other
differentations within this Master program. Within the VUmc, the master
course Immunity also serves as an indispensable course for the Master
Oncology program.
202 Life Sciences
subject Measurements in Biomedical Science
code 470752
co-ordinator dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
lecturer Several lecturers
credits 3
period 2nd semester, contact coördinator
content The course measurements in biomedical science consider the usual
measurement methods for biological systems, about the patient, the
laboratory animal, tissues and the cell. The course member will be taught
measurements to judge on reliability.
Measurements will be introduces with a discussion about the plan. The
physical principle of the several measurement methods will be used for better
understanding about the methods. In many measurement methods,
measurement signals are converted to a better exportation shape of electric
signals, with or without discussion. For the necessary steps in analyzing can
mistakes be introduced. With this we will enter the different aspects of signal
analysis and image processing. Eventually the course member should be able
to value the magnitude and relevance of errors.
literature The material for studying is a lecture note and used signal material.
mode of assessment The course considers a few lectures, group meetings were problems would be
solved considering the subject matters presented, and a few practices or
demonstrations.
The programme will attend two weeks.
remarks For further information, please contact Dr. A.A. van Lambalgen.
naam Migratie, cultuur, gezondheid en onderzoek
code 470813
lecturers drs C. Keizer (course co-ordinator, Secretariaat: P. Brinckman,
p.brinckman@vumc.nl, 020-4448266, VUmc, Van der Boechorststr. 7, 1081
BT Amsterdam, kamer A-322.); prof.dr. I.N. Wolffers; drs. K.L.R. Logghe;
drs. D. Barten; dr M. van Elteren
studiepunten 6
aim Het doel van de cursus is om de masterstudent voor te bereiden op een
kwalitatieve onderzoeksstage in binnen- of buitenland.
Eindtermen:
De student heeft inzicht in de verschillende stromingen binnen kwalitatief
onderzoek en participatief actieonderzoek;
De student beheerst de traditonele kwalitatieve onderzoekstechnieken (ie.
focus group discussions en in-depth interviews);
De student heeft vaardigheden ontwikkeld op het gebied van visuele
kwalitatieve onderzoekstechnieken (ie. balloon exercises, life line, body
mapping, social mapping);
De student kan zelfstandig kwalitatief onderzoeksmateriaal analyseren;
De student kan een onderzoeksvoorstel schrijven dat voldoet aan
wetenschappelijke eisen.
content Verschillende modellen van kwalitatief en participatief actieonderzoek,
koppeling van onderzoek aan interventies en advocacy, research ethics,
specifieke uitdagingen bij onderzoek onder mobiele populaties, culturele
verscheidenheid- verschillende soorten bias (observer bias, selection bias,
information bias, interviewer bias, migration bias), triangulatie, selecteren
Programme components (MSc) 203
van de onderzoekspopulatie en wat te doen bij mobiele populaties,
traditioneel kwalitatieve en visuele onderzoekstechnieken bij mobiele
populaties- transcripties, vertalingen, coderingen en analyse.
form of tuition Werkcolleges
literature Hardon, A. et al. (2001), Applied Health Research: Antropology of
Health and Health Care. Amsterdam: Het Spinhuis.
I. Wolffers (1995), Kwalitatieve Benaderingen in het Medisch
Onderzoek. Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde, 139 (49): 2580-
2583.
N. Khanlou & E. Peter (2005), Participatory Action Research:
Considerations for Ethical Review. Social Science & Medicine, 60: 2333-
2340.
Leask, J., Hawe, P. & Chapman, S. (2001), Focus Group Composition: A
Comparision between Natural and Constructed Groups. Australian and
New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 25 (2): 152-154.
Krieger, J., Allen, C., et al. (2002), Using Community-Based
Participatory Research to Address Social Determinants of Health:
Lessons Learned from Seattle Partners for Healthy Communities. Health
Education & Behavior, 29 (3): 361-382.
Ezzy, D. (2001), Are Qualitative Methods Misunderstood? Australian
and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 25 (4): 294-297.
Miles, M.B. & Huberman, A.M. (1994), Qualitative Data Analysis: An
Expanded Sourcebook. Thousands Oaks, California: SAGE Publications,
Inc.
Pope, C., Ziebland, S. & Mays, N. (2000), Qualitative Research in Health
Care: Analysing Qualitative Data. British Medical Journal, 320: 114-116.
Mays, N. & Pope, C. (2000), Qualitative Research in Health Care:
Assessing Quality in Qualitative Research. British Medical Journal, 320:
50-52.
mode of assessment Zowel de participatie en de opdrachten (50 %)tijdens de werkcolleges als ook
het schrijven en presenteren van het onderzoeksvoorstel (50 %).
target audience Verplicht voor masterstudenten ALW die op stage gaan bij de sectie
Gezondheidszorg en Cultuur.
period 08.01.2007-02.02.2007
recommended Plomp, N. (2005), Gezondheidswetenschappelijk Onderzoek en de Praktijk
background knowledge (reader gezondheidswetenschappen VU cursus november 2005).
subject Modelling: Ab Initio Models
code 470618
lecturers prof.dr. H.V. Westerhoff; others; drs. F.J. Bruggeman (and others)
credits 6
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim Starting from kinetic information about individual processes in the cell
(chemical reactions, transportprocesses, gene expression, signal
transduction), kinetic models for reaction networks will be constructed and
used to analyse the behaviour of such systems, also in terms of control,
efficiency and regulation, A number of computerprograms designed to
perform this task will be discussed and/or used.
Goals: Students will be trained to read and interprete such models, and to use
204 Life Sciences
them to analyse the system which is modelled. They also be trained to
construct and use simple models for metabolic and signal-transducing
networks.
content Ordinary and partial differential equations, Kinetics of enzyme-catalysed
reactions, structure of biochemical networks (metabolic and signal
transducing), matrix formulation of reaction networks (stoichiometric
matrix).
form of tuition Lectures, supervised literature analysis, computer practicals
literature Reader (10 Euro)
mode of assessment Written exam and modelling assignment
target audience Masterstudents with a background in Bioloogy, Medical Biology,
Bioinformatics, Physics and Mathematics with an interest in the quantitative
analysis of the behaviour of biological systems.
remarks The course is taught in the English language
subject Molecular Biology and Genetics of the Cardiovascular System
code 470753
co-ordinator dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
lecturer various lecturers
credits 3
period 2nd semester, contact coordinator
aim The aim of this course is to provide you with a basic/working knowledge of
molecular biology and genetics. After this course you will be fit to
understand the lectures and instruction of the `Papendal courses¿.
Molecular biology and genetics are fields in science in which great progress
has been made over the past 25 years. New technologies and the availability
of the sequences of whole genomes offer exciting opportunities, but it
becomes almost impossible to assimilate all these new developments. Your
teachers in this course are knowledgeable but they do not know everything.
content The course contains a theoretical and a practical part. Lectures are in the
morning and practicals in the afternoon. Since the group is rather small, the
way of teaching can be interactive and informal. However, the approach of
the different teachers will vary. It is our intention to present the matter in
such a way that it will be relevant for your research. So, more application and
less theoretical background. For theory we advise to read `Molecular Biology
of the cell' (4th edition) by Bruce Alberts and co-workers which gives an
excellent overview of the field. This book will function as a book of
reference.
The course has no test. We do not think there is a need for a test since this
course should be appreciated as a complement to your knowledge. However,
administration wants some prove of accomplishment. Also, the teachers want
to monitor the efficiency of the course. Therefore, at the end of the course we
will ask you to write the outline of a research proposal on a given subject
applying background information and technologies presented in the course.
The proposal should be no longer than two pages A4.
Theory:
The theory of the items presented can in general be found in `Molecular
Biology of the Cell' 4th edition (Alberts et al). If the book is not up to date
the teachers will provide key publication/references on that particular
subject. For those who have (almost) no knowledge of molecular biology
Programme components (MSc) 205
and/or genetics, there are internet sites that nicely present the basics of these
disciplines. Try: www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov (provides information on sequences,
diseases [OMIM], the genome projects and tools for sequence comparison
[BLAST], translation), www.biology.arizona.edumolecular_bio;
www.dnaftb.org;
http://users.rcn.com/jkimball.ma.ultranet/BiologyPages/D/DoubleHelix.html
and many others.
Practicals:
During the practicals we will try to clone parts of the porcine smoothelin
cDNA. Smoothelins are proteins, discovered app. 10 years ago, that are
specifically expressed in contractile smooth muscle cells. The human and
mouse genes have been cloned and characterized. The data banks also
contain sequences of rat, chicken, Xenopus and zebra fish. Smoothelin-B,
one of the two major isoforms has been mainly found in blood vessels,
whereas smoothelin-A has been found in visceral tissues. The function of
smoothelin is not clear, but studies on knockout mice have shown that
without smoothelin life is short and miserable. No human disease is known
based on mutation in the smoothelin gene. Pig smoothelin is interesting since
these animals are increasingly used in cardiovascular research because of
their resemblance with the humans.
Part 1: From the data banks one can obtain sequences and further
information about smoothelin cDNA for different species. Those
sequences can be evaluated for homologies and primer sequences can be
selected to clone pig smoothelin cDNA fragments by RT-PCR. Also, find
out which cells can be used for transfection of the cloned fragments
(time: 2 practicals)
Part 2: Isolation of RNA from pig femoral arterial tissue. The RNA will
be used to perform reverse transcriptase-PCR with the primers choosen in
part1. (time: 1 practical).
Part 3: DNA fragments generated by RT-PCR will be ligated in a vector
for further analysis and sequencing. Then some fragments will be
transferred to an expression (fusion/GFP) vector. (Time: 2 practicals)
Part 4: Cells will be cultured and prepared for transfection. Transfection
will be performed using a lipocarrier. Analysis of the transfection results
will be done by fluorescence microscopy (GFP) and/or
immunohistochemistry. (Time: 2 practicals).
mode of assessment The course considers a few lectures; group meetings were problems would be
solved considering the subject matters presented, and a few practices or
demonstrations.
The programme will attend two weeks.
remarks For further information, please contact Dr. A.A. van Lambalgen.
subject Molecular Cellphysiology and Function
code 470616
lecturers dr. K. Krab; dr. F.C. Boogerd; dr. M.H. Siderius; dr. B.M. Bakker (co-
ordinator); drs. J. Bouwman
credits 6
period 27.11.2006- 22.12.2006
206 Life Sciences
aim The aim of the course is to deepen the knowledge of the students in complex
biological systems and specifically in the relation between metabolic routes
and gene expression. Students will learn to combine experiments and
mathematical analysis to investigate biological systems, and to understand
the interplay between the levels of transcription, translation and metabolism
in the cell. They will apply this methodology to cellular processes such as the
adaptation to stress.
content Stress is a common phenomenon in all species. Cell stress can for instance be
caused by oxygen radicals, by suboptimal osmolarity or temperature or by
nutrient starvation. Oxidative (radical) stress may cause the formation of
tumors. Also mono-cellular species have to cope with various types of stress.
Therefore, relatively simple organisms like yeast can be used to understand
the complex molecular mechanisms of adaptation to stress. In this course we
will discuss the cause of stress and how cells respond. We will study changes
at the molecular level and integrate the various mechanisms by mathematical
analysis and computer modelling.
Methods like qPCR, HPLC, enzymatic assays, Western blotting and cell
culturing will be used.
form of tuition Lectures, selfstudy, practical work, computer modelling tutorials
literature A course syllabus with recent reviews and papers presented by the lecturers
and guest researchers (max. 15 euros).
mode of assessment Written exam, written reports of practical and literature study, oral
presentations, results of computer assignment.
target audience Master students with a background in Biology, Biomedical Sciences,
Bioinformatics, Physics and Mathematics with an interest in the quantitative
analysis of the behaviour of biological systems.
remarks The course is taught in the English language. The maximum number of
participants is 28.
naam Molecular Infection Biology
code 470657
lecturers dr. W. Bitter (co-ordinator); various lecturers
studiepunten 6
aim To understand how the interaction of a pathogen with its host is studied
(in vitro studies, use of alternative in vivo models, different approaches of
mutant screening)
To acquire insight in the various strategies developed by pathogenic
microorgansims to replicate inside a host and to evade the host immune
response.
To understand the effect of host and pathogen variation on the outcome of
a pathogenic interaction and how to study these variations.
To apply the acquired knowledge to interpret scientific literature and
scientific hypotheses regarding pathogen-host interactions.
content The recent explosion in genomic data of both microbes and eukaryotic hosts
and the continuous progress in molecular biology allows a detailed analysis
of the molecular interactions between a pathogen and its host. This
knowledge is necessary because we are continuously exposed to new
emerging pathogens and the resurgence of old plagues and need new
vaccines and anti-microbial compounds. However, which technique should
Programme components (MSc) 207
and could be used for a specific problem and how to interpret conflicting
outcomes using different experimental strategies? This course aims to
provide a thorough understanding and practical experience of molecular
biology as it applies to infectious agents. The course covers the application of
molecular biology to studying the basic biology of pathogenic bacteria and
viruses (their virulence factors, taxonomy and genetic typing) and the genetic
susceptibility of the host to infection. It aims to equip students with the
specialised knowledge and skills necessary to assess primary literature on
medical microbiology.
form of tuition The course has three different parts: lectures, practicum and workshop. In the
latter part students will discuss with each other opposing views on medical
microbiology topics that recently appeared in the literature.
literature reader and primary literature
mode of assessment written exam
literature discussion
practicum
entry requirements Bachelor's courses 'Infectieziekten' and 'Immunologie'
target audience students with a keen interest to study the interaction between a pathogen and
its host, from a practical and a theoretical point of view
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
remarks Maximum number of students is 28
subject Museologie en buitenschoolse educatie
code 471026
lecturers drs. M.J.W. Bos (co-ordinator); prof.dr. J.T.J.M. Willems;
dr.ir. M.K. van der Molen; drs. J. Veldhuis (and guest speakers)
credits 6
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
aim Introducing development of extracurricular (teaching) materials and museum
exhibits and illustrating their role in the field of science communication and
education.
content The course encloses:
Theory on extracurricular education (historical and academic content on
museums, zoos and other institutions that provide science education)
Practice in evaluation of extracurricular teaching materials or (museum)
exhibits
Practice in setting up and performing research in this field
Students are introduced into the field of extracurricular education. Theories
on education and communication will be dealt with in lectures and seminars,
introducing different educational methods as well as styles of
communication. Excursions are an important part of this course as an
introduction to the actual working field. Through several assignments
students are forced to combine both theory and practice.
form of tuition Lectures, seminars, excursions and home-study
literature Syllabi will be provided at start of course
mode of assessment Interim assignments, final assignment and presentation
entry requirements Bachelor in any of the Beta Sciences
target audience Master students in any of the Beta Sciences Maximum number of
208 Life Sciences
participants is 30 (Students within the C-differentiation are first choice when
maximum is reached).
remarks Course is taught in Dutch (with the possible exception of foreign guest
speakers).
subject Nature Development, Management, and Policy
code 470504
lecturer prof.dr H.J.P. Eijsackers (and guest lecturers)
credits 6
period 09.04.2007-29.06.2007
aim Firstly, to achieve that students master the scientific principles of nature
conservation, management and restoration. Secondly, to demonstrate how
scientific considerations interact with policy in the practice of nature
conservation. Thirdly, to illustrate the major developments in nature
conservation, such as the ecological infrastructure of the Netherlands (EHS).
Fourthly to train students to critically think about these aims for themselves.
content Nature conservation is an applied science in which ecological principles are
used to protect natural habitats, processes and species. Many students of
ecology find career opportunities in this area. In this course we want to link
fundamental scientific principles with the practice of nature conservation.
We provide examples of projects that show the sucesses and sometimes the
failures of nature conservation strategies. In the course we also go through
the concepts that have been developed in nature conservation policy, such as
ecological infrastructure, national parks, nature development, target species,
ecological indicators, etc. As part of the course the students write an essay in
which an analysis is given of a case of nature conservation where interaction
between science, management and policy is prominent.
form of tuition The course is designed to bring students into close contact with practitioners
of nature conservation. We meet one day in a week (8 times in total) and
each time spend half a day with an opinion leader in nature conservation. The
course brings the students into contact with the network of professors in
nature conservation and the institutes where they work, and a number of
senior advisers underpinning nature management policies and practices.
literature Lecture notes and the OU-course book on Nature conservation (notes will be
hand out during lectures, OU-book will be ordered depending on number of
students.
mode of assessment Presence and motivation, an examination based on the OU-book and an essay
on a self-selected topic relevant for nature development, management and
policy.
entry requirements BSc level in Biology or related BSc
target audience MSc students in Biology or ecology
remarks One day per week contact time. Handouts in English, OU-book in Dutch,
Taught in English on consultation. There has to be a minimum number of
students in order to organize the course
naam Nature of Life Meetings
code 470510
lecturers prof.dr. J. Ellers (course co-ordinator); various lecturers
studiepunten 3
aim To obtain a broad overview of the latest research in ecology and
Programme components (MSc) 209
associated fields of research
To learn to critically evaluate scientific research articles
To practice skills of scientific argumentation and discussion
content Being able to participate in discussion is an important skill for scientists. It
requires the ability to combine theoretical and empirical knowledge as well
as a critical view on the arguments put forward by others. The best way to
improve these skills is to practice them under supervision of senior scientists,
but many courses leave little room for such interaction.
In this course students will attend the Nature of life seminar series organized
by the Institute of Ecological Sciences with exciting invited international or
national speakers. The topics for the seminars cover the whole spectrum of
ecology and associated fields of research, such as geology, molecular
biology, evolutionary biology. An overview of upcoming and previous
seminars can be found at www.falw.vu.nl/iew/natureoflife
form of tuition In preparation for these seminars, several recent papers by the guest speaker
will be studied and extensively discussed during tutorial meetings with staff
members of the Institute of Ecological Sciences. Students are required to
participate actively in the discussion during the tutorials and at the seminar
itself.
literature Primary literature and recent articles by the guest speakers, to be announced
at least one month before each seminar.
mode of assessment Assessment at each tutorial for active participation, theoretical insight, and
argumentation of the students at the tutorials and seminars.
target audience Master students in Biology, Ecology or Earth sciences.
period All year, every 2nd Tuesday of the month
remarks Attendance at 10 tutorials and seminars is compulsory.
subject Neuro- and Psychopharmacology
code 470718
lecturer dr. B. Drukarch
credits 6
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
aim To provide the student with sufficient insight into the basic principles of
Neuro- and Psychopharmacology, in order to enable the student to
independently formulate ideas and concepts which may lead to the
development of innovative drug therapies.
content Current pharmacotherapy of well known neurologic- and psychiatric
disorders is based on the use of drugs of which the development has been
guided by, often unproven, hypotheses concerning the pathophysiology of
these diseases. As a result, despite a few "success stories", in most cases this
has led to the introduction of suboptimally effective compounds. Moreover,
these "therapeutics" do not cure the disease, but merely act to ameliorate the
symptoms. However, in light of the increasing knowledge concerning the
pathogenesis of brain disorders, it now seems highly feasible that in the near
future drugs will be developed which will target the core of the disease
process.
During the course, a small number of lectures will provide the student with
detailed knowledge and insight into the hypotheses that have guided the
development of the current generation of neuro- and psychopharmaceuticals.
210 Life Sciences
Subsequently, the student will be expected to 1) independently identify the
strong points and weaknesses of these hypotheses, and 2) use the conclusions
of this evaluation, in combination with recent developments in the field, to
formulate a well-based proposal for the development of a new
pharmacotherapy for a specific brain disease.
form of tuition Lectures and writing a thesis.
literature Medical Pharmacology at a Glance (Ed. M.J. Neal), Fifth Edition (Blackwell
Science, 2005), ISBN 0-632-05244-9 (Ch. 1-4, Ch. 24-29 and Ch. 31)
mode of assessment Writing and public presentation of thesis.
entry requirements Medical Pharmacology course or equivalent. A maximum of 20 students can
be accommodated in the course. Preference is given to students who
participate in the Master of Neuroscience program of the Vrije Universiteit.
remarks Language: tuition in English. Application: course coordination
(b.drukarch@vumc.nl)
subject Neurobiology of Behaviour
code 471018
lecturers dr. R.F. Jansen (FELS, course coordination rene.jansen@falw.vu.nl);
dr O. Stiedl
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim The course will give an overview of (current) research in neuroethology. The
course is designed for students who already have a basic knowledge of
neurobiology and behavior. In this course we will study of a number of
model systems. We will do this by critically reviewing both recent literature
and a number of classical papers.
content Neuro-ethologists study how, in a biological setting, nervous systems cause
behavior. They do this by combining evolutionary and comparative
approaches to the study of nervous systems. Questions that we will address
are: i) how do neural circuits cause the different species-specific behaviors?
ii) how can we compare the nervous systems of different animals in this
respect? iii) what exactly are the sensory worlds of the different animals and
how do environmental factors contribute to the different behaviors?
Examples of subjects that will be studied:
How do we measure behavior?
Spatial orientation in the bee and the desert ant;
The auditory world of the bat and the owl;
Escape behavior in the cockroach and the crayfish;
The tactile world of the star-nosed mole;
Olfactory systems and social behavior;
Emotional learning and anxiety.
form of tuition Lectures
literature to be handed out
mode of assessment written examination: open end questions
entry requirements Basic knowledge at the level of e.g. Alcock: Animal Behavior.
remarks Language: tuition in English
subject Neurogenomics
code 470706
lecturers prof.dr. A.B. Smit (FELS); prof.dr. M. Verhage (FELS)
Programme components (MSc) 211
credits 5
period 20.11.2006-19.01.2007
aim To provide the Master of Neuroscience students with a solid basis in
understanding the working and function of genes and genome in relation to
the development and functioning of the nervous system.
content The course will address the various aspects of functional analysis of the
genome. The course will address the following topics:
The search for genes and gene variants, which are underlying neuronal
physiology and pathology, including forward genetics and gene-hunting
strategies.
Functional assignment of genes through reverse genetics
Gene expression analysis of neuronal cells and brain areas (gene
expression profiling)
The analysis of proteins (proteomics) and complexes thereof
Simulation of genetic networks
The introduction of various model organisms relevant for neurogenomics
research, such as, man, mouse, Drosophila, C.elegans, and zebrafish.
form of tuition Lectures, experiments, computer practicals
literature to be announced
mode of assessment Written examination; open end questions. Practical task
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology
remarks Language: tuition in English
Application: Course coördination (guus.smit@falw.vu.nl)
naam Neuroinformatics
code 470724
docent dr. A. van Ooijen (CNCR, aryen.van.ooyen@falw.vu.nl)
studiepunten 6
aim To provide the master students with the essentials of modeling neurons and
neuronal networks and of analyzing spatiotemporal patterns of neuronal
activity.
content The new interdisciplinary field of neuroinformatics combines neuroscience
with disciplines such as computer science, mathematics, physics and
computational biology to advance and deepen our understanding of the
nervous system. In particular, neuroinformatics is concerned with (i)
computational and mathematical modeling of neural systems at all levels of
biological organization, from synapse up to cognition; (ii) computational and
statistical analysis of complex experimental data; and (iii) developing and
applying data bases and data-mining tools.
During this course, we will address the following topics: (1) Modeling of
single neurons and ion channels (single- and multiple-compartment models),
synapses and synaptic plasticity (developmental plasticity and network
formation, long- and short- term synaptic plasticity), neuronal networks
(microcircuits, large-scale neuronal networks, associative memory,
oscillations and synchrony), and learning and cognition (unsupervised,
supervised, and reinforcement learning). (2) Approaches for analyzing spatial
and temporal patterns of neuronal activity (EEG measurements, multi-
electrode recordings, voltage-sensitive dye activity). (3) Use of simulation
212 Life Sciences
packages Matlab, NEURON, and BNN (Biological Neural Networks). (4)
Introduction to numerical methods for solving differential equations, and
phase-plane and bifurcation analysis of differential equations.
form of tuition Lectures, demonstrations, practical assignments. An important part of the
course will consist of computer experiments with respect to modeling and
data analysis.
literature Theoretical Neuroscience: Computational and Mathematical Modeling of
Neural Systems, Peter Dayan and L. F. Abbott, The MIT Press, Cambridge,
Massachusetts, 2001, ISBN 0-262-04199-5. And, optional: Modeling Neural
Development, Arjen van Ooyen (editor), The MIT Press, Cambridge,
Massachusetts, 2003, ISBN 0-262-22066-0.]. Research and review papers
will be handed out during the course.
mode of assessment Written examinations; open-end questions. Practical assignments and papers
during the course.
entry requirements Participants of the Master of Neurosciences at the VUA have priority. In
addition, when capacity allows, we will accommodate students from other
master programmes who have at least a bachelor¿s degree in Biology,
Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological Psychology or
Neuropsychology, with an affinity for mathematics and computer
programming. Also students with a bachelor¿s degree in Physics,
Mathematics and alike, with an interest in neurobiology, can enter this
course.
period 26.02.2007-29.06.2007
remarks Language: tuition in English. Application: course coordination
(arjen.van.ooyen@falw.vu.nl). The course can be followed in parallel with
training stages, including a training stage in Neuroinformatics.
subject Nutrition and Aging
code 470802
lecturers guest lecturers; dr.ir. M. Visser (contact: marjolein.visser@falw.vu.nl)
credits 6
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim To provide students with a solid basis in understanding the most frequent
nutritional problems in old age, their causes and their negative consequences
for healthy aging. To experience the necessary steps to perform and report a
research study using existing datasets.
content Some examples of the topics that will be addressed are:
Nutrition and age-related diseases
Assessment of malnutrition in older persons
Micronutrient deficiencies
Protein/energy malnutrition
Obesity in old age
The concepts frailty, anorexia and sarcopenia
Causes of malnutrition in old age
form of tuition Lectures, computer practical. The students will address a research question
through statistical analyses of an existing database using SPSS and literature
research. The results will be scientifically reported in a research letter and
presented to fellow students.
literature To be announced.
mode of assessment Grade will be based on the research letter and oral presentation (50%) and a
Programme components (MSc) 213
final written examination (50%).
entry requirements One year of the programme in the MSc Health Sciences. Experience with
data analyses using the SPSS statistical package. It is strongly recommended
to have followed the MSc course Public Health Nutrition (code 470815) or
an equivalent.
target audience Students in the second year of the research master Health Sciences.
remarks Language: tuition in English.
naam Nutrition and Infectious Disease
code 470816
co-ordinators dr. C.M. Doak; dr. M. Campos Ponce
studiepunten 6
aim This course aims to provide students with a wide knowledge and
understanding of the interactions between Nutrition and Infectious Disease.
The course will focus on:
The key, global, nutritional concerns, focusing on vulnerable populations.
The key pathogens contributing to global public health concerns.
The consequences of nutritional status on immune function
The consequences of infectious disease on nutritional health
Specific teaching goals:
Students:
will have learned the principles of nutrition and infectious disease in the
context of global public health concerns
and will be expected to:
master the biological concepts relevant to nutrition and infectious disease
employ epidemiological methods to describe and understand risk factors
related to nutrition and infectious disease
identify and explain how nutrition and infectious disease are inter-related
employ epidemiological and biological methods to develop an
appropriate study design for a question related to infectious disease and
nutrition.
provide a critical analysis of public health policies, scientific articles and
interventions protocols related to nutrition and infectious disease.
content The course will cover key nutritional concepts related to global trends, with a
focus on the nutritional concerns of vulnerable populations. The nutrition
component of the course will give equal emphasis to epidemiology and
biological pathways. There will be an equal emphasis on infectious disease,
focusing on the most prevalent infectious diseases in infancy and the
emerging infectious diseases facing the world today. The inter-relationship
between infectious disease and nutritional well-being is of increasing
importance and will be emphasized throughout the course.
form of tuition Lectures will be followed by discussion groups or in-class assignments. In
discussion groups (and individual study) students will be expected to
demonstrate an in-depth understanding of nutrition and infectious disease.
Students will work together for a final project combining biological and
epidemiological methods to create a study design for resolving a public
health problem related to nutrition and infectious disease.
literature To be announced.
mode of assessment Written exam, graded assignments, a written project, and presentation.
214 Life Sciences
entry requirements Introductory epidemiology, basic statistics, biology
target audience Optional course within the MSc programmes of Health Sciences.
Recommended for students within the International Public Health, and
Infectious Diseases (and Public Health) specialisations.
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
remarks The course will be taught in English.
subject Parasitology
code 470052
lecturers dr. M. Campos Ponce (and guest lecturers); guest lecturers
credits 6
period 08.01.2007-02.02.2007
aim This course aims to provide students with a wide knowledge and
understanding of Medical Parasitology. The course will focuss on:
Transmission
The role of parasites and host and on the outcome of diseases,
Immunological aspects
(Laboratory) diagnosis of parasites
Epidemiology, treatment and prevention of parasitological diseases
Specific teaching goals:
Students:
will have learned the principles of medical parasitology
and will be able:
to apply these principles to different parasite groups
to describe parasite life cycles
to identify the role of the host and parasite on the outcome of an infection
to name advantages and disadvantages of diagnostic techniques.
to describe the principles for treatment and prevention programmes for
parasitological infections.
to analyse literature in the field of parasitology and to discuss and present
the literature.
content The course will cover all aspects of medical important parasites: life cycles,
virulence factors, (immunological) interaction between parasites and their
host(s), diagnosis, epidemiology, vaccins, control and elimination.
form of tuition Lectures will be followed by discussion groups or in-class assignments. In
discussion groups (and individual study) students will be expected to
demonstrate an in-depth understanding of medically important parasites.
Students will work together for a final project and will present their work
orally.
literature Reader
mode of assessment The final grade will be determined on the basis of:
Oral presentation (30%)
Written examination (70%)
target audience This is an elective course (Msc) within the `specialisation of infectious
disease for biomedical and health sciences students, but also biomedical and
health sciences students outside of this specialization can take this course.
recommended Basic cell biology and basic immunology
background knowledge
remarks Course will (most likely) be taught in English.
Programme components (MSc) 215
subject Philosophy of Systems Biology and its Relation to Society
code 470121
co-ordinator dr. F.C. Boogerd
lecturers guest lecturers; dr. F.C. Boogerd; prof.dr. H.V. Westerhoff
credits 3
period 28.05.2007-08.06.2007
aim An intensive course to acquaint students with the philosophical background
of Systems Biology and its societal implications. The aim is to get insight
into the following topics:
- Holism versus reductionism
- The potential of Systems Biology to bridge the above gap
- Mechanistic and functional explanation
- Emergence in the Life Sciences
- Merites and drawbacks of the reductionist view of life
content During the first 2-3 days a lecture series will address the Philosophy of
Systems Biology itself. This is the main topic of the course. Also attention
will be given to the position of Systems Biology relative to the various
scientific disciplines and to some societal aspects.. In the rest of the first
week, themes of the lecture topics will be elaborated on in small discussion
groups. In the second week anessay (1-2 persons) will be written on a
subtopic related to the themes of the lectures and the discussion groups.
form of tuition Lectures, discussion groups, selfstudy, essay, presentation
literature Reader (ca.10 euro), selected articles
mode of assessment The grading is based on active participation during the lectures and the
discussion groups, the essay and the presentation.
target audience Students with Bachelor Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, Medical
Biology or an equivalent degree with a strong interest in the interface
between these disciplines.
remarks The course is taught in the English language
subject Physics of Biological Systems
code 470620
lecturer prof.dr. R. van Grondelle (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 01.05.2007-25.05.2007
aim The course provides a thorough schooling in the physical theories and
principles that underly both the functioning and study of biological systems.
content Topics will include:
- quantum mechanics
- structure of molecules
- electronic spectroscopy
- physical theory underlying experimental methods (absorption and
fluorescence, polarized light spectroscopy, ultrafast laserspectroscopy, data-
analysis)
form of tuition Students take turns to prepare topics and teach them to their colleagues. The
lecturer is present and provides comments.
literature Physical Chemistry for The Life Sciences, Atkins and De Paula. Oxford
University Press
216 Life Sciences
mode of assessment Obligatory exercises, reports, presentations.
target audience Students with Bachelor Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, Medical
Biology with a strong interest in the interface between these disciplines
remarks The course is taught in the English language.
subject Physiology of the heart and circulation
code 470750
co-ordinator dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
lecturer Several lecturers
credits 2
period 2nd semester, contact co-ordinator
content Moderator L. Snoeckx (L.Snoeckx@fys.unimaas.nl) Venue: Room 3.142A,
Department of Physiology, Universiteitssingel 50, Maastricht.
Course objectives
The main objective of this course is to provide basic information about the
function and the regulation thereof of the cardiovascular system for Ph.D.
students of the research institutes CARIM (Maastricht) and ICaR-VU
(Amsterdam). Five specific subjects of cardiovascular physiology will be
presented during five consecutive days.
Day 1. The heart as pump.
Attention will be paid to mechanical properties of the heart at the organ,
cellular and subcellular level, the regulatory activity of the autonomic
nervous system and the Frank-Staiting effect. Alterations in cardiac output
under normal and pathophysiological conditions will be discussed.
Moderator: Dr. F.W. Prinzen
Day 2. Cardiac electrophysiology
Three main topics will be presented: i) the action potential, ii) electrical
conduction and iii) the electrocardiogram. Special attention will be paid to
membrane resting potential, threshold voltage, potential dependent
permeability of ion channels, ion transport during action potential, gap
junctions and connexins, depolarisation wave, factors determining
conduction velocity, the electrical activation of the heart, 12-lead standard
ECG, vector analysis and ST-elevation during ischemia. The students will be
enabled to participate in animal experiments on atrial fibrillation.
Moderators: Prof.dr. M. Allessie and Dr. S. Verheule
Day 3. Energy metabolism of cardiac muscle
The main issues to be discussed are i) regulation of cardiac energy
metabolism, ii) adaptation of energy metabolism in the hypertrophied and
failing heart. Attention will be paid to the fuel of the heart (carbohydrates,
lipids), uptake of substrates, intracellular conversion, oxidative vs anaerobic
energy production, regulation of mitochondrial ATP production, control of
expression of genes, coding for metabolic proteins, chronic (mal)adaptation
to increased workload. Moderators: Prof.dr. G.J. van der Vusse and Prof.dr.
L.H. Snoeckx
Day 4. Circulation
The main issues are the rheological aspects of blood flow in the
macrocirculation (arterial and venous system) and the regulation of arterial
blood pressure to guarantee proper perfusion of the peripheral organs.
Special attention will be paid to function of the various parts of the vascular
system, control of blood flow, the integrative interplay between short-term
Programme components (MSc) 217
and long-term control mechanisms. Moderator: Prof.dr. M.J. Post
Day 5. Microcirculation
In general blood vessels with a dimension of 5-150 mm are considered to be
part of the microcirculation. During this course attention will be paid to
distribution of flow within an organ, the role of microcirculation and
resistance vessels therein, exchange processes in the capillary network,
including Starling¿s law, and maintenance of the milieu interior. Moderator:
Dr. F. le Noble.
literature As reference book we recommend Guyton and Hall "Textbook of Medical
Physiology", 9th and 10th edition, Sanders Press. Co.
remarks For further information, please contact Dr. A.A. van Lambalgen
subject Plant Biotechnology for Food and Health
code 471034
lecturers dr.ing. E.J. Souer (course co-ordinator); prof.dr. R.E. Koes; dr. J.M. Kooter;
dr. F.M. Quattrocchio; dr. H. Schat; dr.ir. A.H. de Boer; dr. A.R. Stuitje
credits 6
period 02.10.2006-27.10.2006
aim Gaining knowledge on recent developments and future prospects in plant
biotechnology; the benefits and necessity for a better human welfare.
content The following subjects will be dealt with:
The generation of genetically modified organisms (GMOs)
Crop improvement (yield, resistance against herbicides, stress resistance,
pathogen resistance etc.)
Plants as sources for food supplements and nutrients
Mass production of valuable metabolites
Production of pharmaceutical proteins
Crop breeding
Phytoremediation
form of tuition Lectures
Self study
Daily consultation with mentors
Practices
Excursions
Support via Blackboard
literature Plant, Genes and Crop Biotechnology (2nd edition), Maarten J. Chrispeels &
David E. Sadava, reviews and recent research articles.
mode of assessment Written
entry requirements BSc Biology
target audience Master students: Biology
subject Plant Ecophysiology: Adaption to the Environment
code 471020
lecturers dr. E. Souer; dr. H. Schat (co-ordinator, henk.schat@falw.vu.nl)
credits 6
period 27.11.2006 - 22.12.2006
aim Getting insight into the following topics:
Stress physiology
Perception of environmental factors
218 Life Sciences
Integration of environmental signals and cellular metabolism
Understanding of protection mechanisms
Signalling mechanisms allowing the plant to change gene expression
programme towards adaptation
Understanding of how recent novel approaches (genomics, proteomics)
can be used to monitor plant-environment interactions
content It is the aim of this course to understand the mechanisms which enable a
plant to adapt to its environment and perform well in as broad a range of
conditions as possible. An understanding is obtained by the integration of
several disciplines of research from ecology to the molecular biology of
individual genes. This will be demonstrated and investigated using the
following examples:
Adaptation to low temperature and freezing
Adaptation to salinity and osmotic stress
Adaptation to heavy metal stress
form of tuition The students will carry out experiments in the laboratory to each subject area
using model plants. The practical work will be accompanied with
introductory lectures explaining general concepts. The students will be
introduced to recent results in seminars and discussion groups.
literature Review articles
Experimental protocols (both will be distributed beforehand)
mode of assessment Written report and oral presentation of experimental results
entry requirements BSc level in biology and in particular the course 'Plantenwetenschappen'
('Plant Science')
target audience Masters students Biology and Ecology
remarks Lab coat required; if all students speak/understand dutch, the course will be
given in dutch.
subject Policy, Management and Organisation in IPH
code 470819
co-ordinator dr. J.E.W. Broerse
lecturers dr. J.E.W. Broerse; dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst (and guest lecturers);
guest lecturers
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim To develop a detailed understanding of the health policy process and its
outcomes both at national and international level.
To acquire insight into the different theoretical concepts on policy design
in the field of public health.
To learn to interpret and critically analyse health policy (documents).
To acquire insight into (theories on) organisational structures and designs.
To get acquainted with different management practices.
To obtain insight in motivation methods and conflict management.
To gain insight into leadership styles.
content During the first part of the course you study different theoretical concepts of
policy science in international public health. You learn about the influence of
political structures; the role of new scientific knowledge and technology; and
Programme components (MSc) 219
roles of scientists, professionals and the public in international health policy.
Questions are addressed such as: In what way does the political structure of a
country influence health policies; Why do certain topics get on the policy
agenda while other topics never make it; How `rational¿ is health policy;
Why do policy makers and politicians regularly seem to ignore scientific
insights; To what extent do international organisations (such as the European
Union, the World Bank and the World Health Organization) influence
national policies. Specific attention is paid to public participation in setting
health priorities. In addition you will critically analyse several policy
documents.
Subsequently, you learn different theoretical concepts about management and
organisation at systems, institutional and project level. After all, policy plans
need to be implemented by organisations. Understanding the macro aspects
of organisational structure and behaviour is crucial for effective functioning
of professionals within organizations. Insight into managerial skills, such as
motivation strategies conflict management and leadership, as well as ways of
strategic thinking are essential elements of making policies and programs
successful.
form of tuition Lectures, workshops, self study
literature "Health Policy, an Introduction to Process and Power", Gill Walt (6th
edition), Witwatersrand University Press, ISBN 1 85649 263
"Management and organizational behaviour", Wendy Bloisi (European
edition), McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN 0-07-709945-1
mode of assessment Individual exam.
target audience Compulsory course within the Master differentiation International Public
Health; optional course for students in other differentiations of the Masters
Health Sciences, and Biomedical Sciences.
remarks For more information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Portal Course
code 470617
lecturers guest lecturers; dr. K. Krab (co-ordinator); dr. F.C. Boogerd;
prof.dr. H.V. Westerhoff
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim The aim of this course is to introduce students with a Biology bachelor or
Medical Biology bachelor (or equivalent) to concepts and methods of
physics, chemistry and mathematics, and students with a Physics, Chemistry
of Mathematics oriented bachelor to concepts and methods of Biology and
Medical Biology, in preparation for the remainder of the curriculum Systems
Biology.
content Goals: the students will
- obtain sufficient insight and knowledge across the range from medical
biology to mathematics to be able to follow the rest of the topmaster Systems
Biology/Biomolecular Integration
- appreciate and understand the importance and motives of the 'other'
disciplines
- be able to engage in thorough scientific discussions with students of the
'other' blood group
220 Life Sciences
- will be introduced to concepts in: Cell Biology , Biophysics , Biochemistry
, Chemistry , Mathematics , Molecular genetics , Physics and
Pathophysiology
- will (depending on the student's background) follow a short practical course
in experimentation or practical use of computers.
form of tuition Guided self-study; tutorials / discussions of book material, lecture notes,
web-courses, computer and laboratorypracticals; assignments (reviews of
topics in scientific literature, application of methods). The exact program will
be tailored to individual student.
literature Reader (10 euro); Molecular Biology of the Cell (Alberts, B. et al., fourth
edition of later)
mode of assessment Oral examination, results of assignments.
target audience Students with Bachelor Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, Medical
Biology with a strong interest in the interface between these disciplines
remarks The course is taught in the English language, and involves much direct
contact with the professors and associate professors.
naam Praktijk
code 990002
studiepunten 30
contacturen 250 (250 stage)
De praktijk bedraagt tenminste 250 klassencontacturen, waarin de student
lessen observeert, zelf lessen geeft, of deelneemt aan andere leerlinggerichte
activiteiten. Ten minste 120 lessen worden door de student zelf verzorgd,
waarvan minimaal 40 lesuren in de bovenbouw van havo/vwo.
periode Het vak beslaat 2 semesters, en loopt daarbij parallel aan de vakdidactiek en
de algemene didactiek / pedagogiek. Zo is ook een goede wisselwerking
mogelijk tussen theorie (colleges) en praktijk.
doel Praktijkervaring opdoen in het lesgeven.
inhoud In overleg met de begeleider op school en op de opleiding voert de student
stageopdrachten op school uit en verwerkt deze in het digitaal portfolio.
toetsing Er zijn twee beoordelingsmomenten: aan het eind van elk semester. De
praktijk wordt door de schoolbegeleider en door de instituutsbegeleider
beoordeeld.
opmerkingen Dit vak is alleen te volgen als onderdeel van de universitaire
lerarenopleiding.
naam Praktijkonderzoek
code 990003
studiepunten 8
docent Diverse docenten
periode Het praktijkonderzoek vindt plaats in de tweede helft van de
lerarenopleiding.
doel Zicht krijgen hoe door systematisch onderzoeken van onderwijssituaties
inzicht verkregen kan worden in leerprocessen van leerlingen.
Opdoen van ervaring met het voorbereiden uitvoeren en rapporteren van
onderzoek van onderwijssituaties.
inhoud Bij het praktijkonderzoek diept de student één of meer vraagstukken uit de
(eigen) onderwijspraktijk uit. Hij of zij doet dat door het opzetten, uitvoeren
en evalueren van een op de onderwijspraktijk gericht onderzoek waarbij op
Programme components (MSc) 221
één of enkele scholen empirisch materiaal wordt verzameld rond de
meesterproef. Elke student maakt in het kader van vakdidactiek een
meesterproef. In het praktijkonderzoek wordt het leereffect (van één of meer
aspecten) van de meesterproef onderzocht.
Dit onderzoek mondt uit in een (voor)onderzoekverslag, een peer review en
een onderzoeksartikel. Op de onderwijsresearchdag van het
Onderwijscentrum VU worden enkele praktijkonderzoeken van dio's
gepresenteerd en bediscussieerd.
werkwijze Aan het begin van de opleiding worden doel, planning en beoordeling van
het praktijkonderzoek uitgelegd en ontvangen de studenten een handleiding
met daarin onder meer een beoordelingschecklist en literatuursuggesties op
het gebied van methoden en technieken van onderzoek. Er worden drie
werkcolleges georganiseerd ter ondersteuning.
De studenten worden uitgedaagd met hun praktijkonderzoek aan te sluiten bij
onderzoek dat wordt verricht door medewerkers van het Onderwijscentrum
VU en zoveel mogelijk gemeenschappelijke thema's op te pakken.
Literatuurverkenning, probleemstelling, onderzoeksvraag en
onderzoeksdesign dienen door de instituutsbegeleiders goedgekeurd te
worden alvorens de dio verder kan gaan met de dataverzamelingsfase en de
data verwerkingsfase. Gedurende deze fasen zijn de instituutsbegeleiders
beschikbaar voor individuele hulp.
Aan de hand van concepten van het onderzoeksverslag reflecteert de dio met
zijn instituutsbegeleider op de analyse van de onderzoeksgegevens in het
licht van de literatuur. Vervolgens wordt het definitieve onderzoeksartikel
geschreven.
literatuur Studenten ontvangen aan het begin van het vak literatuursuggesties op het
gebied van methoden en technieken van onderzoek
toetsing (Voor)onderzoeksverslag
Peer review over (voor)onderzoeksverslag
onderzoeksartikel voor vaktijdschrift voor leraren
entreevoorwaarden Dit vak is alleen te volgen als onderdeel van de universitaire
lerarenopleiding.
opmerkingen Het onderzoek wordt uitgevoerd rond de meesterproef en bevat een
vooronderzoek en een hoofdonderzoek
subjectPrinciples of Neuroscience
code 470701
lecturersdr. W.J.A.J. Smeets (VUmc); prof.dr. A.B. Brussaard (FELS)
credits6
period04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim Providing the master student, independently of her/his primary training, with
a solid basis in cell biology, neurophysiology and functional neuroanatomy.
content The following chapters of Principles of Neural Science (Kandel et al., 2000;
McGraw Hill) will be dealt with: Cell and Molecular Biology of the Neuron:
The cytology of the neuron; Synthesis and trafficking of neuronal protein;
Ion channels; Membrane potential; Local signalling: passive electrical
properties of the neuron; Propagated signalling: the action potential.
Elementary Interactions between Neurons: Overview of synaptic
transmission; Signalling at the nerve-muscle synapse; Synaptic integration;
222 Life Sciences
Modulation of synaptic transmission : second messengers; Transmitter
release; Neurotransmitters; Disease of chemical transmission at the nerve-
muscle synapse. The Neural Basis of Cognition: The anatomical organization
of the central nervous system; The functional organization of perception and
movement. Perception: Coding of sensory information; Touch; The
perception of pain; Visual processing by the retina; Central visual pathways;
Perception of motion, depth, and form; Color vision; Hearing; Sensory
transduction in the ear; Smell and taste: the chemical senses. Movement: The
organization of movement; The motor unit and muscle action; Diseases of
the motor unit; Spinal reflexes; Locomotion; Voluntary movement; The
control of gaze; The vestibular system; Posture; The cerebellum; The basal
ganglia
form of tuition Research lectures, practicals, demonstrations
literature Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000, 4th
edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9. [Ch4-Ch15, Ch17-Ch43].
Recent research papers will be handed out during lectures.
mode of assessment Written examination; open end questions
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology
remarks Language: tuition in English
Practicals and demonstrations are compulsory
Application: Course coordination (wjaj.smeets@vumc.nl)
subject Protein Science
code 470145
lecturers dr. D. Bald (co-ordinator); P. Voeller
credits 6
period 04.09.2006 - 29.09.2006
aim Learn advanced protein science methods that you can apply to answer a wide
range of biochemical, biomedical and biotechnical questions.
Students should be able to:
Apply advanced techniques for protein expression, purification, and
investigation of protein-protein or protein-inhibitor interaction.
Set-up strategies for his/her own experiments
The student should know:
Principles of protein structure, function, dynamics, inhibition and
engineering
Background of current protein science techniques
content We start with a repetition/overview of protein structure, function, and
inhibition. Then we go ahead with lab-practicals, supplemented by lectures,
computer sessions and self-study. We will deal with several topics of Protein
Science with an emphasis on principles/methods/techniques that you can
apply to any protein. Examples are:
In vivo and in vitro expression of proteins
Advanced FPLC techniques for protein purification
Spectroscopic techniques to measure protein/protein and protein/inhibitor
interaction (Biacore)
Protein Engineering Techniques, e.g. to modify the affinity of a protein
for an antibiotic
Programme components (MSc) 223
Computer methods to predict and analyze protein structure and function
form of tuition You carry out experiments in small groups (2-4 students) in the Structural
Biology lab under supervision of a staff member (35 h), lectures and
computer sessions(15h), supplemented by self-study. In groups you write a
report and give an oral presentation about the experiments.
literature No particular book required. For repetition please see any Biochemistry
textbook. You will receive a CD with lectures and additional material.
mode of assessment Written reports (1/3 oral presentation (1/3), active participation in the
experiments (1/3)
entry requirements The course is based on Bachelor-level Biochemistry courses
target audience Master students Biomolecular Science, Biomedical Science, Biology,
Pharmaceutical Sciences and Medical Natural Sciences
remarks You need a white coat for the experimental part. Maximal number of
students is 32.
subject Psychophysiology
code 815057
credits 6
lecturers prof.dr. J.C.N. de Geus; dr. D. van t Ent; drs. A.D. Goedhart;
drs. D.J.A. Smit
period 18.01.07 - 09.03.07
aim Insight in major psychophysiological theories and the most recent
experimental approaches and research designs in this field.
Practical skills in psychophysiological measurement of human emotion
and cognition.
content In plenary lectures we will discuss the theory linking externally measurable
physiological signals (ElectroEncephaloGram, ElectroCardioGram,
ImpedanceCardioGram, Skin-conductance, Respiration, Hormones, etc) to
psychological processes (e.g. attention, working memory, emotion and
stress). The main text for this part of the course will be the "Handbook of
Psychophysiology", specifically chapters dealing with human
electroencephalography, event-related brain potentials, biosignal analysis
(time & frequency based methods), the electrodermal system, cardiovascular
psychophysiology, and respiration.
The lectures are interspersed with a series of practicals, where the students
will gradually learn to use a broad arsenal of instruments and techniques to
measure psychological events through physiological recording. Amongst
others, students will measure (on each other): skin-conductance responses,
event-related brain potentials, and cardiorespiratory and cardiovascular
reactivity.
form of tuition Lectures and practicals
literature Cacioppo, J.T., Tassinary L.G. & Berntson, G. (2000) Handbook of psycho-
physiology. Cambridge University Press: New York [H2, H3, H8, H9, H10,
H33]
mode of assessment Written examination and a poster presentation on psychophysiological data
acquired during the practicals.
subject Public Health Nutrition
code 470815
224 Life Sciences
lecturers prof.dr.ir. J.C. Seidell; dr.ir. M. Visser; dr.ir. M.R. Olthof (co-ordinator, e-
mail: margreet.olthof@falw.vu.nl)
credits 6
period 02.110.2006-27.10.2006
aim Does fish consumption once or twice per week prevent cardiovascular
disease? What is true for the slogan `an apple a day keeps the doctor away¿?
The product Becel pro-activ claims that it lowers your cholesterol levels; is
this claim justified? These questions are examples of nutrition questions that
nutritionist are confronted with. Everyone knows that nutrition is an
important contributor to better public health. But what is a healthy diet, and
what foods are `a healthy choice¿?
For development and revisions of dietary guidelines that advise people on a
healthy diet and for validation of health claims on food products an evidence-
based approach is necessary. The evidence-based approach means that you
have to find and critically weigh all evidence in an objective way, putting
aside prejudice and beliefs. Only then nutrition research can be translated
into good policy. This course covers nutrition research from critically
evaluating available evidence, choosing the appropriate study design,
analyzing and interpreting the results, and finally translating nutrition
research in nutrition policy.
The objectives of this course are as follows:
Students should be able to explain the evidence based approach in
nutrition and health research.
Students should be able to apply the evidence based approach, given a
nutrition related question.
Students should be able to critically evaluate the quality and relevance of
nutrition and health related research
Students should be able to translate scientific evidence into nutrition
policy.
content Various evidence based approaches
Quantitative research designs
Nutritional assessment in populations
Scientific evidence for dietary recommendations
Public health nutrition in practice
Update on major nutrition-related diseases
Scientific evaluation of health claims
form of tuition Lectures, group exercises (mandatory), , group assignment, and an individual
oral presentation.
literature
Gibney MJ, Margetts BM, Kearney JM, Arab L. Public Health Nutrition.
The Nutrition Society Textbook Series. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Science,
2005.
Readings available on blackboard
mode of assessment The final grade will consist of the written exam (50%), the written
assignment (40%), and the oral presentation (10%). Exercises are graded as
failed or passed. Students with a failing grade for the exam, assignment,
presentation, or any exercise will not pass the course
entry requirements Nutrition and Health (code 470041), or equivalent level.
target audience Students with basic training in Health Sciences and/or Nutrition & Dietetics.
The course is a compulsory course for the differentiation programme Health
Programme components (MSc) 225
and Nutrition in the MSc Health Science.
naam Publiekcommunicatie van gezondheid en ziekten (Public communication
of health and diseases)
code 470126
docent prof.dr. F.J. Meijman (afdeling Metamedica VUMC, fj.meijman@vumc.nl)
studiepunten 6
periode 30.10.2006 - 24.11.2006
doel Orientatie op het brede terrein van de publiekscommunicatie van gezondheid
en ziekten (pgz). Gezondheidsvoorlichting is hierbij juist niet de (enige)
invalshoek.
Aanzet tot zelfstandige probleemanalyse van een deelaspect van pgz.
Uitwerking doel 1
Thema's voor oriëntatie-opdrachten, (werk)colleges en literatuurstudie:
gezondheidsinformatiebehoeften van de diverse segmenten van het
publiek: wat wil men waarover weten en waar zoekt men?
gezondheidsgeletterdheid van het publiek: hoe te meten en hoe staat het
ervoor?
interactie binnen het publieke medische domein, in verleden en heden;
gezondheids- en medische journalistiek, invalshoeken en
benaderingswijzen;
controversen en ethiek in de pgz: overheidsvoorlichting; kennis, vermaak
en angstbezwering; commercialisering.
Referaat/presentatie
Recensie schrijven, volgens een instructie, van een hoofdstuk of tekst uit de
cursusliteratuur en verzorgen van een presentatie van deze recensie in de
vorm van een referaat, via een zodanige verdeling dat de gehele stof door de
studenten wordt gerefereerd en bediscussieerd.
Uitwerking doel 2
In een werkstuk formuleren van voorstellen voor een
probleemanalyse/onderzoeksopzet met betrekking tot:
bijsluiterteksten bij (zelfzorg)geneesmiddelen;
voor- en nadelen van anekdotische informatie/ervaringskennis in de pgz;
inhoudelijke en communicatieve kwaliteit van gezondheidswebsites.
Schrijven van een beargumenteerde beoordeling (recensie) van een werkstuk
van een andere student.
inhoud De cursus is gericht op de theorie en praktijk van medische informatie in de
publieke ruimte. Denk aan overheid, politiek, pers en talloze organisaties of
beroepsgroepen die via publieke kanalen communiceren over gezondheid en
ziekten. Wat speelt er, hoe gaat het en waarom? Interactief en gericht op
zelfwerkzaamheid wordt de student aangezet tot kritische verkenning en
oefening
werkwijze Vier van de vijf werkdagen zijn er gezamenlijke bijeenkomsten: de dag start
met een (werk)college of presentatie(s). Een belangrijk deel van de tijd is
gereserveerd voor zelfstudie en vervaardiging van de werkstukken en
verslagen. Een openvragen-toets op 24 november 2006 vormt de afsluiting.
Het eindcijfer wordt als volgt samengesteld: toets 50 %, oriëntatie-opdracht
10 %, referaat 10 %, werkstuk 20 % en recensie 10%. De voertaal is
Nederlands.
226 Life Sciences
literatuur Meijman FJ, Meulenberg F (red.). Medische publiekscommunicatie. Een
panorama. Houten: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum, 2002 (leerstof toets).
Seale C. Media and Health. London: SAGE Publications, 2002.
Enkele teksten en overzichten in de cursusbundel (leerstof toets).
doelgroep Keuzecursus voor studenten die de differentiatie Preventie en
volksgezondheid volgen binnen de masteropleiding
Gezondheidswetenschappen.
opmerkingen De beschreven opzet beoogt een aanzet te zijn voor een eventuele stage en/of
scriptie op het terrein van pgz. Inschrijving alleen via het Tentamen
Informatie Systeem (TIS).
naam Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods
code 470582
co-ordinator dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst
lecturers dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst; dr. C.M. Koolstra; prof.dr. J.J. Beishuizen;
dr. J.F. Hoorn; guest lecturers
studiepunten 6
aim Understanding the difference between beta- and gamma research
Hypothesis development on how to bring scientific knowledge to the
public (understand science so to help society) and how to bring insights
of the public back to science (understand society to help direct scientific
questions)
To acquire further insights into various quantitative and qualitative
research methods of data collection and analysis, such as interviews
(structured, semi-structured and open), visualization and diagramming
techniques, focus groups, surveys (postal/internet), structured
questionnaires, participative research and experimental design
Know how to interpret quantitative and qualitative findings
Familiarity with univariate and multivariate analysis techniques as well
as data mining and neural net analysis
To make an adequate research design for the investigation of a specific
societal or communication problem with regard to science and a specific
science problem with regard to communication and society
content The course has an integrative character in that students are supposed to
formulate hypotheses from a natural science and a social science viewpoint.
The natural science hypotheses should be prompted by a societal of
communication problem. The gamma hypotheses should be instigated by a
science problem. Research topics could be communication of and dealing
with the avian flu, obesity, nuclear and wind energy, HIV-AIDS, automation
of health care. Typical for these questions is that natural, social, and
communication science should be integrated with knowledge of the public.
During this course you will deepen your knowledge on quantitative and
qualitative research methods, including interviews (open semi-structured, in-
depth as well as several interactive and participatory methods such as focus
group discussions, citizen panels, diagramming, and other visualisation
techniques). In addition, you deepen your knowledge on surveys (postal/
internet), structured questionnaire design, and experimental design. You will
also gain insight in possible set-ups of a study to collect, analyse, and
integrate information of a variety of actors that are involved in a societal
Programme components (MSc) 227
dilemma.
In the fourth week of this course, together with other students, you will apply
the theoretical knowledge gained in the previous three weeks by designing
and presenting your own study, which should include a selection of research
methods.
form of tuition Lectures, training workshops, self study
literature Reader or Book (Details will be announced on blackboard)
mode of assessment Written exam, presentation of your study design
target audience Compulsory course within the C-differentiations for FEW and FALW
students and compulsory course in the Masterprogramme Management,
Policy Analysis and entrepreneurship for the health and life sciences (MPA).
Optional course for students in one of the Health, Life and Natural Sciences
Masters programmes.
period 08.01.2007-02.02.2007
remarks Attendance of training workshops is compulsory. For information and
application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Quantitative Genetics
code 815088
credits 6
lecturers prof.dr. D.I. Boomsma; M. de Lange; dr. J.J. Hottenga
period 28.11.06 - 19.12.06
aim Provide background into population and biometrical genetics.
content Quantitative genetics is concerned with the inheritance of those differences
between individuals that are of degree rather than of kind (quantitative rather
than qualitative). Such differences are seen for most complex traits (e.g.
depression, cognitive abilities or attention problems). This course aims to
provide an understanding of the inheritance of such quantitative differences
in behavior, behavioral disorders, endophenotypes (e.g. blood pressure or
brain volumes) underlying disease traits (e.g. hypertension or schizophrenia).
Quantitative differences, as far as they are inherited, depend on genes with
on average small effects and are usually influenced by gene differences at
many loci. Consequently these genes cannot be identified by Mendelian
segregation ratios (though they are subject to the laws of Mendelian
transmission). The methods of quantitative genetics differ in two aspects
from those employed in Mendelian genetics: since single progenies are
uninformative the unit of study is the population; and the nature of
quantitative differences requires the measurement (and not just the
classification) of individuals. The extension of Mendelian genetics into
quantitative genetics will be made in two stages: the genetic properties of
populations (population genetics) and the inheritance of measurements
(biometrical genetics). Quantitative genetics is now merging with molecular
genetics and the last part of this course will be devoted to methods for the
localization and characterization of genes causing quantitative
variation.
form of tuition Lectures, homework assignments
literature Falconer DS & Mackay TFC, Introduction to Quantitative Genetics'
(4 ed), Longman, London, 1996
Lynch M & Walsh B, Genetics and Analysis of Quantitative Traits,
228 Life Sciences
Sinauer Associates, Inc., Sunderland, MA, 1998
mode of assessment Home work and written exam
entry requirements Quantitative methods, Behavior genetics
remarks Language: Tuition in English
subject Quantitative Methods in Neurocience and Genetics
code 815054
credits 5
period 1 and 2
lecturer dr. S.M. van den Berg
aim To provide the Master of Neuroscience students with a solid understanding
of the core methodological and statistical concepts relevant in the life and
social sciences.
content A number of plenary lectures will introduce methodological and statistical
concepts in "their natural habitat", i.e., as they are applied in ongoing
biological psychological research on emotion, cognition and
psychopathology. Students are shown that solid experimental methodology
and appropriate statistical analyses can strongly support theoretical scientific
argumentation, but never replace it. To show that statistics is a friend not a
foe, extensive computer practicals will be used to train students in organising
and analysing (large) data-sets using SPSS (Statistical Software for the
Social Sciences). Students will be taught to apply analysis of variance and
regression analysis and, importantly, to judge what technique is optimal for
certain types of research questions. Theory on the quantitative methods will
be completely interspersed with the practicals so as to allow the students to
apply the newly gained knowledge immediately to real data.
form of tuition Lectures, computer practicals
literature Field, A.P. Discovering statistics using SPSS, Second Edition. London: Sage
(2005).
mode of assessment Written examination with open end questions (50%); assignments (50%).
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology
remarks Language: tuition in English
SPSS exercises based on the analyses performed during the practicals.
Attending the lectures and practicals is obligatory
Application: Course coordination (sm.van.den.berg@psy.vu.nl)
naam Regulering en organisatie van de gezondheidszorg (Regulation and
organisation of health care)
code 470809
docenten dr. H.N. Plomp (hn.plomp@ vumc.nl); prof.dr. G. van der Wal (g.van der
wal@ vumc.nl); Gastdocenten (afkomstig uit de praktijk van de
gezondheidszorg.)
studiepunten 6
aim To provide students with instruments (ic theoretical and methodological
concepts) to describe and analyse the organisation and functioning of health
systems, health arrangement and health programmes in order to develop a
problem solving approach.
content Health systems on the national level: various configuration (of state,
insurance companies, suppliers, and customers) and comparable problems.
Programme components (MSc) 229
Health organisation on a local level:
Local markets and strategy
Professional and bureaucratic regimes
Quality: professional and organisational systems and instruments
Patient logistics
Patient perspective
Methods for comparative evaluation research
form of tuition Theoretical concepts will be introduced in lectures. Three practice teachers,
originating from large health care organisations (academic hospital, a large
organisation in the field of primary care and elderly care) will apply the
theoretical concepts to their organisations. They also will go into the actual
policy issues of their organisations and introduce each about 5 concrete
interventions, they like to get analysed by students.
In couples students will elaborate one of these concrete intervention in the
labs for the evaluation research (the `task¿) . Independently they have to
analyse the problem and write a proposal for improvement. The proposal is
presented in a plenary session where the practice teachers is one of the
judges.
literature Øvretveit John. Evaluating Health Interventions, an introduction to
evaluation of health treatments, services, policies and organizational
interventions. Buckingham, Philadelphia : Open University Press; 3rt ed
2002.
Syllabus, available in de syllabuswinkel Medische Faculteit B 145, daily
from 12.15 en 13.15 h.
mode of assessment Students have to complete a written exam, have to participate in the labs,
give a presentation and to get judge their task sufficiently. The final score is
composed as follows: exam (40%), lab (20%) task (40%); all composing
parts need to a score of at least 6 points.
period 08.01.2007-02.02.2007
subject Research Methods
code 470577
lecturers prof.dr. J.F.G. Bunders-Aelen (co-ordinator); dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst;
dr. J.E.W. Broerse; guest lecturers
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim To acquire further insights into various quantitative and qualitative
research methods (data collection and analysis)
To know how to interpret quantitative and qualitative findings
To acquire insight into how to involve community members to include
their views and jointly decide on the needs and priorities. This includes
interactive and participatory methods for transdisciplinary research, such
as focus groups, citizen panels, diagramming, mapping and other
visualisation techniques.
To be able to make an adequate research design for the investigation of a
specific health problem.
content It is necessary to act on more than one level and with a variety of actors
230 Life Sciences
when addressing illnesses and their causes in the fight to reduce the burden
of the disease. Therefore, various research methods and a transdisciplinary
approach are needed. During this course you will further deepen your
knowledge on quantitative and qualitative research methods; including
interviews (questionnaire, semi-structured, in-depth), as well as several
interactive and participatory methods such as focus group discussions, citizen
panels, diagramming, mapping and other visualisation techniques. You will
also gain insight in possible set-ups of a study to address certain needs.
In the fourth week of this course, together with other students, you will apply
the theoretical knowledge that you have gained in the previous three weeks
by designing and presenting your own study. The set-up of this study should
aim to investigate needs concerning public health in a particular setting
through a transdisciplinary approach. It should include a selection of research
methods.
form of tuition Lectures, training workshops, self study
literature Reader; Book
mode of assessment Written exam, presentation of your study design
target audience Compulsory course for second year students of the Master Management,
Policy Analysis and Entrepreneurship for the health and life sciences (MPA)
remarks Attendance of training workshops is compulsory.
For information and application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Research Methods for Need Assessments
code 470817
co-ordinator dr. J.E.W. Broerse
lecturers prof.dr. J.F.G. Bunders-Aelen; dr. C.M. Doak; dr. M.B.M. Zweekhorst (and
others)
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim To acquire further insight into various quantitative and qualitative
research methods (data collection and analysis) used for epidemiologic
investigation and field surveys to strengthen public health surveillances.
To know how to interpret quantitative and qualitative findings in the
context of international public health.
To acquire insight into how to involve community members to include
their views and jointly decide on the needs and priorities. This includes
interactive and participatory methods for transdisciplinary research, such
as focus groups, citizen panels, diagramming, mapping and other
visualisation techniques.
To be able to make an adequate research design for the investigation of a
specific health problem.
content This course focuses on the scientific study of the assessment of needs in
resource-poor settings concerning public health. The assessment of needs can
be determined through a variety of methods. It is necessary to act on more
than one level and with a variety of actors when addressing illnesses and
their causes in the fight to reduce the burden of the disease. To achieve
results it will usually be necessary (1) for health workers to work with other
sectors in a so called inter-sectoral approach, and (2) to work with the
community, since communities will only cooperate in the implementation of
new interventions when they have participated in the decisions that are made
Programme components (MSc) 231
around the implementation of this intervention. In other words, a
transdisciplinary approach is required.
During the first three weeks you will, therefore, further your knowledge on
quantitative and qualitative research methods; including epidemiological
statistics and interviews (questionnaire, semi-structured, in-depth), as well as
several interactive and participatory methods such as focus group
discussions, citizen panels, diagramming, mapping and other visualisation
techniques. You will also gain insight in possible set-ups of a study to
address certain needs. What are confounders and how can bias be prevented
in your research set-up? Also, the frequency, distribution and causes of
disease in human populations will be addressed. During the course you learn
to understand and interpret the distribution, transmission and pathogenesis of
pathogens.
In the fourth week of this course, you will apply together with other students
the theoretical knowledge that you have gained in the previous three weeks
by designing and presenting your own study. The set-up of this study should
aim to investigate needs concerning public health in a particular resource-
poor setting through a transdisciplinary approach. It should include a
selection of research methods, statistical approaches, target groups, and
address possible bias and confounders that can influence the outcomes of
your study.
form of tuition Lectures, training workshops, self study
literature Book, Reader (title of the book will be made known in August to those who
have subscribed through TIS).
mode of assessment Written exam, presentation of your study design.
target audience Compulsory course within the Master differentiation International Public
Health; optional course within the Master differentiation Infectious Diseases.
In any other circumstances admission should be requested from the course
coordinator.
remarks Attendance to the training workshops is compulsory.
subject Science, Technology and Society Studies
code 470553
co-ordinator prof.dr. J.F.G. Bunders-Aelen
lecturers dr. J.E.W. Broerse; drs. F. Kupper (contact); dr. J.F. Caron-Flinterman
credits 3
period 30.10.2006-10.11.2006
aim Introduction to philosophical and social science theories on science and
technology development;
Knowledge and understanding of the basic concepts and issues in the
field of science and technology studies;
Knowledge and understanding of different forms of technology
assessment;
Knowledge and understanding of interactive methods for directing and
guiding developments in science and technology.
content At the dawn of the 21th century, technology and science possess an
enormous potential for transforming life on earth. At the same time, the
232 Life Sciences
dimensions of our human culture shape the directions in which science and
technology proceed. During this course you will study the interactions of
science and technology with society and the various ways they mutually
shape oneanother. These interactions invoke a lot of questions. Should we
embrace genetically modified food? How do new human reproductive
technologies interfere with the way we deal with sexuality and social
responsibilities? In this course you will get acquainted with a conceptual
framework to approach these questions. Some of the issues that will be
discussed are:
A history of thinking about science and technology
The co-evolution of science, technology and society
The development of interactive forms of technology assessment
Democratization of science and technology
This course aims at understanding the intertwinement of science, technology
and society and the importance of a broad concern with these interactions in
order to shape our future in a the way that we want it.
form of tuition Lectures, training workshops, self study
literature Reader; Book (Details will be announced on blackboard)
mode of assessment Written exam
target audience Compulsory course within the second year of the Master Management,
Policy Analysis and Entrepreneurship for the health and life sciences (MPA).
Optional course for students in one of the Health, Life and Natural Sciences
Masters programmes.
remarks Basic knowledge of policy analysis is required. For information and
application: ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
subject Scientific Writing in English
code 471023
co-ordinator drs J.K.A. Meijer
credits 3
period various, see timetable masters
aim The aim of this course is to provide the writing student with the essential
linguistic means for producing English academic texts which are effective,
idiomatically and stylistically appropriate and grammatically correct.
content The initial focus in the course is on the various types of scientific texts, the
associated text structures and on the parts played by the introduction and
conclusion of a scientific text. The next topic is the accepted method of
stating research goals in English, presenting a list of references, describing -
clearly but succinctly - the design of a research study. This is followed by
matters such as 'how can I write a good English paragraph', 'how do I express
an exemplification', or even 'how should I compare and contrast'. All of the
theoretical material in the course is directly relevant to practical usage.
Practical usage is, in turn, limited to the specific text genre of scientific
writing.
form of tuition The course is focussed on self-tuition. The plenary sessions concentrate on
the process of writing and the product of writing. Homework is part of the
course. With each topic, participants work through a phased series of
exercises that usually conclude with the requirement to write a short piece of
text. The instructor will append extensive written remarks to this text.
literature The reader `Writing a Scientific Article' can be obtained at the Taalcentrum-
Programme components (MSc) 233
VU in 9A-42 . The costs are 15 euro.
mode of assessment There will be no examination. However, students will receive their credits
only when they have participated in the classes and also when they have
handed in all of the assignments. Students will receive a 'pass' when they
have finished the course.
entry requirements Bachelor Biology, Biomedical Sciences, Psychology with profile Biological
Psychology or Neuropsychology.
remarks Language: tuition in English
subject Sequence Analysis
code 470619
lecturers others; prof.dr. J. Heringa (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim A theoretical and practical bioinformatics course about biological sequence
analysis. The course provides an introduction to the algorithmic and
biological principles of sequence analysis, as well as practical implications.
Goals: At the end of the course, the student will be aware of the major issues,
methodology and available algorithms in sequence analysis. At the end of the
course, the student will have hands-on experience in tackling biological
problems in sequence analysis.
content Theory:
Dynamic programming, database searching, pairwise and multiple alignment,
probabilistic methods, pattern matching, evolutionary models, and
phylogeny. Practical:
- Assignment programming own alignment software based on dynamic
programming;
- Assignment pairwise alignment of biological sequences
- Assignment multiple alignment of biological sequences
- Assignment homology searching and pattern recognition using biological
and disease examples
form of tuition 14 Lectures; Assignment introductions; Computer practicals; Hands-on
support
literature E-course material: http://ibivu.cs.vu.nl;
Books: Richard Durbin, Sean R Eddy, Anders Krogh, Graeme Mitchison
(1998). Biological Sequence Analysis. Cambridge University Press, 350 pp.,
ISBN 0521629713.
mode of assessment Assignment results and oral or written exam (depending on number of course
students)
target audience Students with Bachelor Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science,
Biology, or Medical Natural Sciences, with a strong interest in
Bioinformatics
remarks The course is taught in the English language.
subject Social Psychology
code 815058
credits 5
period 2
lecturer dr. C.J. Beukeboom
234 Life Sciences
content Since the cognitive revolution social psychologists lost no time in studying
social processes from a cognitive angle. This caused the rise of a new kind of
social psychology, whose methods and theories have become common
property: the cognitive social psychology. With the use of ingenious
experimental methods researchers in the field of social cognition aim to learn
more about (often unconscious) human mental processes. Some of the central
questions of cognitive social psychology are: How do people make
inferences about human traits on the basis of their behaviour? In what way
are our judgments of others influenced by prejudice and stereotypes? How is
knowledge about ourselves and others stored in memory? How do we form
our self-concept? What role does language play in the process of conveying
stereotypes? How do our mind and feelings interact when we make everyday
judgments and decisions? In this sense, the cognitive social psychology does
offer a scientific analysis of everyday thinking and behaviour of people in
their social environment.
form of tuition Lectures in English
Self study of English literature
literature To be announced.
mode of assessment Exam, paper
subject Soil-Plant interactions
code 470507
co-ordinator prof.dr. H.A. Verhoef (kamer H-120, tel. 87074,
Herman.Verhoef@ecology.falw.vu.nl)
lecturers prof.dr. H.A. Verhoef; dr. M.P. Berg (kamer H-159 tel.87077,
matty.berg@falw.vu.nl); dr.ir. M.G.A. van der Heijden (kamer H-
142,tel.87046, marcel.vander.heijden@falw.vu.nl); prof.dr. M.A.P.A. Aerts
(kamer A-154, tel.87211, rien.aerts@falw.vu.nl); dr. J.H.C. Cornelissen
(kkamer A-162, tel. 86962, hans.cornelissen@falw.vu.nl); guest lecturers
(Prof. dr. W.H. van der Putten (NIOO-KNAW), Prof.dr. D.A.Wardle
(Landcare research) and others)
credits 6
period 04.09.2006-29.09.2006
aim Students will be able to:
Underpin the importance of ecological interactions between the soil-
subsystem and the plant-subsystem
Critically evaluate and investigate the relevant interactions between soil -
soil organisms, soil - vegetation, and soil organisms - vegetation
Describe and apply the different techniques- from molecular techniques
to identify soil organisms to field sampling and modelling- to study the
ecological interactions between the two sub-systems.
content A recent theoretical topic in Ecology concerns the interdependency of
belowground and aboveground compartments. The study of this topic leads
to the formulation of key conceptual issues relating to interactions between
above- and belowground communities and the processes carried out by each
component. These concepts can be applied to current critical questions, as the
regulation and function of biodiversity, vegetation development, and
consequences of human-induced global change, as biological invasions,
extinctions, nitrogen deposition, land use change. In this course we will focus
theoretically on the following subjects:
Programme components (MSc) 235
The soil food web: biotic interactions and regulators
Plant species control of soil biota and processes
Belowground consequences of aboveground food web interactions
Completing the circle: how soil food web effects are manifested
aboveground
The regulation and function of biological diversity
Global change phenomena in an aboveground-belowground context
These subjects are discussed in a recent book (see literature) that will be
used as the basic literature for the seminars given by the (guest) lecturers,
and supplemented by recent literature. Students will perform experiments on
locations at which soil-plant interactions are currently studied, with emphasis
on a) design and statistical treatment of soil-plant experiments, b)
(molecular) techniques to identify soil organisms, soil processes and
vegetation development. One week of this course will be on a foreign field
location, i.e. Abisko, Sweden.
literature David A.Wardle (2002):"Communities and Ecosystems"; linking the
aboveground and belowground component (Monographs in Population
Biology nr 34). Princeton University Press.
mode of assessment A seminar, discussing a recent theory within the framework of the topic and
a written report on their experiments.
entry requirements Community Biology, Systems Ecology.
target audience MSc-students.
subject Spatial Ecology and Global Change
code 470502
lecturers prof.dr. J. Rozema; prof.dr. N.M. van Straalen; dr. M.P. Berg (and possibly
guest lecturers)
credits 6
period october 2007
aim The main aim of the course is the analysis of spatial and temporal
distribution of organisms in the context of global climate change. In fact this
refers to the field of biogeography.
In this course, M Sc students will learn about the different vegetation zones
of the earth, climate zones and climate change, biodiversity, disturbance
history, ecosystem dynamics, patterns of distribution, and patterns of fauna
and flora in the past and future. Special attention will be given to the range
dynamics of species, that is, analysis of the factors that cause the range of a
species to expand or diminish, depending on locally varying environmental
factors. This course will emphasize an evolutionary and ecological approach,
providing a causal explanation of the (changes) in the distribution of
organisms. At the end of this course, students will have a deeper
understanding of the patterns of distribution of living organisms across the
earth's surface, and the underlying mechanisms.
content Analysis and explanation of spatial and temporal distribution patterns comes
from various scientific fields: ecology, evolution biology, phylogeny,
paleontology, geology, geography, and climatology. Questions will be
addressed such as why and how plant and animal species have become
extinct, discussing natural and man-made causes. This is essential to
understand past and present biodiversity on earth and how to preserve
236 Life Sciences
biodiversity. Various examples of how distributional changes relate to past
and recent factors and processes will be treated. Glaciations and de-
glaciations and the positioning of mountain ranges have differentially
affected biodiversity of the North American and Eurasian Content. Current
global change, such as global warming and sea level rise leads to similar
changes in distribution patters of plants and animals and further insight and
evidence for this comes from past climate change. This course on spatial
ecology and global change ecology will cover the following topics:
Introduction to biogeography
A history of biogeography
Patterns of Distribution
Patterns of Climate
Living in the past
Early life and moving continents
Rise of the flowering plants
Cretaceous and Cenozoic climate, geographic animal and floral changes
Geography of life today
Ice and Change
Molecular and isotopic biogeography
Methods of biogeographical analysis
Paleogeography
The course will be given during 4 weeks, covering the afternoon of the first
three weeks.
A first series of sessions will deal with dynamics of distribution areas and
modeling; a second part consists of treatment of cases of spatial ecology of
insects and invertebrate animals and the third part deals with case studies on
plants and current and historic plant distributions.
form of tuition The textbook mentioned will be used and the teachers of this course will treat
parts of this textbook. General and modeling aspects of spatial and temporal
distributions of organisms will be discussed, N.M van Straalen will address
patterns of distribution of animals in an evolutionary context. J. Rozema will
treat the distribution of plants with particular reference to the impact of
global change. Evidence of how climate change has affected plant
distribution on earth will be derived form the fossil pollen record. An
excursion will be made to the Naturalis Museum, Leiden, to view and study
various plant and animal groups representing relevant evolutionary and
present-day developments.
Relevant recent literature on this aspect will be studied and discussed.
Discussion sessions will be held on each aspect. Students are asked to write
an essay on one of the aspects, to prepare an oral presentation and a written
examination will complete the course.
The lecturers will introduce the basic ideas and subject matter of tuition and
highlight some features of the aspect to be dealt with. The students are
expected to write an essay based on topics explored by self study (a. o.
search for literature) and prepare an oral presentation of the content of a
journal paper or book chapter, which will be discussed.
literature The textbook "Biogeography, An Ecological and Evolutionary approach" by
C.B. Cox, P.D. Moore. 2005. Blackwell Publishing. 7th edition. pp. 428
(Euro 32.95) and additional selected articles (distributed beforehand).
mode of assessment Judgement and examination will be based on the essay completed, the oral
Programme components (MSc) 237
presentation of the content of a journal paper or book chapter and a written
examination on the subject matter of tuition.
target audience This course is obligatory for all students following the program of MSc
Ecology. It will provide a basic training for various follow-up courses of
choice.
remarks Lectures will be presented in English, unless only Dutch M Sc students
participate.
subject Statistical Genetics for Gene Finding
code 815091
credits 5
lecturer dr. D. Posthuma
period week 44-47, 2006
aim Theoretical insight and practical knowledge on statistical modeling
(phenotypes and DNA polymorphisms) of familial data aimed at gene
finding. Statistical genetic linkage and association techniques will be applied
to (multivariate) data to investigate where positional candidate genes for
complex, quantitative traits lie and which alleles of a gene are related to
variation in a trait.
content The student will learn how to use statistical models to detect linkage between
DNA markers and phenotypes and to test for association between genes and
phenotypes.
form of tuition Lectures, practicals
literature To be announced
mode of assessment Weekly assignments and Final Paper
entry requirements Behavioral Genetics (P300), Statistics and Methods courses
remarks Language: tuition in English
Application: Course coordination (d.posthuma@psy.vu.nl)
naam Systeemecologie
code 470044
docenten ing. L. Leewis; drs. A.C. de Vos; prof.dr. J. Rozema (cursusleider);
prof.dr. M.A.P.A. Aerts
studiepunten 6
periode 04-09-2005- 29-09-2005
doel Inzicht verkrijgen in de structuur van en processen in
ecosystemen,stofkringlopen en global change in het heden en verleden.
Bijzondere aandacht wordt besteed aan de invloed van atmosferische CO2
verrijking (broeikasprobleem), de opwarming van de aarde, toename van
UV-B straling (gat in de ozonlaag) en natuurherstel en natuurbeheer.
De huidige antropogene opwarming van de aarde wordt vergeleken met
klimaatveranderingen sinds de laatste ijstijd, zoals die van de Kleine IJstijd
(1430-1850). Dit gebeurt aan de hand van vegetatiesuccessie in een
laagveenecosysteem en die van de arctische toendra van Spitsbergen over
een periode van honderden tot duizenden jaren geleden.
In een veldpraktikum wordt onderzoek verricht aan aanpassingen van
duinvalleiplanten en kustplanten. Leerdoelen zijn verder: het leren kennen
van planten en vegetaties van laagveen en natte duinvalleien. Het leren
verrichten van experimenteel en beschrijvend veldecologisch onderzoek, in
238 Life Sciences
het bijzonder naar opname en gebruik van voedingstoffen, en de
aanpassingen van planten aan abiotische (o.a. klimatologische)
omstandigheden, zoals temperatuur, CO2 , PAR en UV-B. Het leren
analyseren van veldecologische resultaten en het rapporteren hierover.
Hierbij wordt kennisgemaakt met grafische weergave van metingen en
statistische analyse en interpretatie hiervan.
Eindtermen:
Theorie
De student kent:
De leerstof in hetleerboek over de onderwerpen : ecosysteemconcept; het
klimaatsysteem aarde; geologie en bodem; stralingsbalans, en
waterbalans van ecosystemen; de koolstofbalans; primaire productie;
decompositie; nutriëntengebruik; nutrientenkringlopen; trofische relaties,
successie; globale biogeochemische kringlopen en natuur- en
milieubeheer
In de handleiding wordt aangegeven welke stof dient te worden
bestudeerd voor het veld- en laboratoriumonderzoek. Verder worden
voorbeeld tentamenvraag gegeven.
De student heeft inzicht in de samenhang tussen behandelde structuren (zoals
atmosfeer, bodem en biosfeer) en processen (zoals de verschillende
stofkringlopen).
De student is in staat onderzoeksgegevens in Tabel en Grafiekvorm te
interpreteren en te beoordelen.
De student kan:
op basis van de leerstof en projectinformatie eenduidige en toetsbare
hypotheses en onderzoeksvragen formuleren en deze uitwerken in een
proefopzet voor het veldpraktikum;
zelfstandig en in teamverband veldonderzoek uitvoeren zoals het
verrichten van metingen van pH, redoxpotentiaal, het voorbereiden,
nemen en verwerken van bodem- en vegetatiemonsters;
zelfstandig en systematisch registreren van verzamelde metingen en
monsters;
verzamelde gegevens en monsters in het laboratorium uitwerken.
Hieronder vallen chemische analyses met in achtneming van
laboratoriumveiligheidregels;
het grafisch en statistisch uitwerken van metingen en bepalingen.
Gegevens samenvatten zoals het weergeven van gemiddelde en
standaardfout (Excel) en het deze in grafiekvorm weergeven;
schriftelijk rapporteren over het uitgevoerde onderzoek met
gebruikmaking van grafische en statistische resultaten.
De student is in staat theorie uit het leerboek te verbinden met de
ecosysteemstructuren en processen die in het veldpraktikum worden
onderzocht.
inhoud Theorie (ochtenden week 1 en 2):
Behandeling van leerstof uit Leerboek Principles of Terrestrial Ecosystem
Ecology door middel van hoorcolleges en een handleiding.
Onderwerpen: Het ecosysteemconcept, het systeem klimaat aarde, geologie
en bodem, water in terrestrische ecosystemen en de energiebalans,
koolstofbalans van terrestrische ecosystemen, primaire productie,
decompositie, nutriëntengebruik, kringlopen van voedingsstoffen, globale
Programme components (MSc) 239
stofkringlopen, trofische relaties, ecosyteemdynamica in ruimte en tijd, en
beheer van natuurgebieden.
Veldpraktikum (middagen week 1 en 2, week 3):
Verrichten van veldecologisch en laboratoriumonderzoeknaar de gevolgen
van opwarming van ecosystemen van duinvalleien en van de arctische
toendra; onderzoek over aanpassingen van kustplanten
werkwijze Hoor- en werkcolleges leerboek (ochtenden week 1 en 2); veld- en
laboratoriumonderzoek middagen week 1 en 2, week 3; verslaglegging en
studiepauze week 4.
Hoorcolleges over leerboek Principles of Terrestrial Ecosystem Ecology.
literatuur F.Stuart Chapin III, P.A.Matson en H.A.Mooney. 2002. Principles of
Terrestrial Ecosystem Ecology. Springer. Euro 64.00 en een
cursushandleiding 7,50 euro.
toetsing Tentamen over de theorie behorende bij colleges (2/3), veldpraktikumverslag
(1/3).
Deelname aan het veldpraktikum is verplicht en zonder het op tijd voltooien
van het veldpraktikum verslag wordt geen eindcijfer gegeven
doelgroep Keuzevak voor derdejaars bachelorstudenten Biologie
en Milieuwetenschappen.
voorkennis Alle voorgaande oecologische cursussen.
opmerkingen De excursieweek Ecosystemen Ardennen vindt plaats tijdens de
Bachelorstageperiode in het derde jaar. Men wordt naar deze plaats in de
studiegids verwezen voor verdere informatie over deze excursieweek.
Bij het werken in het laboratorium van de Afdeling Systeemecologie is het
dragen van een labjas verplicht.
subject System Identification of Dynamic Systems
code 470621
lecturer prof.dr.ir. J.H. van Schuppen (co-ordinator)
credits 6
period 05.03.2007-30.03.2007
aim After this course the students should be able to use mathematical models of
biological systems, to simulate system behaviour, and to determine values of
unknown system parameters by comparison of predictions generated by the
system in the model class with measurements of experiments in the
laboratory.
content System identification of dynamic systems which are mathematical models of
biological phenomena, in particular metabolic and signal transduction
networks. Discussion of methods for:
(1) selection of a class of dynamic systems as the model class;
(2) input design and experimentation;
(3) identifiability of the class of dynamic systems including parametrization
of systems;
(4) determining a dynamic system in the model class by methods of least-
squares or parameter estimation;
(5) evaluation of the obtained system by comparison of predictions based on
the obtained model with experimental measurements; and, possibly,
repetition of the above procedure for different model classes.
Application of these methods to a selection of models of metabolic and
240 Life Sciences
signal transduction networks in unicellular organisms, cancer cells, and
subcellular organelles (such as mitochondria).
form of tuition lectures, selfstudy, exercises with computer models
mode of assessment Written or oral exam (depending on the size of the class)
target audience Masterstudents with a background in Biology, Medical Biology,
Bioinformatics, Physics and Mathematics with an interest in the quantitative
analysis of the behaviour of biological systems.
remarks The course is taught in the English language.
naam System Neuroscience
code 470712
studiepunten 6
lecturer prof.dr. M.P. Witter
aim Provide insight into a systems approach to neuroscience.
content Systems Neurosciences is a "way of life": approaching the study of the
central nervous system in an integrated and multidisciplinary way. Once
learned in an exemplar system, the systems approach can be applied to
essentially any functional system in the CNS. In this course we will restudy
the organization of essential systems, such as the sensory and motor systems,
associational systems, autonomic nervous system and hypothalamus, etc.
This will to a large extent consist of textbook-based homework assignments
with short presentations and discussion. The core of the course will take
examples of systems involved in learning and memory, in particular those
involved in declarative learning and memory. Based on selected review-type
papers/chapters we will a) follow the development of concepts over time; b)
discuss the relationship between technology-development and experimental
approaches; c) study and discuss different approaches and d) integrate those
into a concept of systems neurosciences.
form of tuition Lectures, homework assignments, presentations, and tutored discussions.
Classes, with homework assignments, will be once every week on Tuesday
from 16-19.00
Class 1: The somato-motor system: stimulus-perception-output coupling
Class 2: Other sensory systems: general features of cortico-thalamic
interplay and attention
Class 3: Higher order cortical integration: cognition and consciousness
Class 4: Learning and memory: different systems, definitions
Class 5: Molecular and cellular approaches
Class 6: Network approaches, animal and human
Class 7: Integration
Class 8: Presentations of final thesis and general discussion
literature Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000, 4th
edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9. All chapters
This book will be used in the course as background literature and for a large
part of self-study assignments. Other literature will be provided during the
course or will be self-selected.
mode of assessment Self-study with evaluations by way of presentations and discussions; final
thesis on a self-selected topic.
period 12.03.2007-01.06.2007
remarks Tuition in English. Application: Course coordination Prof Dr M.P. Witter,
Programme components (MSc) 241
mp.witter@vumc.nl
naam Vakdidactiek biologie
code 990124
docenten drs. M.N.S. Vossen; ir. E.J.F. Scheringa (vakdidactici biologie)
studiepunten 9
periode Het vak beslaat 2 semesters (een heel studiejaar). Startmomenten zijn aan het
begin van de semesters: in september en in februari.
inhoud De vakdidactiek biologie houdt zich bezig met de inhoud van het schoolvak
biologie en met het lesgeven in dit schoolvak. Er is aandacht voor
vakspecifieke kennis, vaardigheden en inzichten en de voor het schoolvak
relevante ICT-toepassingen. In het vakdidactiekprogramma vindt eveneens
een vertaling plaats van algemeen didactische thema's naar het vak. De
leservaringen op school spelen hierbij een belangrijke rol. Door het
samenstellen van een digitaal portfolio kan een student aantonen over
de competenties te beschikken om zelfstandig les te kunnen geven.
Een belangrijk onderdeel van de vakdidactiek is de meesterproef: in het
tweede semester ontwerpt de docent in opleiding als meesterproef
onderwijsmateriaal volgens een aantal richtlijnen. Een meesterproef kan
bestaan uit praktische opdrachten, trainingsmodules, een speciaal
lessenpakket, een plan voor een excursie, etc. De docent in opleiding laat
hiermee zien dat hij of zij zelfstanding vanuit eigen kennis en inzicht t.a.v.
onderwijs, vak en maatschappij een uitgewerkt plan kan ontwerpen dat
leerlingen in staat stelt op een bepaald gebied leerervaring op te doen.
werkwijze werkcolleges op maandag
literatuur Een reader wordt uitgereikt bij aanvang van de colleges.
toetsing Er zijn twee deeltoetsmomenten: aan het eind van elk semester een
mondeling naar aanleiding van het samengestelde portfolio.
entreevoorwaarden Dit vak is alleen te volgen als onderdeel van de universitaire lerarenopleiding
subject Wetenschapscommunicatie via internet
code 471033
lecturers dr. J.F. Hoorn; drs. M. Bos
credits 6
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
aim Students will:
Gain insight in theory and practice of science communication and
education via the internet;
Gain insight in systematic application of text, images, multimedia and
infographics;
Develop experience with writing and revising internet text, images,
multimedia and infographics.
content Topics:
Science communication and education via the internet for specific target
groups;
Content management (for dynamic websites);
Internet usability;
Content production.
form of tuition Lectures, seminars, training sessions and home-study. During the course
242 Life Sciences
students will work on a project (in groups). The aim of this project will be
planning and designing a science communication/ education website. The
students will write a proposal for a website, accompanied by a design of the
homepage and content (images and text). They will not program/build a real
website.
literature Reader (available at start of the module).
mode of assessment Assessment on the basis of the group project, individual products and
participation during seminars.
entry requirements Students must have completed the module Wetenschapsjournalistiek
(471014).
target audience Master's students of FALW and FEW.
remarks Course is taught in Dutch.
subject Wetenschapsjournalistiek (science journalism)
code 471014
lecturers drs. A.A.M. van Lent; drs. M. Bos; prof.dr. J.T.J.M. Willems (co-ordinator);
drs. L. Linsen
credits 6
period 30.10.2006-24.11.2006
aim Gaining insight in popularization of the beta sciences in print media;
Learning how to write popular scientific articles for newspapers and
magazines;
Learning how to write specific genres like interviews, book reviews and
opinion articles.
content This module consists of interactive lectures about practical and theoretical
aspects of science journalism. Topics are writing techniques, interviewing,
illustrating science and technology, communication sciences, ethical aspects
of pcst and communication barriers between scientists and journalists.
These aspects are discussed during seminars (after selfstudy), by means of
cases and with guest lecturers.
The afternoons (and part of the mornings) are set aside for writing exercises
of at least six popular-scientific articles. These will be discussed during the
meetings. The last assignment should result in an article fit for publication in
a newspaper or magazine.
form of tuition Seminars on theory and practice of journalism, writing skill training and
homework (in small groups), both in the field of writing and in assessing
other student's articles.
literature Donkers, H. & Willems, J. (2002). Journalistiek schrijven. Bussum:
Coutinho (2nd edition).
mode of assessment Assessment is based on the last assignment: a popular scientific article for a
newspaper or magazine.
target audience Master's students of FALW and FEW.
remarks Course is taught in Dutch.
This course involves a lot of homework. Part of it will fit in the study
programme, but probably you will need to find time and energy to write
articles outside of it as well.
subject Writing a Research Proposal
code 470804
lecturers prof.dr. M.W. van Tulder (co-ordinator); prof.dr.ir. J.C. Seidell
Programme components (MSc) 243
credits 6
period 27.11.2006-22.12.2006
aim The objective of this course for students is learning how to write a research
proposal, but also gaining insight in opportunities for successfully submitting
grant proposals in the Netherlands and Europe.
content Students will gain knowledge of the opportunities for successfully submitting
grant proposals in the Netherlands and Europe. Topics to be covered:
grant agencies
requirements for submitting a grant proposal
increasing the success of submission
Various aspects of research proposals will be discussed and presented, such
as:
Research question: should be unambiguous and specific.
Societal relevance: motivation of the relevance of the research proposal;
should be interesting and important.
Methodological quality: study design should provide a valid answer to
the research question.
Literature: search for references that are used to support the research
proposal should be systematic; references should be relevant.
form of tuition Presentations
Self-study
Writing a grant proposal
Supervision by teacher
literature Syllabus and additional literature
mode of assessment Final research proposal plus oral presentation (both in English language)
entry requirements Participants of the 2-year Research Master program in Health Sciences
target audience Students of the 2-year Research Master program in Health Sciences
remarks Contact address: maurits.van.tulder@falw.vu.nl ; room U-437
244 Life Sciences
10 Literature
311103: Mastercourse Immunity
Janeway, Travers, Walport and Shlomchik: Immunobiology, 6th edition, Garland
Science Eds (approx 73 EUR). Complementary literature on selected topics will be
provided during the course.
311167: Glycoimmunology
The course material consists of recent research publications and reviews and chapters
from "Essentials of Glycobiology", eds A. Varki et al., Cold Spring Harbor laboratory
Press.
311172: Animal experimentation (Proefdierkunde voor onderzoekers)
The theoretical part of the course is covered by a multi-author textbook (which has
been translated into several other languages): L.F.M. van Zutphen, V. Baumans and
A.C. Beynen (eds.), Principles of Laboratory Animal Science: A contribution to the
humane use and care of animals and the quality of experimental results, Elsevier
Science Publishers, Amsterdam, 1993 (1st ed), 2001 (2nd ed). Also additional
information is given with hand-outs from presentations, etc.
430047: Genome Analysis
E-course material and overheads
Gibson G and Muse, A primer of genome science, SV, Sinauer Associates Inc
Publishers, 2002, ISBN 0878932348 (pbk).
Durbin, R., Eddy, Sean R., e.a., biological Sequence Analysis, Cambridge
University Press, 350 pp., ISBN 0521629713.
Extra: Parts from the book; Claverie & Notrdame, Bioinformatics for
Dummies, Wiley Publishing, Inc., 2003, ISBN 0764516965
450137: Aquatic Ecology
Lecture notes (Vermaat -- Aquatic Ecology), chapters from Kalff J, 2002. Limnology,
Prentice Hall., selected articles.
470044: Systeemecologie
F.Stuart Chapin III, P.A.Matson en H.A.Mooney. 2002. Principles of Terrestrial
Ecosystem Ecology. Springer. Euro 64.00 en een cursushandleiding 7,50 euro.
470052: Parasitology
Reader
470087: Gezondheidscommunicatie
Syllabus en aanvullende literatuur bij de colleges
470094: Health Geography
Gatrell, Anthony C., Geographies of Health: An Introduction, Blackwell Publishers,
2002.
470117: Caput Invasion Ecology and Dynamic Biogeography
"Dynamic Biogeography" by R. Hengeveld, Cambridge University Press, ISBN 0-
521-43756-3
"The Dynamics of Biological Invasions" by R. Hengeveld, Chapman & Hall, ISBN 0-
412-31470-3
470120: Caput Protein Structure as Molecular Basis of Disease
Publications from the docent and database search/ literature survey
Literature 245
470121: Philosophy of Systems Biology and its Relation to Society
Reader (ca.10 euro), selected articles
470126: Publiekcommunicatie van gezondheid en ziekten (Public communication of
health and diseases)
Meijman FJ, Meulenberg F (red.). Medische publiekscommunicatie. Een
panorama. Houten: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum, 2002 (leerstof toets).
Seale C. Media and Health. London: SAGE Publications, 2002.
Enkele teksten en overzichten in de cursusbundel (leerstof toets).
470127: Containment Strategies of Infectious Diseases in Global Context
Reader/syllabus
470129: Communicationcampaigns and Research
Articles. Titles will be announced during the first meeting. Students can download
these articles via www.ubvu.nl
470145: Protein Science
No particular book required. For repetition please see any Biochemistry textbook.
You will receive a CD with lectures and additional material.
470502: Spatial Ecology and Global Change
The textbook "Biogeography, An Ecological and Evolutionary approach" by C.B.
Cox, P.D. Moore. 2005. Blackwell Publishing. 7th edition. pp. 428 (Euro 32.95) and
additional selected articles (distributed beforehand).
470503: Dynamic Energy Budgets
See http://www.bio.vu.nl/thb/deb/course/deb
470504: Nature Development, Management, and Policy
Lecture notes and the OU-course book on Nature conservation (notes will be hand out
during lectures, OU-book will be ordered depending on number of students.
470505: Experimental Design and Analysis
Experimental design and data analysis for biologists by G.P. Quinn and M.J. Keough,
Cambridge University Press
470506: Environmental Genomics & Adaptation
N. M. van Straalen and D. Roelofs 2006. An Introduction to Ecological Genomics.
Oxford University Press.
470507: Soil-Plant interactions
David A.Wardle (2002):"Communities and Ecosystems"; linking the aboveground
and belowground component (Monographs in Population Biology nr 34). Princeton
University Press.
470510: Nature of Life Meetings
Primary literature and recent articles by the guest speakers, to be announced at least
one month before each seminar.
470553: Science, Technology and Society Studies
Reader; Book (Details will be announced on blackboard)
470562: Interactive Communication
Reader
470564: Caput Criteria for Corporate Social Responsibility
246 Life Sciences
Selected articles.
470565: Caput Dilemmas in the Implementation of Public Health Programmes
Selected chapters and scientific articles.
470567: Caput Institutionalising Participatory Approaches in the South
Selected scientific articles.
470568: Caput Interactive Science and Technology Policy
Reader with selected scientific articles.
470569: Caput Knowledge Integration and (patient) Participation
Selected scientific articles.
470571: Analysis of Governmental Policy
Reader
470572: Communication, Organization and Management
"Management and organizational behaviour", Wendy Bloisi (European edition),
McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN 0-07-709945-1
470574: Clinical Development and Clinical Trials
Reader
470575: Entrepreneurship in Health and Life sciences
Reader + Handbook `Starting up¿ ¿ achieving success with professional business
planning
470577: Research Methods
Reader; Book
470578: Interactive Health Technology Assessment
Reader
470579: Interactive Research in Practice
Reader
470580: Caput Democratization of Technology Development
Selected scientific articles
470581: Caput Success factors in sustainable innovations by SME's
Selected scientific articles
470582: Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods
Reader or Book (Details will be announced on blackboard)
470584: Business Management in Health and Life Sciences
Reader
470604: Caput Molecular Biotechnology
Molecular Biotechnology; principles and applications of recombinant DNA;
Bernhard R. Glick and Jack J. Pasternak. ASM Press, Washington, D.C. last version
(3rd). VU book store or library.
470605: Caput Cellulair Protein Trafficking
Reader with different short reviews, available through the docent.
470606: Caput Epigenetics
Literature 247
Review and Research articles which will be provided. It is advised to study the
chapters on DM&CM and gene expression of the book, Molecular Biology of the Cell
by Alberts et al.
470607: Caput Structural Biology
A number of recent scientific papers will be provided
470609: Biological fluorescence
Reader (ca 5 Euro)
470611: Integrative Bioinformatics and Genomics
E-course material and overheads
Part from the book: Introduction to bioinformatics, Attwood & Parry-Smith,
Longman, 1999; ISBN 0 582 327881
Parts from the book: Understanding the Control of Metabolism, Fell, Portland
Press, 1997, ISBN 1 85578 047
Parts from the book Bioinformatics for Dummies, Claverie & Notredame, Wiley
Publishing, Inc., 2003; ISBN 0 7645 1696 5
470613: Developmental Biology
Selected book chapters and review articles (handouts ± 15 euro)
470614: Genomes and Gene Expression
Book: will be announced
Chapters on gene expression regulation from the book: Molecular Biology of the
Cell by Alberts et al.
Hand-out with Research and Review articles
PPT-notes from lectures.
470615: Cell Structures and Functions
Molecular Biology of the Cell (Alberts, Johnson, Lewis, Raff, Roberts, Walter)
Fourth edition. GARLAND SCIENCES.
A course syllabus with recent reviews and papers presented by the lecturers and
guest researchers.
470616: Molecular Cellphysiology and Function
A course syllabus with recent reviews and papers presented by the lecturers and guest
researchers (max. 15 euros).
470617: Portal Course
Reader (10 euro); Molecular Biology of the Cell (Alberts, B. et al., fourth edition of
later)
470618: Modelling: Ab Initio Models
Reader (10 Euro)
470619: Sequence Analysis
E-course material: http://ibivu.cs.vu.nl;
Books: Richard Durbin, Sean R Eddy, Anders Krogh, Graeme Mitchison (1998).
Biological Sequence Analysis. Cambridge University Press, 350 pp., ISBN
0521629713.
470620: Physics of Biological Systems
Physical Chemistry for The Life Sciences, Atkins and De Paula. Oxford University
Press
248 Life Sciences
470622: Intracellular Networks
Lecture notes (ca. 10 euro)
470655: Clinical Immunology
Immunobiology by Janeway 6the edition;
Hand-out which contains recent reviews specialized on the immunological
diseases discussed (ca 10 Euro).
470656: Advanced Molecular Immunology and Cell Biology
Immunobiology by Janeway, 6th edition (Chapter 1 till 11)
Syllabus which covers recent reviews and scientific articles in the specialize
fields as described above (ca 10 euro)
470657: Molecular Infection Biology
reader and primary literature
470700: Experimental and Clinical Neuroendocrinology
Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000, 4th
edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9. (Ch 49)
Selected papers to be handed out during the course
470701: Principles of Neuroscience
Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000, 4th edition,
McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9. [Ch4-Ch15, Ch17-Ch43].
Recent research papers will be handed out during lectures.
470706: Neurogenomics
to be announced
470707: Ethics in life science
Reader
470709: Behavior and Cognition
Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM (2000) Principles of Neural Science (4th
edition), McGraw Hill: New York; ISBN 0-07-112000-9. [Ch1-3, Ch44-51, Ch58-63]
470711: Emotional and Cognitive Neuroscience
Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000, 4th edition,
McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9 [Ch 47-51 - Ch 60-61].
470712: System Neuroscience
Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM Principles of Neural Science, 2000, 4th edition,
McGraw Hill, ISBN 0-07-112000-9. All chapters
This book will be used in the course as background literature and for a large part of
self-study assignments. Other literature will be provided during the course or will be
self-selected.
470713: Developmental Neurobiology of the Vertebrate Brain
Handouts will be distributed at the beginning of the course
470714: Experimental Neurophysiology
to be announced
470715: Functional Brain Imaging
Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM (2000) Principles of Neural Science (4th
edition), McGraw Hill: New York; ISBN 0-07-112000-9 [Ch22]
Gazzaniga MS Ivry RB, Mangun GR (2002) Cognitive neuroscience. The biology
of mind. (2nd edition), Norton & Company: New York [Ch4]
Literature 249
Wijnen F, Verstraten F (2001) Het brein te kijk. Verkenning van de cognitieve
neurowetenschappen, Swets & Zeitlinger: Lisse
A number of relevant reviews (to be announced at the start of the course).
470717: Advanced Neurogenomics
To be distributed during the course.
470718: Neuro- and Psychopharmacology
Medical Pharmacology at a Glance (Ed. M.J. Neal), Fifth Edition (Blackwell
Science, 2005), ISBN 0-632-05244-9 (Ch. 1-4, Ch. 24-29 and Ch. 31)
470724: Neuroinformatics
Theoretical Neuroscience: Computational and Mathematical Modeling of Neural
Systems, Peter Dayan and L. F. Abbott, The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts,
2001, ISBN 0-262-04199-5. And, optional: Modeling Neural Development, Arjen van
Ooyen (editor), The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 2003, ISBN 0-262-
22066-0.]. Research and review papers will be handed out during the course.
470725: Bioinformatics
to be announced
470726: Live Cell Imaging
1. Selected chapters from Yuste and Konnerth: Imaging in Neuroscience and
Development: A Laboratory Manual
2. Selection of primary scientific papers
470727: In Vivo Neurophysiology
To be announced
470730: Health Psychology (Gezondheidspsychologie)
Reader and articles on blackboard
470750: Physiology of the heart and circulation
As reference book we recommend Guyton and Hall "Textbook of Medical
Physiology", 9th and 10th edition, Sanders Press. Co.
470752: Measurements in Biomedical Science
The material for studying is a lecture note and used signal material.
470801: Advanced Methods in Public Health Research
Sheets of the lectures
Twisk JWR. Applied longitudinal data analysis for epidemiology. A practical
guide. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2003.
Twisk JWR. Applied multilevel analysis. A practical guide. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, UK, 2006
470802: Nutrition and Aging
To be announced.
470803: Gezondheid en psychosociale factoren bij ouderen
Wetenschappelijke artikelen (de oudere in syllabus, de recente te vinden op Internet)
470804: Writing a Research Proposal
Syllabus and additional literature
470806: Care and Prevention Research
Syllabus.
250 Life Sciences
470807: Health Technology Assessment and Health Economy
Drummond MF, Sculpher MJ, Torrance GW, O'Brien BJ, Stoddart GL. Methods
for the Economic Evaluation of Health Care Programmes. New York: Oxford
University Press, 2005
Syllabus.
470808: Health Law (Gezondheidsrecht)
Reader
470809: Regulering en organisatie van de gezondheidszorg (Regulation and
organisation of health care)
Øvretveit John. Evaluating Health Interventions, an introduction to evaluation of
health treatments, services, policies and organizational interventions. Buckingham,
Philadelphia : Open University Press; 3rt ed 2002.
Syllabus, available in de syllabuswinkel Medische Faculteit B 145, daily from 12.15
en 13.15 h.
470811: Health promotion and disease prevention (Gezondheidsbevordering en
ziektepreventie)
Reader and additional course material provided on Blackboard.
470812: Community Genetics
Khoury MJ, Burke W, Thomson EJ. Genetics and Public Health in the 21st century.
Using Genetic Information to Improve Health and Prevent Disease. Oxford
University Press, 2000.
470813: Migratie, cultuur, gezondheid en onderzoek
Hardon, A. et al. (2001), Applied Health Research: Antropology of Health and
Health Care. Amsterdam: Het Spinhuis.
I. Wolffers (1995), Kwalitatieve Benaderingen in het Medisch Onderzoek.
Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde, 139 (49): 2580-2583.
N. Khanlou & E. Peter (2005), Participatory Action Research: Considerations for
Ethical Review. Social Science & Medicine, 60: 2333-2340.
Leask, J., Hawe, P. & Chapman, S. (2001), Focus Group Composition: A
Comparision between Natural and Constructed Groups. Australian and New
Zealand Journal of Public Health, 25 (2): 152-154.
Krieger, J., Allen, C., et al. (2002), Using Community-Based Participatory
Research to Address Social Determinants of Health: Lessons Learned from Seattle
Partners for Healthy Communities. Health Education & Behavior, 29 (3): 361-
382.
Ezzy, D. (2001), Are Qualitative Methods Misunderstood? Australian and New
Zealand Journal of Public Health, 25 (4): 294-297.
Miles, M.B. & Huberman, A.M. (1994), Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded
Sourcebook. Thousands Oaks, California: SAGE Publications, Inc.
Pope, C., Ziebland, S. & Mays, N. (2000), Qualitative Research in Health Care:
Analysing Qualitative Data. British Medical Journal, 320: 114-116.
Mays, N. & Pope, C. (2000), Qualitative Research in Health Care: Assessing
Quality in Qualitative Research. British Medical Journal, 320: 50-52.
470814: Clinical Nutrition
Gibney MJ, Elia M, Ljungqvist O, Dowsett J, The Nutrition Society Textbook
Series: Clinical Nutrition. 2005 Blackwell Publishing, UK
470815: Public Health Nutrition
Literature 251
Gibney MJ, Margetts BM, Kearney JM, Arab L. Public Health Nutrition. The
Nutrition Society Textbook Series. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Science, 2005.
Readings available on blackboard
470816: Nutrition and Infectious Disease
To be announced.
470817: Research Methods for Need Assessments
Book, Reader (title of the book will be made known in August to those who have
subscribed through TIS).
470818: Health, Globalisation and Human Rights
Reader
470819: Policy, Management and Organisation in IPH
"Health Policy, an Introduction to Process and Power", Gill Walt (6th edition),
Witwatersrand University Press, ISBN 1 85649 263
"Management and organizational behaviour", Wendy Bloisi (European edition),
McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN 0-07-709945-1
470822: Management in Health Organisation
"Management and organizational behaviour", Wendy Bloisi (European edition),
McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN 0-07-709945-1and a reader
471006: Communicatiewetenschappen
Severin, W. J. & Tankard, J. W. (2001). Communication theories: Origins methods
and uses in the mass media. New York: Longman (5th ed.).
Some recent scientific articles (on Blackboard).
471014: Wetenschapsjournalistiek (science journalism)
Donkers, H. & Willems, J. (2002). Journalistiek schrijven. Bussum: Coutinho (2nd
edition).
471017: History of Life Sciences
Reader.
471018: Neurobiology of Behaviour
to be handed out
471020: Plant Ecophysiology: Adaption to the Environment
Review articles
Experimental protocols (both will be distributed beforehand)
471023: Scientific Writing in English
The reader `Writing a Scientific Article' can be obtained at the Taalcentrum-VU in
9A-42 . The costs are 15 euro.
471026: Museologie en buitenschoolse educatie
Syllabi will be provided at start of course
471033: Wetenschapscommunicatie via internet
Reader (available at start of the module).
471034: Plant Biotechnology for Food and Health
Plant, Genes and Crop Biotechnology (2nd edition), Maarten J. Chrispeels & David
E. Sadava, reviews and recent research articles.
252 Life Sciences
60000010: Interfacultair keuzevak Ontwikkelingsvraagstukken
Potter, R.B., R. Binns, J.A. Elliott & D. Smith, Geographies of Development. 2e
druk, Harlow, UK: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall, 2004, met uitzondering van
de hoofdstukken 5 & 8
Heins, J.J.F. & B.G. Keuper (red.) Rozen in de woestijn, voorbeelden van
succesvolle ontwikkeling. 2003, themabundel Ontwikkelingsproblematiek nr. 13,
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
Websiteartikelen bij de hoorcolleges
815054: Quantitative Methods in Neurocience and Genetics
Field, A.P. Discovering statistics using SPSS, Second Edition. London: Sage (2005).
815055: Behavioral Genetics
To be announced.
815056: Cognition and Attention
Johnson, A., & Proctor, R.W. (2004). Attention. Theory and Practice. London: Sage
Publications.
815057: Psychophysiology
Cacioppo, J.T., Tassinary L.G. & Berntson, G. (2000) Handbook of psycho-
physiology. Cambridge University Press: New York [H2, H3, H8, H9, H10, H33]
815058: Social Psychology
To be announced.
815088: Quantitative Genetics
Falconer DS & Mackay TFC, Introduction to Quantitative Genetics'
(4 ed), Longman, London, 1996
Lynch M & Walsh B, Genetics and Analysis of Quantitative Traits, Sinauer
Associates, Inc., Sunderland, MA, 1998
815091: Statistical Genetics for Gene Finding
To be announced
990001: Algemene didactiek / pedagogiek
Een reader wordt uitgereikt bij aanvang van de colleges.
990003: Praktijkonderzoek
Studenten ontvangen aan het begin van het vak literatuursuggesties op het gebied van
methoden en technieken van onderzoek
990124: Vakdidactiek biologie
Een reader wordt uitgereikt bij aanvang van de colleges.
991000: Interpersoonlijke communicatie
F. Oomkes: Communicatieleer. ISBN 9053525378, plus articles issued during
meetings.
Literature 253
254 Addresses and buildings
Addresses and buildings
10.1 Addresses
name building room phone e-mail
Adriaanse, dr. M. WN O 541 5989946 marcel.adriaanse@falw.vu.nl
Aerts, prof. dr. M.A.P.A. WN A154 5987211 rien.aerts@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Appelmelk, dr. B.J. MF B 348 4448297 bj.appelmelk@vumc.nl
Arwert, dr. F. MF J 377 4448272 f.arwert@vumc.nl
Baal, dr. G.C.M. van TR 1F-42 5988802 gcm.van.baal@psy.vu.nl
Bakker, dr. B.M. WN M 228 5987196 barbara.bakker@falw.vu.nl
Bald, dr. D. WN H 219 5986991 dirk.bald@falw.vu.nl
Beelen, dr. R.H.J. MF J 288 4448055 rhj.beelen@vumc.nl
Berg, dr. M.P. WN H 159 5987077 matty.berg@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Berg, drs. M. van den MF C 573 4449644 m.vandenberg@vumc.nl
Berg, dr. S.M. van den TR 1F-66 5988824 sm.van.den.berg@psy.vu.nl
Bezemer, dr. ir. P.D. MF D429 4448164 pd.bezemer@vumc.nl
BGD BS1 Od 10 5989008
Bibliotheek WN P6 5985233
Bissumbhar, drs. B. WN U 529 5987029 balram.bissumbhar@falw.vu.nl
Bitter, dr. W. MF B 356 4448319 w.bitter@vumc.nl
Blokker, dr. P. WN A 151 5987060 peter.blokker@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Bodegom, dr. P. WN A 186 5986964 peter.van.bodegom@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Boekschoten, prof.dr. G.J. WN E 337 5987322 bert.boekschoten@falw.vu.nl
Boelen, dr. P. WN A 153 5987048 peter.boelen@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Boer, dr. ir. A.H. de WN H057a 5987162 bert.de.boer@falw.vu.nl
Boer, dr. C. MF B 136 4448113 c.boer@vumc.nl
Boer, dr. M.R. de WN U 420 5982517 michiel.de.boer@falw.vu.nl
Boer, dr. P.A.C. M. de WN C 124 5987011 pamela.de.boer@falw.vu.nl
Bollen, ir. Y.J.M. WN H234 5989019 yves.bollen@falw.vu.nl
Boogerd, dr. F.C. WN G 226e 5987194 fred.boogerd@falw.vu.nl
Boomsma, prof.dr. D.I. TR 1F 50 5898789 di.boomsma@psy.vu.nl
Borgsteede, drs. S.D. MF B 563 4449684 s.borgsteede@vumc.nl
Bosmans, drs. J.E. WN U 446 5982520 judith.bosmans@falw.vu.nl
Bout, drs. H.J. WN A 067 5987037 hbout@conscience.nl
Brink, dr. M. van den MF D 546 4448169 m.vandenbrink@vumc.nl
Broerse, dr. J.E.W. WN U 537 5987028 jacqueline.broerse@falw.vu.nl
Brouwer, prof. dr. A. WN C 529 5989530 bram.brouwer@ivm.falw.vu.nl
Bruggeman, dr. F. WN M 262 5986966 frank.bruggeman@falw.vu.nl
Bruin, drs. A.P. MF D 645 5988466 k.debruin@fbw.vu.nl
Brussaard, prof. dr. A.B. WN C 440 5987098 arjen.brussaard@falw.vu.nl
Bunders-Aelen, prof. dr. WN U 552 5987030 joske.bunders@falw.vu.nl
J.F.G.
Burnashev, prof. dr. N. WN C 448 598986 nail.burnashev@falw.vu.nl
Campos Ponce, Mw. dr. WN O 543 5981754 maiza.campos.ponce@falw.vu.nl
M.
Caron-Flinterman, drs. F. WN U 535 5989439 francisca.caron.flinterman@falw.vu.nl
Claassen, prof. dr. WN U 543 5986087 claassen@vironovative.com
E.H.J.H.M.
Cock Buning, prof. dr. J.T. WN U 545 5986994 tjard.de.cock.buning@falw.vu.nl
de
Companje, dr. K.P. MF D 331 4448219 kp.companje@vumc.nl
Cornelissen, dr. J.H.C. WN A 162 5986962 hans.cornelissen@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Adresses 255
Cornel, mw. prof. dr. M.C. VUMC 3 A 18 4440051 mc.cornel@vumc.nl
Dam, dr. A.M.W. van MF B 446b 4448095 amw.vandam@vumc.nl
Dam, dr. ir. R. van WN O 551 5986948 rob.van.dam@falw.vu.nl
Deeg, prof.dr. D.J.H MP Z 534 4446767 djh.deeg@vumc.nl
Delemarre-van de Waal, VUMC 9 D 16 4440896 h.delemarre@vumc.nl
prof.dr. H.A.
Die, dr. A.M.W. MF C 262 4448157 IM.vanDie@VUMC.nl
Dijk, drs. J. van WN A 168 5987038 jerry.van.dijk@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Dijk, prof.dr. W. van MF C 270 4448159 w.vandijk@vumc.nl
Dijkman, drs. M. MF H 034 4448108 m.dijkman@vumc.nl
Doak, dr. C.M. WN O 542 5989946 doak@bio.vu.nl
Dongen, prof.dr. G.A.M.S. VUMC 2NBU54 4440953 gams.vandongen@vumc.nl
Donker, dr. M. WN O 550 5986943 marianne.donker@falw.vu.nl
Drukarch, dr. B. VUMC B 449 5988107 b.drukarch@vumc.nl
Eenhoorn, drs. H. WN C 148 5987012 hugo.eenhoorn@falw.vu.nl
Eggermont, drs. L.H.P. TR 1D 22 5988961 lhp.eggermont@psy.vu.nl
Eijsackers, prof. dr. H.J.P. WN 5987078 herman.eijsackers@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Ellers, dr. J. WN H 128 5987076 jacintha.ellers@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Elteren-Jansen, dr. M. van MF C 576 4448264 m.vanelteren@vumc.nl
Fodor, dr. M. VUMC 1NBI 119 4440898 fodor@vumc.nl
FSR WN M 112 5987239 fsr@falw.vu.nl
Gestel, dr. C.A.M. van WN H 150 5987079 kees.van.gestel@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Geus, prof. dr. J.C.N. de TR 1B-57 5988813 JCN.de.Geus@psy.vu.nl
Govers, dr. R. WN A 445 5986929 roland@cncr.vu.nl
Grint, drs. E.J.M. van de WN F 114 5986938 liesbeth.van.de.grint@falw.vu.nl
Groffen, dr. S. WN A 427 5986928 sander@cncr.vu.nl
Grondelle, prof. dr. R. van WN S 162 5987930 r.va.grondelle@few.vu.nl
Gyrinus natans WN C 153 5987216 Gyrinus natans
Harms, dr. N. WN M 536 5987176 nellie.harms@falw.vu.nl
Heijden, dr. Ir. M.GA van WN A 11 I 5987046 marcel.van.der.heijden@ecology.falw.
der vu.nl
Helpdesk Computergroep WN F 222 5987040 helpdesk@falw.vu.nl
Hengeveld, prof. dr. R. WN B-0116 5987077 rob.hengeveld@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Henneman, dr. L. MF C 574 4447077 l.henneman@vumc.nl
Heringa, prof. dr. J. WN M 228 5987196 heringa@cs.vu.nl
Hirasing, prof. dr. L.A. GG&GD
Hoo, prof. dr. ing. S.C. de WN F 547 5980005 sybren.de.hoo@cimo.vu.nl
Hooijberg, dr. E. MF 2 D 114 4442632 erik.hooijberg@vumc.nl
Hoorn, dr. J.F. WN T 302b 5987614 jf.hoorn@few.vu.nl
Hoorzemans, dr. M.J.M. MF G604c 5988561 m.hoozemans@fbw.vu.nl
Hornberg, drs. J.J. WN M 214 5987248 jorrit.hornberg@falw.vu.nl
Houdijk, dr. J.H.P. MF D 646 4448469 h.houdijk@fbw.vu.nl
Houwaart, prof.dr. E.S. MF D 330 4448217 e.houwaart@vumc.nl
Jansen, A.E. WN C 118b 5987010 anna.eva.jansen@falw.vu.nl
Jansen, dr. R.F. WN A 043 5987094 rene.jansen@falw.vu.nl
Kapteijn, drs. J.M. HG 0G-28 5989209 m.kapteijn@ond.vu.nl
Keblusek, dr. P. MF 3 E 39 4444054 p.keblusek@vumc.nl
Keizer, drs. C. MF C 570 4448267 c.keizer@vumc.nl
Kellner, dr. E.C. WN H 219 5986991 eva.kellner@falw.vu.nl
Kerkhof, dr. P. WN N 340 5986815 P.Kerkhof@fsw.vu.nl
Kesteren, dr. R.E. van WN C356 5986815 ronald.van.kesteren@falw.vu.nl
Kist, A. WN C118b 5986939 anouk.kist@falw.vu.nl
Kits, dr. K.S. WN T 634 5987096 karel.kits@falw.vu.nl
256 Addresses and buildings
Knol, dr. D.L. MF D 544 4448167 d.knol@vumc.nl
Koene, dr. J.M. WN B 255 5987095 joris.koene@falw.vu.nl
Koes, dr. R.E. WN P 530 5987201 ronald.koes@falw.vu.nl
Kooi, dr. ir. B.W. WN T 542 5987129 bob.kooi@falw.vu.nl
Kooijman, prof. dr. WN T 534 5987130 bas.kooijman@falw.vu.nl
S.A.L.M.
Koolstra, dr. C.M. WN N 337 5986817 CM.Koolstra@fsw.vu.nl
Kooter, dr. J.M. WN P 554 5987197 jan.kooter@falw.vu.nl
Kooyk, prof. dr. Y. van MF J 284 4448084 y.vankooyk@vumc.nl
Krab, dr. K. WN G 226f 5987168 klaas.krab@falw.vu.nl
Kruizenga WN O-541 5989946 hinke.kruizenga@falw.vu.nl
Kuijper, dr. L.D.J. WN O535 5987702 lothar.kuijper@falw.vu.nl
Kuik, dr. D. MF D 416 4448162 dj.kuik@vumc.nl
Kwaak, drs. A.H. van der MF C 576 4448264 a.vanderkwaak@vumc.nl
Lambalgen, dr. A.A. MF B 134 4448120 a.vanlambalgen@vumc.nl
Lankelma, prof.dr. J. WN M 214 5982603 jan.lankelma@falw.vu.nl
Leerdam, drs. F.J.M. van MF H 065 4449696 fjm.vanleerdam@vumc.nl
Leeuwen, prof.dr. E. van VUMC Zuid D 4442764 e.vanleeuwen@vumc.nl
33
Legemaate, dr. J. J.Legemaate@fed.knmg.nl
Lent, drs. A.A.M. van WN S 560 5987124 antoinette.van.lent@falw.vu.nl
Li, dr. K.W. WN C 348 5987107 ka.wan.li@falw.vu.nl
Lill, prof. dr. H. WN H 226 5987164 holger.lill@falw.vu.nl
Lindeboom, prof. dr. M. WN O 550 5986942 mlindeboom@feweb.vu.nl
Logghe, drs. K.L.R. MF C 576 4448264 klr.logghe@vumc.nl
Luirink, dr. S. WN M 514 5987175 joen.luirink@falw.vu.nl
Mansvelder, dr. H.D. WN C 456 5987097 huibert.mansvelder@falw.vu.nl
Mebius, dr. R. VUMC 0 WBI 28 4448076 R.Mebius@VUMC.nl
Mechelen, prof. dr. W. van MF J287 4448410 w.vanmechelen@vumc.nl
Meijer, drs. J.K.A. HG 9A 39 5986556 judith.meijer@taalcentrum.vu.nl
Meijman, prof. dr. F.J. MF D 335 4448287 fj.meijman.metamedica@med.vu.nl
Minnen, dr. J. van WN C 348 5987107 jan.van.minnen@falw.vu.nl
Molendijk, drs. M. A. WN A621 5989508 mathilde.molendijk@ivm.falw.vu.nl
Mulder, dr. A.B. WN A 068 5982543 ab.mulder@vumc.nl
Mulder, dr. E.J.C.M. TR 1B 61 5988815 EJCM.Mulder@psy.vu.nl
Musters, dr. R. MF B 136 4448113 r.musters@vumc.nl
Neter, ir. J.E. WN O 535 5987702 judith.neter@falw.vu.nl
Nierop, drs. P. van WN C 314 5987114 pim.van.nierop@falw.vu.nl
Oderwalt, dr. A.K. MF D 336 4448215 ak.oderwalt@vumc.nl
Olthof, dr. M. WN A 621 5982522 margreet.olthof@falw.vu.nl
Otto, dr. B.R. WN M 538 5987036 ben.otto@falw.vu.nl
Ooyen, dr. A. van WN C 454 5987090 arjen.van.ooyen@falw.vu.nl
Oudega, prof. dr. B. WN M 548 5987177 bauke.oudega@falw.vu.nl
Pas, drs. S. van der WN U 601 5986796 s.van.der.pas@fsw.vu.nl
Pauw, drs. I. HG OG 19 5989215 i.pauw@ond.vu.nl
Peters, prof. dr. G.J. MF Br 228 4442633 gj.peters@vumc.nl
Philipsen, dr. B. MF C511 4448385 b.philipsen.@vumc.nl
Plass, dr. A.M.C. VUMC 3 A 21 4442690 amc.plass@vumc.nl
Plomp, dr. H.N. MF C 582a 4448263 hn.plomp@vumc.nl
Portrait, dr. F.R.M. WN U 451 5982545 france.portrait@falw.vu.nl
Posthuma, dr. D. TR 1B 61 5988814 d.posthuma@psy.vu.nl
Quattrocchio, dr. F.M. WN P-522 5987202 francesca.quattrocchio@falw.vu.nl
Regeer, drs. B.J. WN U 536 5986443 barbara.regeer@falw.vu.nl
Renders, dr. C.M. MF H 065 4441706 cm.renders@vumc
Rijsselt, dr. R.J.T WN Z 433 5986784 rjt.van.rijsselt@fsw.vu.nl
Adresses 257
Roelofs, dr. D. WN H 147 5987078 dick.roelofs@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Roling, dr. W.F.M. WN M 262 5986966 wilfred.roling@falw.vu.nl
Rozema, prof.dr. J. WN A 145 5987055 jelte.rozema@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Ruitenberg, prof. dr. E.J. joost.ruitenberg@falw.vu.nl
Ruivenkamp, prof.dr.G.T.P via ciska.heuvelman@falw.vu.nl
Salomé-Munnik, drs. E. WN F 122 5987301 ellen.salome@falw.vu.nl
Schat, dr. H. WN A 213 5987052 henk.schat@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Scheltens, prof. dr. Ph. VUMC 0 OBU 20 4443222 p.scheltens@VUmc.nl
Scherder, prof. dr. E.J.A. TR A 145 5988761 eja.scherder@psy.vu.nl
Schoffelmeer, prof.dr. MF A 428 4448104 anm.schoffelmeer@vumc.nl
A.N.M.
Scholten, prof. dr. H.J. HG HG-4A26 5986142 hscholten@feweb.vu.nl
Seidell, prof. dr. ir. J.C. WN O 552 5986995 jaap.seidell@falw.vu.nl
Semin, prof. dr. G.R. TR 1B 47 5988870 GR.Semin@psy.vu.nl
Servicepunt WN M0 5985888
Smeets, dr. W.J.A.J. MF G 118 4448039 wjaj.smeets@vumc.nl
Smit, prof.dr. A.B. WN C 340 5987121 guus.smit@falw.vu.nl
Snijder, dr.ir. M.B. WN O 534 5989951 marieke.snijder@falw.vu.nl
Snoep, dr. J.L. WN M 236a 5987228 jacky.snoep@falw.vu.nl
SOAL WN M 112 5987239 soal@falw.vu.nl
Souer, dr. Ing. E.J. WN A 215 5987053 erik.souer@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Spanning, dr. R.J.M. van WN M 230 5987179 rob.van.spanning@falw.vu.nl
Stam, prof. dr. C.J. VUMC -1OBU08 4440727 cj.stam@vumc.nl
Stamhuis, Dr. I.H. WN T-054a 5987983 ih.stamhuis@few.vu.nl
Straalen, prof. dr. N.M. WN B 095 5987070 nico.van.straalen@ecology.falw.vu.nl
van
Steidl, dr. O. WN B 256 5987089 oliver@cncr.vu.nl
Steenhuis, dr. I.H.M. WN O 541 5986948 ingrid.steenhuis@falw.vu.nl
Stuitje, dr. A.R. WN M 554 5987138 toon.stuitje@falw.vu.nl
Tasseron, drs. A. WN C 124 5987257 annemarie.tasseron@falw.vu.nl
Teeuwen, drs. M. WN C
5986987 marlies.teeuwen@falw.vu.nl
148
Theeuwes, dr. J.L. TR 1
5988790 J.Theeuwes@psy.vu.nl
E 11
Timmermans, dr. D.R.M. MF C
4448358 drm.timmermans@vumc.nl
509
Togt, drs. R. van der WN A
5989575 remko.van.der.togt@ivm.falw.vu.nl
503
Toonen, dr. R.F.G. WN A
598946 ruud@cncr.vu.nl
427
Tulder, dr. M. van WN U 437 5986587 maurits.van.tulder@falw.vu.nl
Twisk, dr. J. MF D 547 4448409 jwr.twisk@vumc.nl
Veen drs. I. van WN B-021 5987214 irene.van.veen@falw.vu.nl
Veer, dr. G.C. van der WN T 314 5987764 GC.van.der.Veer@few.vu.nl
Veldhuis, drs. J. WN S 522 5985583 jolanda.veldhuis@falw.vu.nl
Vellinga, prof. dr. Ir. P. WN F 148 5989515 pier.vellinga@falw.vu.nl
Verhage, prof. dr. M. WN A 435 5986936 matthijs@cncr.vu.nl
Verhoef, prof. dr. H.A. WN H 120 5987074 herman.verhoef@ecology.falw.vu.nl
Vermaat, dr. ir. J.E. WN A-543 5989596 jan.vermaat@ivm.falw.vu.nl
Vermeulen, prof. dr. WN P 222 5987590 NPE.Vermeulen@few.vu.nl
N.P.E.
Vies, prof. dr. S.M. van der WN KB 258 5987548 SM.van.der.Vies@few.vu.nl
Visscher, dr. T.L.S. WN O 551 5986948 tommy.visscher@falw.vu.nl
Visser, prof. dr. A.J.W.G. WN H-225 5987165 ton.visser@falw.vu.nl
Visser, dr. M. 4447421 mike.visser@vumc.nl
Visser, dr. ir M. WN O 542 5989282 marjolein.visser@falw.vu.nl
258 Addresses and buildings
Vries, prof. T.P.G.M. de MF B 420 4448094 thpgm.devries@vumc.nl
Waardt, dr. J.H.M. de VUMC 4446381 j.dewaardt@vumc.nl
Wagner, dr. A.M. WN E 119 5987167 anneke.wagner@falw.vu.nl
Walraven, dr. H.S. van WN H 225 5987165 rieky.van.walraven@falw.vu.nl
Wegman, prof. dr. A.C.M. MF D 531 4448439 a.wegman.emgo@med.vu.nl
Westerhoff, prof. dr. H.V. WN M 236 5987230 hans.westerhoff@falw.vu.nl
Willems, dr. J.T.J.M. WN S 522 5987034 jaap.willems@falw.vu.nl
Windt, dr. W. van der MF D 543 4448354 dawm.vanderwindt@vumc.nl
Wit, dr. H. de WN A 468 5986931 heidi@cncr.vu.nl
Witter, prof.dr. M.P. MF mp.witter@vumc.nl
Wolffers, prof. dr. I.N. MF C 570 4448266 i.wolffers@vumc.nl
Zloch, drs. H. HG OG-25 5989242 h.zloch@ond.vu.nl
Zonneveld, dr. C. WN U438 5986958 cor.zonneveld@falw.vu.nl
Zweekhorst, drs. M.B.M. WN U 546 5987033 marjolein.zweekhorst@falw.vu.nl
10.2 Buildings
Building Address
HG Hoofdgebouw/Filosofenhof/Agora-zalen, De
Boelelaan 1105
BV BelleVue, De Boelelaan 1091
SG Veldlab.Schierm.oog,Schierm.oog Kooiweg 1
BL Gebouw BL859, De Boelelaan 859
TR Transitorium en Kantoorombouw, v.d. Boechorststr. 1-
3
EC Energiebedrijf,v.d.Boechorststr. 5, en Steg gebouw
HT Hortus Botanicus, v.d.Boechorststraat 8
MF Gebouw MF, v.d.Boechorststraat 7
MP Metropolitan, Buitenveldertselaan 3-7
RN Radionuclidencentrum, De Boelelaan 1083
CU Combinatiegebouw, A'veen Uilenstede 108
VE D-SOSPA (stud.pastoraat), v.Eeghenstraat 90
ZG Zuurstofopslag, De Boelelaan Campus
SP Sportcentrum, A'veen Uilenstede 100
GF Gasflessendepot,De Boelelaan Campus
OV Overschie, Overschiestraat 180
OZW Opl.Zorg en Welzijn, De Boelelaan
KL De Karspel-PI, Duivendrecht
KD Kinderdagverblijf 't Olifantje
VUMC De Boelelaan 1117
WN Gebouw W&N, De Boelelaan 1081-1087
Adresses 259
260 Index
Index
Academic and examination regulation, 21
Admission, 107; 134
Certificates, 25
Co-ordinator for the master biology, 41
Co-ordinator for the master biomedical sciences, 58
Co-ordinator for the master biomolecular sciences, variant molecular cell biology,
121
Co-ordinator for the master biomolecular sciences, variant systems biology, 121
Co-ordinator for the master ecology, 100
Co-ordinator for the master health sciences, 81
Co-ordinator for the master management, policy-analysis and entrepreneurship, 136
Co-ordinator for the master neurosciences, 109
Cum laude, 26
Examination board, 35
Faculty computer network, 27
Final attainment levels, 108; 135
Final examination, 25
Fraud, 23
FSR, 29
Graduation, 26
Gyrinus natans, 29
Interim examination re-sits, 19
Internship, 142
Internships and literature studies, 24
Issuing of certificates, 26
Master plan, 33
Master programmes, 15
Master's programme in biology, 39
Maximum of four attempts, 22
Program approval by the master co-ordinator, 25
Programme proposal, 33; 113
Registration, 19; 113; 140
SOAL, 29
Student society health sciences, 29
Study load, 18
Study secretariat life sciences, 27
Thesis, 142
Time tables, 18
TIS, 19
Work placement, 142
Index 261